You are on page 1of 188

BASTIAN STORAGE & LEAN SOLUTIONS

Material Handling Equipment


Catalog 404B

B A S T I A N S TOR A G E & L E A N S O L U T I O N S
catalog 404B

9820 Association Court, Indianapolis, IN, 46280 800.837.3760 www.bastiansolutions.com


Bastian Material Handling, LLC. All rights reserved.

Bastian Material Handling

The American Experience --Profit From it!

Wire Mesh Decking Wire Mesh Containers

We design and manufacture high-quality, truck loading and unloading conveyors. The BestReach Telescopic Boom and drive-in rigid loaders extend automated loading all the way into the nose of your trailer. If you need a gravity, power, expandable, rigid or telescopic conveyor, we can provide the solution. www.bestconveyors.com

SAFETY MIRRORS

The 360 Total Observation K-10 Hemisphere

Convex Safety Mirrors for Detailed Viewing The 180 Hemisphere Mirror for T intersections

K-10 Hemisphere & Convex Plexiglass Safety Mirrors See Around Blind Corners and Down Corridors for Improved Safety and Security Observation.
ISO 9001:2000 CERTIFIED

181

WORKSTATIONS THAT INSPIRE PRODUCTIVITY

height-adjustable workbenches material handling carts custom workstations and accessories available on-line workstation configurator -- http://www.pbasics.com

Mezzanine Flooring Panels for


the panel of expertsSM

Warehouse Distribution Centers

ResinDek panels have been certified to contain at least 84% Pre-consumer Recycled content (dry weight basis) and are eligible for LEED Credits MR 4.1-2 and possibly 5.1-2 within 500 miles of Louisville, KY. ResinDek (Environmentally Friendly) panels are made with no urea-formaldehyde containing additives and have been lab tested to less than 0.05 ppm and are eligible for LEED Credits MR 4.1-2, MR 5.1-2 and EQ 4.4. ResinDek Panel Options: Support 1,500-4,500 lbs. I Diamond Seal stain and scratch resistance I Certified Static Control (ESD) I ResinDek Xspan requires no corrugated I CAD layouts are available
I

Contact Cornerstone Specialty Wood Products, LLC today for your mezzanine decking needs. www.resindek.com, 888-755-3048

SAVOYE manufactures innovative case erection and closing systems for use in pick and pack distribution processes within the B2B & B2C sectors. The JIVARO and PAC600 systems remove the requirement for expensive protective void fill materials through innovative design, reduce both corrugated and labour costs and reduce shipping volumes by up to 30% helping to improve the environment by putting less trucks on the road. ROI is approx 18 months. 182

GEt thE MOst Out Of yOur spaCE


MEZZANINES MATERIAL LIFTS GuarDING prODuCts

Wildeck, Inc 2008

WC 0802 BSC

800-325-6939 | WWW.WILDECK.COM

183

184

Appendix
Terms & Conditions
ShiPPing
Products highlighted in YELLOW are available for 24 hour shipment. The 24 hour shipping schedule from the shipping point requires the order to be received at Bastian Material Handling before 12 PM EST. Orders received after noon count as the next days orders and are scheduled accordingly. All other products will ship from the designated shipping point within 6 weeks, unless they are a special order (see color chart below). Unless otherwise specified by the buyer, goods will be shipped via carriers of our choice with shipping and handling charges designated as collect. Any extra charges for services requested by the buyer, (i.e. special routing, inside delivery, pre-delivery notification or appointment deliveries, etc.) must be paid by the buyer. Stock levels at BASTIAN are limited. Call BASTIAN for precise shipping times when ordering items advertised as in stock.

Order Placement
Online StOre
By PhOne By Fax
(317) (260) (812) (314) (248) (616) (502) (419) (513) (561) (909) (703) (702) http://www.bastiansolutions.com/material-handling-store/default.asp Call BASTIAN toll free at 1-800-933-2338 575-8596 489-4129 858-7308 432-2227 473-9497 235-3779 266-9499 261-4850 459-0132 866-1837 542-0215 359-8901 645-0417 - Indianapolis, IN - Fort Wayne, IN - Evansville, IN - St. Louis, MO - Detroit, MI - Grand Rapids, MI - Louisville, KY - Toledo, OH - Cincinnati, OH - Boca Raton, FL - Los Angeles, CA - Fairfax, VA - Las Vegas, NV

DaMageD ShiPMentS

The buyer or receiving department should INSPECT ALL ITEMS for shipping damages BEFORE ACCEPTING DELIVERY. If damage has occurred, buyer or receiving department should NOTE THE EXTENT OF DAMAGE IN WRITING ON THE FREIGHT BILL and call BASTIAN immediately. If damage is severe, photographs should be taken and/or the shipment should be refused. If damage is concealed, BASTIAN must be notified immediately! Buyer shall, at BASTIANs option, return any damaged products to BASTIAN or to the carrier pursuant to BASTIANs instructions.

By Mail

Please mail orders to: Bastian Material Handling 9820 Association Court Indianapolis, IN 46280 When ordering by Web, mail or fax, please be sure to include the following information: Purchase Order Number. Name of Authorized Purchaser. Ship To Address if different than Bill To Address. Complete Phone Number, including area code. If it is your companys policy to issue a confirming order following telephone orders, be certain the order is clearly marked as confirming. Catalog description of items being ordered: quantity, size, color, model number, page number of catalog item etc.

retUrn POlicy

Since 1952, our growth and reputation have been based on customer trust and satisfaction. If a return is necessary, you must receive prior authorization from BASTIAN whereby we will issue you a Return Goods Authorization (RGA) number. All products must be returned within 30 days. The return of custom orders and orders shipped direct from the manufacturer are subject to the prior approval and return goods policy of the manufacturer (which often includes restock charges). Buyer must contact BASTIANs sales department for confirmation and shipping instructions prior to the return of any products. All returns must be shipped prepaid, in re-saleable condition, and are subject to inspection for damage or misuse prior to issuance of a credit or refund. Apart from the manufacturers RGA policy, all products not returned within 30 days of receipt will be subject to restocking charges.

Pricing

DeMO Unit POlicy

Some items in our catalog are available for on-site demonstration. If a demo unit is available, the customer is responsible for freight one way. Demo units may be used on a trial basis for a period of two weeks. If the unit has not been returned after two weeks, the customer may be invoiced in full. The customer is responsible for any damage incurred to the demo units while being used on sight.

All prices in this BASTIAN catalog reflect Buyers net cost in U.S. currency. The prices do not include freight, applicable federal, state, and local taxes, charges, and duties, special crating requirements, or installation fees. Buyer shall pay all such costs, taxes, charges, and duties. BASTIAN offers quantity discounts on most items. Call for more information. Prices, colors, and specifications are subject to change without notice.

OPening UP an accOUnt

PrODUct teSting

It is simple to establish an account with BASTIAN. Please call us or contact us via our Web site. BASTIAN can generally open an account within the same day.

BASTIAN requires product samples for testing at the factory to confirm your application on complete systems.

PayMent terMS

SizeS

The sizes shown in this catalog are not always complete lists. Many other lengths, widths, and options are often available. Systems can be designed to suit your specific needs.

In general, open account terms of net 15 are extended to customers with satisfactory credit history. Customers may be required to submit their Dunns number, three trade references, and the name of their bank. While BASTIAN establishes open account status, customers may expedite an order by including payment with the order. BASTIAN accepts Mastercard, Visa, and American Express for purchases under $5,000.

exclUSive Warranty

All products are warranted by the manufacturer to the extent of the manufacturers express warranties to BASTIAN to be free from defects in materials and workmanship under normal use and service. Please call BASTIAN for specific warranty information. This warranty is exclusive and is in lieu of any other warranty, express or implied, including, but not limited to, any implied warranty of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose.

168

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Appendix
Glossary
advanced Shipment notice (aSn): An electronically communicated detailed description of the content of a shipment that has been dispatched to the recipient of the ASN. aisle Space Percentage (aSP): Defined as the proportion of facility space devoted to aisles. american national Standards institute (anSi): A non-governmental group responsible for the development of the standard character set of OCR, standard barcode symbology specifications (Code 39, code bar, and Interleaved 2 of 5 Code), and other standard relating to government and industry. anSi: The American National Standards Institute. ANSI has been responsible for the development of design guidelines for computer workstations (ANSI/HFS 100-1988), and draft guidelines for ergonomics (ANSI Z365). anti-Fatigue Mats: Mats or padding on the floor designed to reduce stresses on the feet and leg when standing for long periods. Cushioned insoles for shoes can be viewed as portable antifatigue mats. aspect ratio: In a barcode symbol, the ratio of the bar height to the symbol length. attainable cubic Feet (acF): The product of net storage space (sq. ft.) multiplied by the net stacking height(s) permitted by safety regulations and restrictions and floor load limitations with available material handling equipment and storage aids. automatic Data collection (aDc): Term used to describe direct entry of data into a computer system, programmable logic controller (PLC), or other microprocessor-controlled device without using a keyboard. average Peak Staffing: A method of arriving at the number of people needed to staff each warehouse department calculated between average work load and maximum (peak). Designed to compromise between under and over staffing. Ball transfer: The ball transfer table is used when products are required to be manually rotated or correctly positioned, such as a work station or other similar operation that requires quick, easy handling of a product. It is also used when more than two conveyor lines converge and packages must be transferred from one line to another. Bar code: An array of rectangular bars and spaces that are arranged in a predetermined pattern following specific rules to represent elements of data that are referred to as characters. Batch Manufacturing: The production of parts or material in discrete runs, or batches, interspersed with other production operations or runs of other parts or materials. Batch Picking: An operator picks one product for a group of orders at the same time; requires sortation and possible consolidation of products for the orders. Typically used when large numbers of orders contain the same SKUs. Bay: A cubic space with limits normally defined by functional or physical constraints, for example: (a) structural bay, the space defined by four columns, (b) storage bay, the space defined by the size of a block of material stored within it. Benchmark: A standard of measurement with enough characteristics common to the individual units of a population to facilitate economical comparison of attributes for units selected from a sample. Benchmarks may be used for job evaluation, performance rating, establishing operational standards, standard data development, cost estimating, and other purposes. Bill of lading (BOl): Defined as the receipt given by a carrier or his agent for goods received for shipment or the acknowledgement of the receipt of goods for movement by a carrier and the contract for that particular movement. Broken case: Term used to describe an item whose order quantity is less than the master carton quantity; therefore, requiring the carton to be opened or broken. Buffer Storage: The part of a warehouse in which back-up or reserve stock is stored awaiting transfer into active storage. Bulk Floor Storage: Mode where pallet loads of materials are floor stacked. Primarily used for reserve storage of multiple pallet quantities for the same SKU, normally three to four pallets high, by one to six pallets deep. Height may depend on SKU characteristics. Bulk Storage: An area in the warehouse set aside for storage of multiple pallets of a given product. Storage in warehouses of any large quantity of supplies, usually in original containers. The area within a facility or warehouse devoted to the placement of large items, floor stocking of pallets and reserve material to re-supply forward picking areas.. cantilever rack: A rack consisting of arms cantilevered from column(s). A cantilever rack is most useful when there is a need for a full clear shelf that can be loaded form the front without obstructing uprights. capacity: (a) The maximum load in pounds, or the maximum load in pounds at a given load center, that a truck can safely transport and/or stack to a specified height. (b) The number of pieces, volume or weight of material that can be handled by a conveyor in a unit of time when operating at a given speed. capacity rated: The rated or design capacity of the conveying or load carrying equipment as stated by vendor. carton Flow rack: Flow-through storage consisting of multiple lanes and levels of gravity carton flow conveyor. All replenishment operations take place at the rear (charge) end, and order selection operations are performed at the opposite (pick face) end. The high concentration of individual items allows for more efficient picking operations. carpal tunnel Syndrome: A specific Cumulative Trauma Disorder (CTD) occurring as the result of compression on the median nerve that travels through the carpal tunnel in the heel of the hand. Symptoms can include tingling and numbness in the hand, and loss of dexterity and strength in the hand. carton Flow Storage: Area for cartons with forward sloping shelves. As a quantity is picked, the remaining product at the location slides forward. May be used to store large quantities or cases of product. Configurable picking and stocking rules are available that relate to breaking cases and partial cases. catwalk: An elevated service platform or walkway constructed to permit access to equipment, controls or other devices not frequently used. The catwalk generally is designed to support only itself and the weight of personnel required for access to the aforementioned items. center of gravity: The point in a rigid body where the entire mass of the body could be concentrated and produce the same gravity resultant as for the body itself. change of elevation:Vertical distance between upper horizontal track of a vertical curve to the corresponding point on the lower horizontal track.

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

169

Appendix
clear Overhead height: Distance from the floor to the lowest overhead obstruction (e.g., ceiling truss, sprinkler heads, heating pipes, etc.). clear Stacking height (Working head room): Distance from the floor to a point usually at least 18 in. below the lowest overhead obstruction. The clearance required between the top of the highest load and the lowest overhead obstruction will vary depending upon local fire codes. cluster Picking: An operator picks to containers for multiple orders and will pick a product(s) for each order during a single pass through the pick area.Typically used when the total cube of multiple orders can be manually transported. code 18: A barcode containing a full 18-character ASCII set. Special features include bar and space character parity for character integrity, a function character for symbol linking, and spare function characters for expansion or unique applications. A character consists of three bars and three spaces, with each bar or space containing one to four elements. code 39 (3 of 9): A barcode that encodes 43 data characters (0 through 9, A through Z, six symbols, and a space). Each character is represented by nine elements (five bars and four spaces), three of the elements are wide and six elements are narrow. Nominal Barcode density is 9.4 characters per inch (cpi) (high density) with other densities of 8.3, 4.7, 3.0, and 1.7 cpi. code 128: A barcode containing a full 128-character ASCII set. Special features include bar and space character parity for character integrity, a function character for symbol linking, and spare function characters for expansion or unique applications. A character consists of three bars and three spaces, with each bar or space contain one to four elements. common carrier: A carrier engages in the business of transporting goods and /or persons for compensation without discrimination. computer Simulation: The creation of a mathematical model, representing the operation under study, for purposes of testing the implications of possible operating scenarios without having to implement them. See Simulation. control System: Hardware/software system that its primary function is the collection and analysis of feedback from a given set of functions for the purpose of controlling these functions. Control may be implemented by monitoring and/or systematically modifying parameters or policies used in those functions, or by preparing control reports that initiate useful action with respect to significant deviations and expectations. counterbalanced truck: Fork lift truck using rear mounted batteries and/or weights for maintaining balance. The truck is equipped with load engaging means wherein all the load during normal transporting is external to the polygon formed by wheel contacts. Conventional or counterbalanced fork lift trucks carry the pallet straight out in front of the machine on permanently aligned forks. These trucks must turn at right angles in order to place the material in storage. They require wide aisles (10 to 14 feet) and substantial floor capacity.They are available with both electric and internal combustion power. cube: (a) The product of length x width x depth. (b) The total area inside a truck trailer. The length times the width times the height of the trailer is the cube space. (c) The true storage capacity of a building: L x W x H. cube Utilization: The ratio of occupied space to total cubic space available, usually expressed as a percentage. cycle: One complete up and one complete down operation. cycle time: (a) Time for a material handling machine to perform one cycle (pick, store, move). (b) The total time for a process from start to completion. Dedicated aisles: An aisle in a warehouse serving only one function. This aisle can be for order selection, product storage, or both. Dedicated Storage: A storage policy (usually contrasted with random storage) in which a warehouse location is dedicated to house a specific SKU or SKUs. Direct labor: (a) Work which is readily chargeable to or identifiable with a specific product. (b) Work performed on a product or service that advances the product or service towards completion or objectives. Discrete Picking: An operator picks one order, one product at a time. Typically used when order size, distance traveled, and number of total SKUs is small. Distribution: The broad range of activities concerned with efficient movement of finished products from the end of the production line to the consumer; in some cases it may include the movement of raw materials from the source of supply to the beginning of the production line. These activities include freight transportation, warehousing, material handling, protective packaging, inventory control, plant and warehouse site selection, order processing, market and sales forecasting, customer service, and attendant management information systems; in some cases it may include buying activities. Distribution center: Intermediate warehouse(s) where products from different sources are assembled for shipment and distribution to specific customer locations. Dock: A platform designed to align the floor of a building with the bed of a truck trailer. Dock leveler: An adjustable rectangular platform of approximately highway truck width built into the dock edge used to compensate for the difference between varying truck bed heights and delivery platforms. Dock-to-Stock time: The elapsed time measured for an inbound item from trailer docking to product put away. Double-Deep racks: Usually two rows of selective racks, one placed behind the other, on which pallets may be placed two deep by a double-deep reach truck. Fifty percent of all loads are immediately accessible and, in the worst case, it is necessary to remove the front pallet on any level to have access to the one immediately behind it. Applies to a storage requirement for many pallets of few SKUs. Downtime: A period of time during which an operation is halted due to the lack of materials, a machinery breakdown, or the like. Drive-in rack: A rack consisting of upright frames, rails, and ties permitting a vehicle to enter the structure from one side only to pickup or deposit pallets on continuous rails. The structure dictates first-in, last-out storage. Drive-through racks: Similar to drive-in racks in that they allow the fork truck and pallet to enter the rack structure and place the pallet on rails. However, the drive-through rack is not obstructed at the end by bracing, but gets its rigidity from its own overhead bracing or by tying into the overhead structure. FIFO movement is possible with drive-through racks whereas LIFO movement must usually be acceptable with drive-in racks. Dwell time: The time spent at the bin front or storage slot or any equipment waiting for a material handling transaction. Dynamic load: A moving load.

170

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Appendix
edge load: The load on a platform edge as a result of off-center loading. efficiency, labor: (a) The ratio of standard performance time to actual performance time, usually expressed as a percentage. (b) The ratio of actual performance numbers (e.g., number of pieces) to standard performance numbers, usually expressed as a percentage. eighty/twenty (80/20) rule: The theory that a large proportion of warehouse activity will be generated by a small proportion of the SKUs. electronic commerce (e-commerce):The buying and selling of goods and services on the Internet. end-Of-aisle Picking System: High-density mechanized binnable parts systems such as mini load or carousel units provide dense storage and maximize the use of available storage height. These systems are particularly useful when high transaction rates and large inventory levels result in unacceptably high travel times for man-to-part order picking methods. By delivering the part to the order picker, operator travel time is eliminated. These systems are also effective in situations requiring additional packaging, checking, or processing which would be impractical to provide on an order-picking industrial truck. enterprise resource Planning (erP): Such systems will link together all of a companys operations including human resources, financials, manufacturing, and distribution as well as connect the organization to its customers and suppliers. ergonomics: (a) Design of working conditions to better accommodate the human bodys capabilities and limitations. (Synonym: human factors). (b) The study of work tasks with emphasis on reducing to a practical minimum the physiological cost of doing the work. extendable conveyor: Used for packaged materials, objects, or units. Conveyor may be one of several types, including roller, wheel, or belt conveyors. Constructed so the conveyor may be extended or shortened within limits to suit operation needs. Family grouping: A method of storing the same or similar products in a common area. Fatigue: The reduction in performance ability caused by a period of excessive activity followed by inadequate recovery time. Muscle fatigue is accompanied by a buildup of lactic acid in the working muscle. FiFO: First-In, First-Out. First-in, First-Out: An inventory valuation method, in which costs of material are transferred in chronological order. Floor loading trucks: (a) A technique used for packing a truck in which pallets and stretch film are not used. (b) Hand carrying (conveyors are frequently used) a load on a truck and shipping the load by leaving it on the trailer floor unprotected. Floor loading: Measure of the load bearing capacity of a (warehouse) floor, defined in both area (psf) and point loading (psi) for storage rack and machines. Floor Plan: A scale drawing of the floor area on a building showing columns, stairways, elevator shafts, offices, washrooms, doors, and other structural features. Floor Space Utilization:The ratio of occupied floor space to total floor space available, usually expressed as a percentage. Floor Stacking: The stacking of unit loads directly on top of each other with the floor as a base. Flow analysis: The detailed examination of the progressive travel of either people or material from place to place and/or from operation to operation. The examination consists of questioning the reason for the travel and includes determining how the progressive travel, or the operation, may be changed or modified to achieve the utmost economics in both time and material, all other things being equal. Flow Diagram: A representation of the location of activities or operations and the flow of materials between activities on a pictorial layout of a process. Usually accompanied by a flow process chart. Flow rack: (a) A tiered structure with multiple storage compartments with conveyors as the load supporting members. (b) Gravity storage or live storage non-powered conveyor lanes pitched at a slight incline so that two or more loads can be stored in one lane with gravity providing the means of movement within that lane. Flow racks are designed for loads to flow to the unloading position. As one pallet or load is removed from the front of the rack, another load moves forward to fill the empty space. Movement is at a controlled rate by means of live rail, gravity wheel, or roller conveyors. Flow racks permit efficient stock rotation with high density storage. Several benefits may be obtained in flow rack applications. First, flow racks allow high-density storage, eliminating many aisles and thus providing maximum use of available space. Second, inventory control is simplified for either FIFO or LIFO systems. Four-Way entry Pallet: Openings on all four sides of a pallet or container, which allow fork truck handling from all four sides. FPM: Feet per minute. gMa Pallet (gMa-grocery Manufacturers of america): A pallet whose dimensions are 48 x 40, is made of hardwood, and is forklift accessible from all four sides. Manufactured to GMA requirements. group technology (gt): A technique for grouping parts to gain design and operational advantages. In robotics, group technology is used to ensure that different parts are of the same part family when planning part processing for a work cell, or to design widely usable fixtures for part families. Part grouping may be based on geometric shapes, operation processes or both. hand Pallet truck:A truck designed to lift loads off the floor high enough to move them from one location to another. Positioning of the truck is by hand. The lifting surface can be a platform or forks. The platform unit is used for handling skids and the fork type unit for handling pallets. honeycombing: (a) The practice of removing merchandise in pallet-load quantities where the space is not exhausted in an orderly fashion. This results in inefficiencies due to the fact that the received merchandise may not be efficiently stored in the space which is created by the honeycomb. (b) The storing or withdrawing of supplies in a manner which results in vacant space that is not usable for storage of other items. (c) Creation of unoccupied space resulting from withdrawal of unit loads.This is one of the major hidden costs in warehousing. idle time: Time during which a worker or a piece of equipment is not working in a facility. indexing: Controlled spacing or feeding. indirect labor: Labor which does not add to the value of a product but which must be performed to support its manufacture. May not be readily identifiable with a specific product or service. inspection: A process to ensure incoming merchandise meets required standards (Synonym: quality control).

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

171

Appendix
interlock: A device to prevent lift movement when a landing gate is not fully closed and to prevent the landing gate from being opened unless the lift platform is present at that landing. internal rate-of-return (irr): The rate of return which takes into account only what a project or investment earns, and disregards earnings on cash flows reinvested in other projects. inventory control: In a complete inventory management system, it includes stock levels, stock locations, reorder points, balance-on-hand, item physical description, rotation, etc. inventory Shrinkage ratio (iSr): Measures loss of material due to pilferage, error in record keeping, error in material shipment to customer and misplacement of inventory in storage. inventory turnover ratio: Measures the return obtained from inventory investments and provides an indication of the movement of materials. Usually expressed as the ratio of annual sales to average inventory investment on hand. Kitting: The process of grouping or packaging together different items/ SKUs to create a special, single item. Also know as conversions. last-in, First-Out: An inventory valuation method, in which costs are transferred in reverse chronological order. layout: (a) A floor plan showing assignment of gross space for storage operations and supporting functions. (b) A graphical representation to scale of a facility, usually two dimensions, but sometimes in three. liFO: Last-In, First-Out. lift table: A scissors lift device used to raise, lower, stack, convey and/or transfer material between elevations and not limited to landings. limit Switch: An electrical device, which by predetermined adjustment, limits the rotational or linear movement of a mechanism. line item: (a) A unique item of inventory synonyms - part number, SKU (b) A separate item of supply on a transaction document. load height: Maximum overall dimension from the bottom of a pallet or load module to the top. load length: Maximum overall dimension of pallet or load module, measured in the direction perpendicular to length of aisle for conventional fork truck handling. Automated systems may store loads with length in parallel to the aisle length. Always note the standard in a warehouse. Load length may exceed the pallet dimension with product overhang. load Width: Maximum overall dimension of a pallet or load module and load in the direction parallel to an aisle for conventional fork truck handling, or perpendicular to the aisle for automated systems. location analysis: Details of the placement of workstations, buffers, material handling equipment, are worked out. Location analysis may also be applied to location of work pieces, accesses, and tools within a workstation.Typical factors to be considered are: transport time or costs, workstation dimensions, transporter reach, fixed costs, and capacity limits. logistics: The science of planning and carrying out the movement and maintenance of operations. Deals with the design and development, acquisition, storage, movement, distribution, maintenance, and disposition of material. Manifest: A document that captures information on the freight carrier, class of shipment, shipper, recipient, and other information pertinent to the shipment. Manufacturing cell: A collection of machines, grouped together for processing of a family of parts or assembly. Material(s) handling: (a) An aspect of materials management relating specifically to the physical transfer of materials. (b) The movement of materials (raw materials, scrap, semi-finished and finished) to, through, and from productive processes; in warehouses and storage; and in receiving and shipping areas. Mean time Between Failure (MtBF): Defined as the average time between two failures and therefore is a measure of the trouble free time. A measurement utilized in determining system availability. Merging: Process of bringing together various parts of an order, which have been selected in different picking areas. Also known as consolidation. Methods analysis: Those parts of methods engineering normally involving an examination and analysis of an operation or a work-cycle broken down into its constituent parts for the purpose of improvement, elimination of unnecessary steps, and/or establishing and recording in detail a proposed method of performance. Mezzanine: A platform supported with structural members, used for storage or operations; constructed at a height which permits movement of people and equipment below. MtBF: (a) Mean Time Between Failures. (b) The average time between two failures and therefore is a measure of the trouble free time narrow aisle truck (na truck): A self loading truck primarily intended for right angle stacking in aisles narrower than those normally required by counter balanced trucks of the same capacity. Narrow aisle type equipment is represented by three basic categories of vehicle: the straddle, reach, and side loading trucks. In straddle trucks, the load is carried between the front outrigger wheels to minimize the need for counterbalancing. nec: National Electrical Code. niOSh: National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health. non-value added activity: Category or process task that does not add value nor move the product closer to the customer. Occupational Safety and health agency (OSha): Establishes standards for a vast number of safety and health requirements. Administers and enforces the compliance with these rules and regulations. Operations analysis: A study of an operation or series of operations involving people, equipment, and processes for the purpose of investigating the effectiveness of specific operations or groups so that improvements can be developed which will raise productivity, reduce costs, improve quality, reduce accident hazards, and attain other desired objectives. Operator transaction time: The time an operator spends processing a transaction. Order allocation: A procedure used when insufficient inventory is available to ship all in-house orders. Management allocates the merchandise through a priority system. Order Batch: An accumulation of orders released for order picking. Order Picking: (a) Selection and gathering of items which a customer is buying in a single lot at one time. (b) The selection of less-than-unit-load quantities of material for individual orders. Order Picking truck: (a) A fork lift type machine on which the driver rides up and down on a mast in an open front cab.The vehicle is specifically

172

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Appendix
designed for order picking and is not suitable for pallet storage/retrieval. (b) A manually loaded industrial truck equipped with both a load platform, and an operator control platform movable as a unit on a mast. Order Picking and Stacking truck: A self loading industrial truck, primarily intended for right-angle stacking and order picking, equipped with an operator control platform that moves vertically on the mast with the load engaging means. OSha: Occupational Safety and Health Administration. Packing: The placing of numerous small cartons comprising different lines into an outer case to protect them during subsequent handling. Pallet: A horizontal platform device used as a base for assembling, storing, and handling materials and/or products in a unit load. Usually made of wood, this platform supports the load when it is picked up by a forklift or pallet jack. Pallet Dispenser: A pallet feeder is a device used for feeding empty pallets. It is often known as a pallet dispenser. Pallet Flow rack: Flow-through selection fixturing similar to carton flow rack, but designed to handle unit loads on gravity flow conveyor. Pallet Flow Storage: Storage area for pallets with forward sloping shelves. As a quantity is picked, the remaining product at the location slides forward. May be used to store large quantities or pallets of product. Configurable picking and stocking rules are available that relate to breaking cases and partial cases. Pallet height:The total vertical dimension between the outer surfaces of the top and bottom decks. Pallet identification: Computer generated pressure sensitive generic bar-coded ID label applied to a pallet of material for tracking purposes. Pallet Jack: See Pallet truck. Pallet length: Horizontal dimension of the pallet in direction front-toback stringer boards. Pallet rack: Steel storage fixturing used for storage of palletized stock. Pallet rack Shelving: Standard pallet rack can be equipped with shelf panel inserts so that pallet rack can be used for storing binnable, rackable, or palletized materials as needs change. Pallet Storage: Pallet storage may be used to store whole pallets of product. Configurable picking and stocking rules are available that relate to breaking cases and partial cases. Pallet Storage rack: A structure composed of two or more upright frames, beams, and connectors, for the purpose of supporting palletized materials in storage. Among the common methods of assembly are welded, bolted or clipped. Pallet truck: A manually powered fork truck. The operator physically pushes the forks into the opening on the pallet and jacks the ratcheting lift mechanism so as to raise the pallet off the floor. Once lifted, the load can be manually moved from place to place. Pallet Width: Horizontal dimension perpendicular to stringers. Palletization: (a) The building of a unit load on a pallet to facilitate storing and handling merchandise. (b) The placing of material on a pallet to facilitate handling with a fork truck. Palletizer: Special machines capable of building a complete unit load on a pallet. Although the most common application is for cases, some palletizers can also handle sacks and bags. A less common palletizer application would be for special products such as sheet stock. There are two general methods employed for automatically building a full pallet. One makes use of a fixed position or overhead gantry robot with end effectors suited to the individual loads, such as vacuum lifts or a gripper. The other method employs more complex mechanisms for forming pallet layers off line, one at a time, and then shifting or transferring each successive layer onto the pallet as it is lowered via a lift/lower table. Payback Period: (a) Regarding an investment, the number of years (or months) required for the related profit or savings in operating cost to equal the amount of said investment. (b) The period of time at which a machine, facility, or other investment has produced sufficient net revenue to recover its investment costs. Performance Specifications: The specification of various important parameters or capabilities in the design and operation. Performance is defined in terms of: the quality of behavior, the degree to which a specified result is achieved, and a quantitative index of behavior or achievement, such as speed, power, or accuracy. Pick aisle: An aisle in which an order selector can pick orders. Pick cart: A pick cart is usually a manually propelled order picking device designed to hold small packages and tote boxes. May be powered. Pick Face: A physical opening from which product is picked to fill orders (Synonym: pick slot). Pick line (Selection line): An arrangement of SKUs in some ordering system to facilitate selection to satisfy orders. Pick Module: Rack supported order selection fixturing consisting of multiple levels of shelving and/or carton flow rack and/or pallet flow rack, and powered conveyor system. Pick time: The amount of time required by an order picker to select merchandise, place it into a picking container, mark a picking container, and mark a picking list. Picking rate: This is usually expressed in terms of number of cases or number of lines picked by one order selector per hour. Pick to Display (PtD): A picking device that presents the operator with an action that can be comprised of text images, and audio. Pick to light (Ptl): A computer directed picking system using display technology to identify the bin and quantity of a line item to be picked. Generally applied to carousels, flow rack, and shelving storage systems. Pickup & Delivery (P & D) Station: A location at which a load entering or leaving storage is supported in a manner suitable for handling by the S/R machine, AGV, AEM or EMS. Also known as pickup & discharge station, transfer station, I/O station, feed/discharge station. Piece: Is a unit that must be physically picked. If a box of 10,000 bolts is to be picked, that is only one piece, but if the box is to be opened and two bolts picked from it, then two pieces are to be picked. Plastic Bin: Reusable container used for storing and shipping materials. Plastic tote: See Plastic bin. Polyethylene plastic, a polymerized resin used especially for making tubing, film or bags for packaging. Point load: A concentrated load.

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

173

Appendix
Pool Shipment: Goods ordered for two or more customers and/or destinations loaded into single common carrier unit (as truck or rail car). Primary location: The slot from which merchandise is selected to fill orders. Print quality: The measure of compliance of a barcode symbol to the requirements of dimensional tolerance, edge roughness, spots, voids, reflectance, quiet zone, and encodation. Product inspection: A step by step review of the product for ergonomics, functionality and integration into the existing system. Productivity: (a) The ratio of output to total inputs. (b) The ratio of actual production to standard production, applicable to either an individual worker or a group of workers. (c) A standard method of measuring the efficiency of a warehouse by assessing the amount of work and rate of work attained individually and collectively by the workforce. PSi: Pounds per Square Inch. Ptl: (a) Pick-To-Light. (b) Put-To-Light. Put-to-light: A sorting technique that uses light displays to indicate a container or bin for an order. The operator places line items of the order into the bin matching quantity on display. Queue: A line formed by loads or items while waiting for processing. Quiet zone: A clear space, containing no dark marks, that precedes the start character of a barcode symbol and follows that stop characters. Sometimes called the clear area. rack-Supported Structure: A complete and independent load storage system in which the storage rack is the basic structural system. radio Frequency (rF): Utilized in automated identification systems. Radio frequency waves convey information. Transmitters use the waves to convert electrical data to radio frequency signals, which in turn broadcast to receivers. The receivers convert the signals to electrical data that can be understood by other hardware such as a computer, thus providing up to the second information. radio Frequency identification (rFiD): An automatic identification method, relying on storing and remotely retrieving data using devices called RFID tags or transponders. An RFID tag is an object that can be attached to or incorporated into a product, animal, or person for the purpose of identification using radio waves. rated capacity: Maximum amount of single-axle load, which may be rolled over the platform surface when the lift is in its fully closed position. rated load: Maximum capacity as specified by the equipment nameplate. real time: Continuous computer communications with a device while an operation is performed. (Generally less than 250 milliseconds). receiving: (a) The function of accepting, recording, and reporting merchandise into a facility. (b) The receipt of inbound supplies; includes planning, handling, and document processing incident thereto. receiving area: Area used for checking, inspecting, and preparing incoming material (both new procurement and returns), prior to its delivery to storage areas. receiving Dock: An area reserved for the unloading of delivery vehicles. replenishment: The function of transferring stock from a reserve storage area, or directly from shipping, to a primary picking location which has become empty. rest allowances: Recovery time, including regularly scheduled work breaks, usually provided in jobs where heavy physical work or exposure to environmental extremes occurs. Rest allowances are built into the job standard so that productivity ratings recognize the need for additional recovery time in these jobs. returns: Merchandise returned for credit by customer. reusable container: A container intended for multiple cycles of use. row:The walkway (aisle) between racks or a single carousel. Storage locations may be on one or both sides. A row is comprised of one or more bays. A zone may be configured to contain one or more rows. Safety Stock: Quantity of an inventory item carried in stores or stock as a hedge against stockout resulting from above average or unexpected demand during procurement lead time. Synonyms: minimum or protective inventory, buffer inventory, cushion, or reserve. Seasonal: Daily, weekly, or monthly sales data showing a more or less repetitive pattern. Seasonality: Storage and shipment of material from a warehouse caused by seasonal surges in customer demands. Secondary location: Back-up or reserve storage, or secondary location for order selection. Selective rack(s): Commonly referred to as pallet racks running parallel to the aisle each consisting of a pair of horizontal beams on which pallets may be placed one deep. These beams are connected to the front and rear columns of a vertical truss. Every pallet face is exposed to the aisle providing 100% selectivity. Selectivity: Ease of accessibility of merchandise. The number of facings or immediately accessible storage slots. Selectivity is expressed as the percentage of the total storage slots which are immediately accessible. Sequential Picking:The process of order selecting the exact quantity for a single individual customer order when the picker visits an SKU. Serpentine Pick: A travel path used by an order selector that takes him past every picking slot in the warehouse, to fill one order. Shelf life:The maximum amount of time material can be retained in storage and still be acceptable for use. Shelving: Used for economical storage of small hand stackable items which are not suited to mechanized handling and storage due to their handling characteristics, activity, or quantity. Shipping: (a) Actions necessary to deliver material to a carrier for movement to a consignee. (b) The function of recording, reporting, and sending merchandise to a consumer. Shipping area: An area used to assemble and prepare material for loading in a truck, railcar, etc. Shipping Dock: An area reserved for the loading of delivery vehicles. Shrinkage: An inventory adjustment required due to pilferage, over or under shipment, or receiving error. Simulation: The process of test-driving a system and warehouse prior to installation. This is normally done on a computer, using a mathematical model of an existing or planned operation.

174

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Appendix
Single Deep Storage: Loads stored one deep on each side of the aisle. Slave Pallet: A pallet used in an automated rack system. Slotting: The process of determining which products to store in which locations. Staging areas: Areas between different warehouse operations where goods are temporarily stored awaiting processing by the next operation. Stock Keeping Unit (SKU): Represents one unique inventory item. Example: one style of shirt, in six colors and five sizes, would be 30 different SKUs. Storage location: A physical storage location is the zone, row, bay, shelf, or cell where product is stored. A storage location stores product with the same lot number. Product may be stored in multiple storage locations. Straddle truck: Fork lift truck with front mounted outriggers which straddles the load being handled. Also a large material handling vehicle which straddles the load and lifts it from above. Stringer: The spacing boards of a pallet, normally 2 in. by 4 in. in size, and two to three in number.Top and bottom boards are fastened to the stringers. Coincides with length dimension of pallet. Supply chain Management: The use of information technology to give automated intelligence to a network of vendors, suppliers, manufacturers, distributors, retailers, and a host of other trading partners. The goal is for each player in the supply chain to conduct business with the latest and best information from everyone else in the chain, guiding supply and demand into a more perfect balance. Effective management of the supply chain enables a company to move product from the point of origin to that of consumption in the least amount of time at the smallest cost. Symbol length: The distance between the outside edges of the quiet zone on the two ends of a barcode symbol. System configuration: An iterative design process consisting of the evaluation of the factors affecting products and production tasks, selection of a design concept based on these factors, and evaluation of the performance of the selected concept. Following the results of the evaluation, a system can be refined and re-evaluated, or discarded. Systems integrator: Companies that connect computers, hardware, instrumentation, and equipment to share data or applications with other components in the same or other functional areas. System integrators often provide engineering services and hardware sales as well. throughput: (a) The amount of merchandise shipped through a system or warehouse in a given time. This is referred to in terms of cases, lines, or tons of product per hour/day/week. (b) The rate of movement of material through a system. time Study: A work measurement technique consisting of careful time measurement of the task with a time measuring instrument, adjusted for any observed variance from normal effort or pace to allow adequate time for such items as foreign elements, unavoidable or machine delays, rest to overcome fatigue, and personal needs. Learning or progress effects may also be considered. If the task is of sufficient length, it is normally broken down into short, relatively homogeneous work elements, each of which is treated separately as well as in combination with the rest. tote Box: A small durable container usually used for order picking and/or shipping of small items. travel time: The time for moving material, industrial truck, or a person from one location to another. Often used as the total travel time in a larger operation, as order fulfillment. two Way container: A container whose configuration permits retrieving or discharging from opposite direction along the same horizontal axis. Ul: Underwriters Laboratories (Inc.) UM: Unit of measure. Unitization: Securing material to a pallet by strapping, wrapping, or other means to provide a secure load for handling by a fork truck. Unit of Measure: The unit of measure (i.e. weight, length, volume). Universal commercial code (Ucc): A standard barcode symbol in the United States. Universal Product code (UPc): The standard barcode symbol for retail food packaging in the United States. value-added activity: (a) Any change to a product to make it more valuable to the end customer. (b) Any activity that actually makes money for the manufacturer. (c) Any change to the product that the customer is willing to pay for. vertical Barcode: A code pattern presented in such orientation that the axis of the symbol from start to stop is perpendicular to the horizon; the individual bars are in an array appearing as rungs of a ladder. vertical travel:The difference between fully raised height of the platform deck and fully lowered height of the platform deck. voice recognition: Process which a computer or control mechanism can accept data input by spoken command with no intermediate key entry. vrc:Vertical Reciprocating Conveyor. Moves materials vertically. Warehouse: A building for the storage of merchandise or commodities. Warehouse control System (WcS) - A Warehouse Control System (WCS) efficiently directs and manages automated material handling and processing within a warehouse Warehouse Management System (WMS): Software that integrates mechanical and human activities with an information system to effectively manage warehouse business processes and direct warehouse activities. These systems automate receiving, put away, picking, and shipping in warehouses and can prompt workers to do inventory cycle counts. Most support radio frequency communications, allowing real-time data transfer between the system and warehouse personnel. Wave Picking: An operator picks one order one product at a time for a group of orders. Typically used when orders are released to be picked during a specific time period. WMS: Warehouse Management System. Work Measurement: Generic term used to refer to the setting of a time standard by recognized industrial engineering technique, such as time study, standard data, work sampling, or predetermined motion time systems. Work Methods: Physical methods used to perform tasks of a job, such as reaching, gripping, using tools and equipment, or discarding objects. Work Sampling: An application of random sampling techniques to study of work activities so that proportions of time devoted to different elements of work can be estimated with given degree of statistical validity.

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

175

Appendix
Workstation: An established location in which something or someone stands or is assigned to stand or remain. This space includes that area necessary for the operation, material being processed or worked on, and the auxiliary equipment necessary to perform the assigned function. zone: An order pickers dedicated work area. zone Batch Picking: An operator is assigned a zone and picks a part of one or more orders, depending on what products are stored in the zone. zone Picking: Picking is organized into zones (i.e., sections of flow rack or shelving) with one operator per zone and picking to all orders. Typically used for high speed picking for limited SKUs is needed. zone Wave Picking: An operator is assigned a zone and picks all products for all orders stocked in the zone during a specific time period. iSr it Jit l l.h. lB(S) liFO ltl Max. Mhe Min. MrO MrP MtBF na niOSh nO. Or # nPv Oah Oal OaW OD OSha Pc Ph Plc PSi PtD Ptl r r.h. rF rFiD S/r Sic SKU StD. tcO tcP/iP tMS UPc v vna W WcS WMS Wt. xMl Inventory Shrinkage Ratio Information Technology Just In Time Length or Long Left Hand Pound(s) Last-In, First-Out Less-Than-Truckload Maximum Material(s) Handling Equipment Minimum Maintenance/Repair/Operating Manufacturing Resources Planning Mean Time Between Failure Narrow Aisle National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health Number Net Present Value Overall Height Overall Length Overall Width Outer Diameter Occupational Safety and Health Agency Personal Computer Phase Programmable Logic Controller Pounds per Square Inch Pick To Display Pick To Light Radius Right Hand Radio Frequency Radio Frequency Identification Storage/Retrieval Device Standard Industry Classification Stock Keeping Unit Standard Total Cost of Ownership Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol Transportation Management System Universal Product Code Volt Very Narrow Aisle Width or Wide Warehouse Control System Warehouse Management System Weight Extensible Markup Language

Abbreviations
3Pl 24/7 agv anSi aS/rS aScii aSn aSP B2B BOl BOM caD cg cna cPM cPM cU.yD. D Dc Dia. DtS eDi eOQ ePc erP FiFO FOB FPM FSD Ft. ga. galv. h hP htMl httP hz iD in. iP iSO iSP Third Party Logistics 24 Hours/Day, 7 Days/Week Automated Guided Vehicle American National Standards Institute Automated Storage and Retrieval System American Standard Code for Information Interchange Advanced Shipment Notice Application Service Provider Business to Business Bill of Lading Bill of Material Computer Aided Design Center of Gravity Change Notice Approval Critical Path Method Cases Per Minute Cubic Yard Depth or Deep Distribution Center Diameter Dock to Stock Electronic Data Interchange Economic Order Quantity Electronic Product Code Enterprise Resource Planning First-In, First-Out Freight On Board Feet Per Minute Functional Specifications Document Foot Gauge Galvanized Height Horsepower HyperText Markup Language HyperText Transport Protocol Hertz Inside Dimensions Inch Internet Protocol International Organization for Standardization Internet Service Provider

176

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Appendix
Index
a
Adjustable Platform Step 63 Adjustable Top & Bottom Drive Case Sealers 142 Adjustable Wire Shelving 48 Adjustable Workbench 85 Adjustable Work Platform 63 Airbag Tilter 12 All Direction Ladder 64 All Welded Storage Centers With Tilt Bins 52 Aluminum Dockboards 137 Aluminum Dockplates 138 Aluminum Platform Trucks 117 Aluminum Tie Rod Work Station Jib Crane 20 Annular Ball Bearing 75 Anti-Fatigue Floor Mats 89 Articulating Jib Cranes 21 Assembly Workstation With Cabinets 85 Attached Lid Containers 72 Automatic Turntable Stretch Wrappers 145

D
Delrin Bearing 75 Diamond Plate Sponge Coat Floormat 89 Diamond Plate With GritWorks! Floormat 90 Dirtban Swivel Seals 77 Dock Accessories 141 Dock Equipment 134 Dockboards 137 Dock Lifts 140 Dockplates 138 Dollies 115 Double-Shift Cabinets 54 Double Depth On-Line Shelving 43 Drive-In/Drive-Thru Rack 35 Drum Cradle Truck 110 Drum De-header 110 Drum Dollies 115 Drum Grabs 110 Drum Handling Equipment 110 Drum Truck 111 Durable Shelf Bins 66 Durable Steel Benches 86 Dust Caps 77 e Electric Power Pallet Truck 103 Enclosed HazMat Stations 57 Endura Solid Elastomer 76 Engineering Studies 158 Entertainment Industry 155 Ergonomic Drum Handler 110 Ergonomic Seating 92 Ergonomic Work Positioner 4 Ergonomic Workstations 85 Electo-Static Discharge (ESD) Containers 68 Extreme Duty Caster 82 Eyeball Lift Truck Mirror 100

B
Bearing Descriptions 75 Bollards 98 Bridge Cranes 18 Bronze Bearing 75 Bulk Linen Trucks 133 Bulk Storage Rack 47 Bumpers 77

c
C-Leg Series Workstation 87 Caged Containment Shelving 59 Cantilever Rack 34 Carton Flow Rack 27 Carton Flow Rack Ordering Information 27 Carton Flow Roller Track 28 Carton Flow Roller Track Ordering Information 28 Carts 108 Case Former with Pressure Sensitive Bottom Taper 142 Case Sealers 142 Casters 74 Caster Guidelines 74 Caster Ordering Information 74 Caster Steer Trailers 118 Caster Wheel Descriptions 76 Caster Wheel Selection Guide 75 Ceiling Mounted Articulating Jib Crane 21 Ceiling Mounted Workstation Bridge Cranes 18 ClearView Cabinets 54 Collapsible Containers 71 Column Protectors 98 Containers 65 Containment Shelving 59 Control System Capabilities 163 Control System Integration 164 Convertible Aluminum Hand Trucks 113 Convertible Steel Hand Trucks 113 Conveyor Aisle Guards 97 Conveyor Crossovers 63 Conveyors 134, 166 Conveyors And Sortation Systems 167 Cost Effective, Low Capacity Lifts 5 Custom Carts 118 Custom Containers 70 Custom Turntables 136

F
Fabric Carts 133 Feeding and Off Loading 16 Flexible Expandable Conveyor 134 Floor Height Lift Table 6 Floor Level Pallet Lift 9 Floor Level Pallet Lift With Turntable 9 Flow Work Cell Workstation 87 Flush Mount Turntables 7 Food Protection Mats 90 Foot Pump Hydraulic Lift Tables 11 Forklift Accessible Pallet Containers 69 Fourth and Fifth Wheel Steer Trailers 118 Free Standing Articulating Jib Crane 21 Free Standing I-Beam Jib Crane 22 Free Standing Workstation Bridge Crane 18 Free Standing Workstation Jib Crane 20 Full Service Controls 162

g
Gantry Cranes 23 Grade A floormat 90 Gravity Conveyors 134 Gravity Over/Under Conveyor 17

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

177

Appendix
h Handling Long Workpieces 16 Hardwood Dollies 115 Hazardous Material Storage 57 Heavy Duty All-Welded Storage Cabinets 54 Heavy Equipment Moving Rollers 114 High Density Storage 49 High Lift Skid Positioner 109 High Speed Lift Table 6 High Travel Lift Tables 4 HMI 164 Human Machine Interface 164 Hydraulic Box Dumpers 14 Hydraulic Drum Crusher 110 Modular Drawers in Shelving 44 Modular Enclosures 60 Modular Nesting Systems 73 Moldon Polyurethane 76 Moldon Rubber with Cast Iron Core 76 Monster Caster 83 n Nest and Stack Totes 65

O
Online Data Validation System 149 Outdoor Convex Mirrors 100 Over/Under Conveyor 17 Overhead and Track Protector 95 Overhead Door Rail Guards 96 Overhead Safety Gate 99

i
I-Beam Jib Cranes 22 IBC Tote Spill Containment Sumps 58 In Between Handling Lift Trucks 104 Indoor Convex Mirrors 100 Industrial Cycles 116 Industrial Grade Caster 79 Industrial Multitask Chair 92 Industrial Network Devices 164 Industrial Quality Storage Cabinets 53 Industry Experience 151 Inplant Offices 60 Integrated Systems 156 Interface Experience 162 Inverting Pallet Loads 16

P
Packaging Depot Workstation 87 Packaging Machines 143 Packaging System 144 Pallet Flow Rack 33 Pallet Flow Rack Ordering Information 33 Pallet Positioners 8 Pallet Pullers 141 Pallet Rack End Protectors 97 Pallet Rotator/Inverter 12 Pallets 73 Pallet Stacker/Dispenser 14 PC-Based Control Systems 165 Performa Rubber 76 Personnel Hand Rail 95 Phenolic 76 Picking Technologies 36, 167 Pick Modules 27 Pick To Display 38 Pick To Display Ordering Information 38 Pick To Light 37 Pick To Light Ordering Information 37 Pick To Voice 39 Pick To Voice Ordering Information 39 Plain & Sleeve Bearings 75 Platform Trucks 117 PLC Development Process 164 Polymer Trucks with Shelves 132 Poly Nesting Trucks 131 Polyolefin 76 Poly Recycle Trucks 131 Poly Tilt Trucks 131 Poly Trucks 131 Polyurethane Hi-Tech 76 Portable Tilter 13 Positioners 4 Power Drive Straddle Trucks 105 Powered Drag chain Conveyor 17 Powered Over/Under Conveyor 17 Precision Medium Duty Caster 78 Precision Sealed Ball Bearing 75 Precision Tapered Roller Bearings 75 Premium Heavy Duty Caster 80 Premium Pallet Truck 108 Product Guide 166 Protective Guard Rail & Columns 94 Push Back Rack 35

J
Jib Cranes 20

l
Label Printer Applicators 146 Label Printers 149 Lean Manufacturing Trailers 118 Lift Table Ordering Information 16 Lift Truck Accessories 107 Lift Truck Ordering Information 107 Loading and Unloading Pallets 16 Loading Lights 141 Low Profile 90 Self-Dumping Steel Hoppers 15 Low Profile Caster 83 Low Profile Hydraulic Lift 5 Low Profile Powered Turntables 7, 136

M
Manifest Software 150 Manual Pallet Trucks 108 Manual Turntable 136 Manual Turntable with Pneumatic Blade Stops 136 Mast Type I-Beam Jib Crane 22 Medium Duty Caster 78 Medium Duty Stainless Steel Casters 82 Metal and Plastic Thread Guards 77 Mezzanine Flooring 62 Mezzanine Ordering Information 61 Mezzanines 61 Mobile Drum Carrier 110 Mobile Lift Tables 10 Mobile Scale Truck 109 Modular Aluminum Hand Trucks 112 Modular Drawer Cabinets 55

178

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Appendix
r
Rack 27 Rack Armor Rack Protectors 96 Rack Decking 32 Rack Deck Ordering Information 32 Radial Ball Bearing 75 Random Size Case Sealers 142 Retail Industry 151 Returnable Plastic Pallets 73 RF Handheld 40 RF Handheld Ordering Information 40 RFID Printers & Encoders 149 Rigid Bulk Containers 70 Rivet Lock Boltless Shelving 45 Roller Bearing 75 Rotary Arm Stretch Wrappers 145 The 24/Seven Floormats 91 Thermal Barcode Printer 149 Thermal Transfer & Direct Thermal Label Printers 149 Thermo 76 Tilted Shelving 43 Tilting Aluminum Pallet Dollies 115 Tool Trolley 92 Top Track Storage 50 Torrington-Style Roller Bearing 75 Total Lock Brake 77 Totes 65 Tractor Drives for steel or aluminum track 22 Transportation 154 Transportation Management Software 151 Transporting 16 Tread Lock Brake 77 Trucks 103

S
Safety Appliance Trucks 114 Safety Equipment 94 Safety Flammable Cabinet 51 Safety Mirrors 100 Safety Netting 101 Selective Pallet Rack 29 Selective Pallet Rack Pricing 31 Selevtive Pallet Rack Ordering Information 30 Self-Dumping Steel Hoppers with Bumper Release 15 Semi-Automatic Turntable Stretch Wrappers 145 Shelters 60 Side Lock Brake 77 Simulation Process 159 Single Depth On-Line Shelving 43 Sit-Stand 92 Small Parts Electro-Static Discharge (ESD) Containers 68 Small Parts Storage & Order Picking 67 SmartCart 41 Smartcart Ordering information 41 Software and Controls 167 Sortation 167 Specialty Casters & Wheels 84 Spill Carts 58 Sprinkler Guards 98 Stack Rack 34 Standard Lift Tables 4 Standard Stock Picking Ladder 64 Steel Carts 119 Steel Drum Depots 57 Steel Hand Trucks 112 Steel Hoppers 15 Steel Plate Caster 83 Steel Platform Trucks 117 Steel Shelving 44 Steel Spill Containment Pallets 58 Stockpicker Carts 129 Stock Picking Ladders 64 Storage Cabinets 51 Straight Gravity Conveyor 135 Straight Wall Containers 72 Stretch wrapper Ordering Information 145 Stretch Wrappers 145 Strip Doors 139 Sturdy Hanging Small Parts Bins 66 Super Heavy Duty Caster 81 Swivel Locks 77 System Integration Process 160

U
UltraSoft Diamond Plate floor mat 89

v
V-Groove 76 Versatile Work-In-Progress Containers 65 Vertical Lift Modules 42 Vertical Storage 42

W
Wall/Column Mounted Articulating Jib Crane 21 Wall Bracket I-Beam Jib Crane 22 Wall Cantilever I-Beam Jib Crane 22 Wall Cantilever Work Station Jib Crane 20 Wall Systems 60 Warehouse Control System (WCS) Process Flow 165 Warehouse Control Systems 157, 165 WCS 157, 165 Wheel Chocks 141 Wide Span Shelving 46 Wire Carts 130 Wire Containers 70 Wire Deck Bulk Rack 46 Wire Mesh Rack Decking 32 Wire Partitions 102 Wood Deck Bulk Rack 46 Wooden Platform Trucks 117 Work Enclosures 102 Workstations 85 Working Out of Parts Baskets 16 Workpiece Feeding and Off Loading 16 Workplace Ergonomics 16 Work Positioners 12 Workstation Accessories 88 Workstation Bridge Cranes 18 Work Station Jib Cranes 20 Workstation Ordering Information 88

z
Zero Lift & Tilt Tables 12

t
Tarca Bridge Cranes 19 Tech-Lock Brake 77

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

179

Appendix
Supplier Index
3M ...................................................................................................................... 142 Akro-Mils ................................................................................................ 65, 66-68 Aleco .................................................................................................................. 139 American Wire Products (AWP) ............................................................. 32, 70 ASAP Automation ....................................................................................... 37-41 B&P Manufacturing ....................................................... 112, 115, 117, 137-138 Ballymore ............................................................................................................ 64 Best Conveyors ............................................................................................... 134 Big Joe Manufacturing ............................................................................. 103-107 Biofit Engineered Products .............................................................................. 93 Blue Arc Engineering ................................................ 7, 13, 14, 17, 63, 118, 136 Buckhorn Inc. ............................................................................................... 72-73 Colson Caster Corportation ................................................................... 78-83 Cornerstone Specialty Wood Products ....................................................... 62 Denios, Inc .................................................................................................... 57-59 Eagle Manufacturing .......................................................................................... 98 Enduraveyor ....................................................................................................... 14 Faultless-Nutting ............................................................................................. 117 Floor-Mark Mfg. ................................................................................................. 99 Gorbel, Inc .................................................................................................... 18-25 Handle-It ............................................................................................................. 97 Harper Truck, Inc. ............................................................................ 110, 111, 112 Hytrol Conveyor Company, Inc. .................................................................. 135 ID Technology .................................................................................................. 147 Incord ................................................................................................................ 101 Interlake Material Handling Solutions ........................... 27, 30-31, 33, 34, 35 Jamco Products .......................................................................... 51, 52, 119-128 Jarke Corp. .......................................................................................................... 34 K-10 Enterprizes, Inc ...................................................................................... 100 Lantech ............................................................................................................... 145 Lift-Rite, Inc. ............................................................................................. 108, 109 Lyon Workspace Products, LLC ................................................ 47, 52, 53, 92 Meese Inc. .......................................................................................... 69, 131, 133 Metro ............................................................................................ 48-50, 130, 132 Midstates Manufacturing & Engineering ..................................................... 118 Molded Fiber Glass Tray Co. ........................................................................... 65 Morse Manufacturing ............................................................................ 110, 111 Nexel Industries Inc. ................................................................................... 45-46 Orbis Corporation ........................................................................................... 71 Portafab Modular Building Systems .............................................................. 60 Printronix .................................................................................................. 148, 149 Production Basics ........................................................................................ 87-88 Rack Armour ...................................................................................................... 96 Raymond Products Company ....................................................................... 115 Rousseau Metal ........................................................................ 44, 55-56, 85-86 Savoye Logistics ............................................................................................... 143 Schaefer Systems International, Inc. .............................................................. 43 Schmidt Structural Products .................................................................... 96, 98 Shorr Packaging ...................................................................................... 142, 144 Southworth Products .............................................. 4, 5, 6-8, 9, 10, 12, 13, 140 Starrco Company .............................................................................................. 60 Stevens Appliance Truck Company .............................................................. 114 Stronghold .......................................................................................................... 54 Talon Design ....................................................................................................... 26 Torbeck Industries ................................................................................ 94-95, 98 Unarco ........................................................................................................... 28, 29 Vestil Manufacturing Corp. .................. 6, 12, 15, 63, 108, 110, 115, 129, 141 VoCollect ............................................................................................................ 38 Wearwell ....................................................................................................... 89-91 Weber Marking Systems ............................................................................... 146 Wesco Industrial Products, Inc ........................... 11, 109, 110, 111, 113, 114 White Systems .................................................................................................. 42 Wildeck ................................................................................................... 61, 97, 99 Wirecrafters .................................................................................................... 102 Worksman Industrial Bicycles ...................................................................... 116 Wulftech ............................................................................................................ 145

180

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Product Guide
Conveyors And Sortation Systems

Belt

Accumulation

Belt Driven Live Roller

Chain Driven Live Roller

Drag Chain

High Speed Sorter

Low Profile/Cleated

Plastic Belt

Hinged Steel Belt

Wash Down

Belt Curves

Diverters, Pushers, and Transfers

Small Item Sorter

Non-Synchronous

Overhead

Gravity

Flexible/Expandable

Spiral Lifts and Chutes

Custom Fabrication

Vertical Lift

Request Our Full Conveyor Catalog Online: www.bastiansolutions.com/catalog-sign-up/conveyor.asp

166

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Product Guide
Automated Storage, Sortation, and Picking Technologies

AS/RS Mini and Unit Load

Horizontal Carousel

Vertical Storage Module

Monorail System Automated Guided Vehicle (AGV)

High Speed Sortation

Small Item Sortation

A Frame Sortation

Tilt Tray Sortation

Overhead Scanner

Robotic Palletizing

RF Solutions

RFID Tag Integration

Labeler

Pick Module

Pick To Display (Wireless)

Pick To Display Software

Pick To Voice

Pick To Light

Software and Controls

Warehouse Management Systems (WMS) Software

Manifest Software

Control Panels

Distributed Controls

WMS with ERP Interface

Custom Controls Screens

Pre-Mounted Control Devices

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

167

Control Systems

Complete Automation Control Experience From a Single Source


Material handling and automation systems involve the integration of a wide variety of technologies to meet your specific business objectives. These technologies must work together smoothly for your operation to achieve maximum productivity. BASTIAN has the experience necessary to bring together the entire system so that each separate piece works in harmony.

Technology experiences
Conveying systems. RFID integration. RF systems. Automated storage and retrieval (AS/RS). High speed sorters. Palletizers. Robotics. Carousels (horizontal and vertical). A-frame dispensing systems. Bowl feeders. Automated guided vehicles (AGVs). Tilt tray/cross belt systems. Packaging equipment. Fluid loading/unloading. Laser scanners, RFID, vision systems. Weighing and cubing systems. Manifesting systems. Printers and label applicators. Vision systems. Energy reduction management.

BASTIANS Competitive Advantage


Turnkey conTrols insTallaTion
BASTIAN serves as a single point of contact for your automation project to ensure fast, efficient installation of your project, and provide you with the benefit of improved operations ahead of your competition.

ToTal operaTional visibiliTy

Human Machine Interface (HMI) technologies provide operational visibility to track and diagnose product routing, helping to ensure operational success in your facility enterprise-wide.

Full service conTrols

Design FlexibiliTy

BASTIAN offers the entire spectrum of services required for your controls projects. We work directly with you up front, ensuring the right services at the right time to make your projects successful.

Our design process includes factors for future growth and reconfigurations. Our modular design architectures place the controls at the conveyor, making future reconfigurations quick and easy.

inTerFace experience

broaD inDusTry experience

BASTIAN has proven experience interfacing to many different systems that use a wide variety of operational features and interface protocols.

BASTIAN has a wide breadth of systems experience across many industries.Through our experience, we bring the best technologies to bear for your controls projects.

open, non-proprieTory equipmenT

cusTomizeD soluTions

Our controls utilize commercially available components and programming architectures. We specify only the most reliable, cost effective components. 800.937.3760

Our controls engineers start every project with a functional specification process that customizes our controls platforms and programs to your applications

www.bastiansolutions.com

161

Control Systems
Full Service Controls
BASTIAN offers the entire spectrum of services required for your control projects. We work directly with you up front to provide the right services at the right time. To make your projects successful, we will customize our resources based on your objectives. With the BASTIAN team you can rest assured that we are fully dedicated to your operational success.

Design:
Controls project management. Controls system design. Controls drawings. Consulting. Simulation (AutoMod). Functional specification documents. Device specification. Control panels. Runoffs. Electrical installation. Startup assistance. Maintenance manuals. UL certified panel build. Training/certifications. Failure mode analysis. Validation services.

supporT
24/7 support call center. Remote dial-in capabilities. Modifications/upgrades. Support contracts/services. Web based video monitoring. Cell phone/PDA supervisory alerts. Operational consulting. Planned maintenance software. Spare parts specifications.

Interface Experience
The effective flow of information to and from your material handling system is important in the just-in-time, high customer service business environment. BASTIANS control system acts as the real-time interface between the floor equipment and the upper level information systems. We have proven experience interfacing to many different host systems that uses a wide variety of interface protocols. information/control systems: Programmable Logic Controllers (PLC). PC Based Controllers (VLC). Warehouse Management System (WMS). RFID integration. Enterprise Resource Planning Systems (ERP). Manufacturing Resource Planning Systems (MRP). Supply Chain Execution (SCE) System. interface networks/protocols: Profibus. DeviceNet. ControlNet. SDS. Discrete I/O. Ethernet. TCP/IP. Shared files/tables. FTP. Serial.

operations: Smart conveyor counting (WCS). High speed sortation. Quality control. Weight verification. Laser and vision scanning. Picking/fulfillment . Pick-to-Light (PTL) operations. Order management.

162

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Control Systems
Control System Capabilities

Wcs - smarT conveyor Warehouse Control Systems (WCS) interfaces controls to WMS and host systems that smartly routes cartons to designated zones. Features such as priority routing, zone preferencing, and divert confirmation provide maximum operational flexibility.

vision sysTems Todays advanced vision systems can read standard Barcodes, 2D barcodes, OCR for text conversion, and image match for product recognition.

energy managemenT Built-in energy saving logic and efficient drives reduce your energy cost year after year by implementing idle time shut down controls and automatic system restart.

Web baseD viDeo moniToring Offers quality images and streaming video, to keep a close eye on the operation.

roboTic Technologies Our control systems provide excellent integration of robotics in a wide variety of applications from production to automated palletization.

auTomaTeD Dispensers High volume dispensing of products that incorporate a variety of automation technologies, such as: A-frames, bowl feeder, etc.

carousel conTrols With customized controls parameters, you can optimize carousel performance and inventory control. Our world-class HMIs make operations easy.

compliance labeling Our systems can implement many different value-added services, from pack and label application to kitting and inspections.

high speeD sorTaTion Using ExactaSort, high speed sortation is maximized for reliable sorting to multiple locations. The software is designed for sortation on a variety of technologies from pushers to cross-belt sorters.

poWereD roller conveyors Motorized roller conveyors incorporate low voltage motorized rollers with built-in accumulation features to provide quiet, safe and easily configurable systems.

sysTem sTaTus Monitoring devices can provide real-time feedback and allow complete visibility to system status for priority routing, staffing levels, field conditions, etc. Monitoring devices include: photoeyes, scanners, proximity switches, and optical sensors.

FielD Devices conveyor conTrols (Dcc) Provides distributed controls to speed installations, minimize cost, and maximize future flexibility and reconfigurations.

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

163

Control Systems
conTrol sysTem inTegraTion
Turnkey control solutions System evaluation Specify system architecture Application engineering System hardware design Custom control panel design PLC/ VLC/PC software Distributed conveyor control RFID Industrial network devices ERP/WMS system interface Real-time WMS interface Data acquisition and monitoring Statistical process control Sorters/merges/inline scales RFID integration Online multimedia training Controls project management Human machine interface WAN and web HMI visibility Installation and startup Acceptance testing Performance responsibility System specific training PC-based documentation

plc DevelopmenT process


Specify PLC system PLC hardware design CAD PLC drawings Custom control panel design Distributed control systems Powered roller controls Control panel fabrication PLC software development Installation and startup Acceptance and validation Maintenance training

human machine inTerFace (hmis)


Throughput statistics Event statistics Scanner statistics Specific alarm conditions Remote video view Highly configurable Adjustable scan rate/device Maintenance scheduling Diagnostic fault history Automatic system alerts Integrated diagnostics Remote web/WAN monitoring Predictive maintenance Barcode read rates System specific training Online help system Online multimedia training Embedded planned maintenance

inDusTrial neTWork Devices


DeviceNet INTERBUS-S PROFIBUS AS-i actuator sensor interface Customer-specified network High speed control Industry standards PC connectivity Open architecture

FuncTionaliTy
Remote web viewing Automatic pager alert Remote system monitoring CAD drawing viewer Web cam Automatic e-mail alert Internet system monitoring

pc-baseD conTrol sysTems


Specify PC-based system PC-based hardware design WMS Cost effective modular design CAD system drawings Distributed control systems Powered roller controls PC software development Custom PC software Statistical process control Installation and startup Acceptance and validation Maintenance training

164

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Control Systems
Warehouse Control System (WCS) Process Flow

operaTions Manufacturing, receiving, putaway, picking, shipping, packing, etc.

auTomaTion Conveyor, inline scales, AS/RS, sorters, carousels, bowl feeders, robotics, etc.

rFiD label prinTers

camera scanner

pick To Display picTurevieWTm

selecTive rack

hanDhelD rF

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

165

Integrated Systems Key Benefits of BASTIAN Integrated Systems


Cut Your operational Costs
Through advanced automation technologies and supply chain execution software, reduce operating costs to generate higher profits.

Through a combination of experienced engineers and proven cutting-edge technologies, operational success within your material handling system is guaranteed.

Guaranteed operational suCCess

speed to Market

Dedicated engineering and project resources get your system from concept to completion fast.

Maximize your capital investment while planning for future growth with modular scalable solutions.

Cost effeCtive sCalable solutions

operational Costs

best of breed solutions

Our broad industry experience brings the best possible technology to your business processes. One point of contact for all of your material handling integration needs.

siMpliCitY and aCCountabilitY total life CYCle support

Exceptional customer support and service through the entire project life cycle.

real estate/buildinG ConstruCtion inteGration


We partner with the leading real estate and general construction firms to integrate the building design with the material handling systems.

investMent JustifiCation (roi)

BASTIANS Competitive Advantage


BASTIAN knows the importance of making smart capital investments and the advantages associated with aggressive and timely project execution schedules. Our system solutions are designed not only to meet your immediate needs, but also your long-term business objectives. Some of the characteristics of our company that help you meet your goals include: independent systems integrator with access to the best of breed equipment suppliers. Customized solutions that meet your unique systems needs. Modular system designs to easily incorporate future growth opportunities. open, non-proprietary equipment and control architectures. smart systems that improve operator productivity and reduce errors. Cost justification and ROI analysis for capital appropriation. integration with your existing equipment to reduce initial investment and increase your return on assets. leasing/financing options available for software, hardware, and equipment. strategic supplier partnerships that increase purchasing power, resulting in very competitive price structures. turnkey installation to minimize your operational impact and reduce risks. national networks in commercial real estate for your specific location. integrated real estate, architecture, building construction and financing available. experienced project management for cost/scope control, budget/schedule maintenance, and operational coordination.

156

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Integrated Systems Complete Material Handling Solutions from a Single Source


Todays systems involve a wide variety of technologies to meet your business objectives. These technologies must work together smoothly for your operation to achieve maximum productivity. BASTIAN specializes in integrating the entire system from material handling equipment to supply chain execution software and controls. Take advantage of our technology experience to tackle the challenges of integrating your next system project.

storaGe sYsteMs

Pick modules. Rack and shelving systems. Mezzanines/platforms. Deep lane storage. Fork truck integration. Rack supported buildings. Pallet flow rail Conveyor and sortation systems. Automated storage and retrieval (AS/RS). Small item sorter. Palletizers. RFID.

autoMation

Pick-to-Display. Robotics. Carousels. A-frame dispensing systems. Bowl feeders. Tilt tray/cross belt systems. Packaging equipment. Fluid loading/unloading. Pick-to-Light. Manifest systems. Automated Guided Vehicles (AGVs). Pick-to-Voice.

Warehouse Control Systems (WCS)


Warehouse Controls Systems (MCS) is the bridge that synchronizes material flow, consolidates orders, and allows for islands of automation. Our MHCS engineering team designs advanced control system solutions that coordinate material handling hardware, software, communication networks, and Human Machine Interfaces (HMIs).

WCs Capabilities
Connect WMS and ERP to automation Conventional and networked controls PLC and PC based controls Real Time connection with supply chain execution software (WMS, OMS, TMS, YMS) Smart conveyor routing (AOR) Seamless integration with Exacta SortTM (sortation software) Cross docking

appliCation inteGration

Laser scanners, RFID, camera systems. Weighing and cubing systems. Manifesting. Printers and applicators. RF systems. Complete CAD services. 3-D system renderings. Simulations. Slotting and profiling. Facility layout. Engineered productivity standards. Return on investment analysis. Manning requirement analysis. Ergonomic workstation design. Energy management. Equipment maintenance program. Custom equipment design/build. Specification / RFQ development.

supplY Chain exeCution softWare


Warehouse Management Software (WMS). Order Management System (OMS). Transportation Management System (TMS). Yard Management System (YMS). Extensive training program. On-site operational support. Web-based video monitoring. Event-based notification. Planned maintenance software. Mechanical and controls annual support. 24/7 support service. Critical spare parts. Remote web or dial-in access.

enGineerinG expertise

on-GoinG support value

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

157

Integrated Systems

Engineering Studies
BASTIAN has several years of practical experience working with clients to specify the optimum system to meet their strategic business goals. We leverage a proven five stage methodology to ensure that we help you meet world class standards in overall operations. At BASTIAN, we stand behind our recommendations in the form of system guarantees on performance metrics and return on investment.

proJeCt initialization

staGe 1 : proJeCt initialization


Management design goals. 3 to 5 year volume projections. Project team selection. Critical success factors. Data requirements.

Current sYsteM assessMent

staGe 2 : Current sYsteM assessMent

Current system layout and material flow diagram. Information flow diagram. Interview operators, supervisors, and key stake holders. Known areas of improvement. Current operational procedures and constraints. Confirm design parameters and assumptions. Prepare conceptual layouts and alternatives for levels of automation. Review capital requirements for alternatives. Manning requirements. System throughput constraints and scalability. Simulation to verify material flow and manning levels. Slotting and profile analysis to select the appropriate automation equipment. Recommended information system architecture. Description of operations. 3D CAD layout (floor space and storage requirements). Capital requirements. General description of all equipment (bill of materials). Return on investment analysis. Implementation plan. System rendering with panoramic views. Optional Request for Quote (RFQ) for vendor bidding.

ConCeptinG

staGe 3 : ConCeptinG

staGe 4 : reCoMMended sYsteM Model

reCoMMended sYsteM Model

staGe 5 : final report

final report

158

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Integrated Systems

Let Us Simulate Your Process (Simulation Engineering)


BASTIAN recommends a simulation study to verify system performance where complex or highly variable material flows and manning requirements are involved. With todays advanced simulation tools, it makes sense to confirm your system model before spending thousands or millions of dollars in capital. BASTIAN has several highly trained simulation engineers to work with your team and confirm various operational methodologies. BASTIAN uses AutoMod as a simulation tool, which is unsurpassed for the design, analysis, and emulation of complex systems. AutoMod combines Virtual Reality (VR) graphics with a flexible, powerful, discrete and continuous simulation environment.

siMulation proCess
proJeCt initiation teaM seleCtion data ColleCtion assuMptions doCuMent base Model developMent

final report

optiMization of the desiGn

Model revieW

Model testinG

base Model validation

siMulation benefits
Ensures that the system will meet strategic business goals. Validates the recommended system design. Uses your actual order data to verify system throughput. Provides an in-depth understanding of your business operations. Allows optimal equipment configuration. Presents informed decisions of how much equipment to purchase. Identifies system bottlenecks. Tests various operational methodologies. Ability to ask what if? questions to enhance system performance. Allows the evaluation of system design changes against a baseline. Verifies system staffing requirements.

Tests various operational methodologies

Ensures system will meet strategic business goals

budGetarY priCinG ................................. $26,000


Allows the evaluation of system design Allows optimal equipment configuration

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

159

Integrated Systems
System Integration Process

Integrated Systems
enGineerinG studies

BASTIAN is dedicated to creating advanced material handling systems for the automation of supply chain logistics. The innovative products developed help companies throughout the world better compete in their individual markets and implement their strategic business goals. BASTIAN enjoys using advanced technologies in the industrial environment to help businesses execute their strategic goals. Success through the control of material flow, information flow, and operational procedures can yield huge competitive advantages. Our integrated material handling systems reduce the total cost of order fulfillment and the cycle time for the end user to receive their product.

3d faCilities laYouts

Slow/Medium Pick Area siMulation AS/RS Unit Load

Non-Conveyable Pick Area equipMent speCifiCations

Robotic Palletizing

Receiving Area

Controls sYsteMs

profilinG analYsis

proJeCt ManaGeMent

installation

traininG Shipping Area Carton Flow Pick Module aCCeptanCe testinG Void Fill & Seal Baler AS/RS Mini Load Carousel Pick Replenishment Racks after sale and operational support

160

800.937.3760 1-800-264-9610

www.bastiansolutions.com www.bastiansolutions.com

Industry Experience
Retail
Cross docking Returns Order fulfillment RFID Replenishment High speed sortation

Food, Bakery, Grocery


Cooling tunnels AS/RS Freezer buffers Robotics Palletization Order sequencing

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

151

Industry Experience
Beverage
Case handling Mixed pallet build Inspection Bottle handling Case packers Merge tables Palletizers and robots Integrated package lines

Automotive
Work-in-progress buffers Tier 1 sequencing Seat handling Tire handling Robotics Overhead systems

152

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Industry Experience
Transportation
Trains, buses, airlines Parts kit building Maintenance Parts distribution Automated picking Universal STET

Third Party Logistics


Order sequencing Co-packing Order fulfillment Transaction based ASP model Replenishment Value added services

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

153

Industry Experience
Catalog and E-Commerce
Order fulfillment Returns Kit building High speed automated picking Manifesting and rate shopping Slap-n-go RFID

Computer & Electronics


Kit building Repairs Burn-in pallets Progressive assembly Work-in-progress buffers Value added services

154

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Industry Experience
Pharmaceutical
FDA and 21 CFR validation Clean room RFID tracking Lot and serial number tracking Cooler/freezer/ambient Packaging

Entertainment
High speed sortation Automated picking Palletizing In-line weight verification Timed releases Deep catalog/popular pick

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

155

Packaging & Manifesting


Case Sealers
3M-Matic RandoM Size caSe SealeRS
Ideal for a variety of box sizes, the versatile 3M-Matic 700r Random Case Sealer seals up to 15 cases per minute, automatically adjusting to each box's height and width. The AccuGlide taping head precisely applies a full range of Scotch Brand box sealing tapes. The pneumatically operated packing station holds empty cases for filling and automatically centers them for sealing. Both taping heads can be removed easily for cleaning and maintenance. The 700r features a gear motor drive for heavy-duty performance and convenient box width/height adjustment. (Shown here with optional exit conveyor, casters, and low tape sensor.) caSe caPacitY SPeciFicationS Minimum: 6 Length x 6 Wide x 4-3/4 High Maximum: No Limit Length x 21-1/2 Wide x 24-1/2 High Weight: Up to 85 lbs. Cases per Minute: Up to 15 BudgetaRY PRice ..................................................................................... $10,450
(Highly competitive pricing on consumables)

3M-Matic adjuStaBle toP & BottoM dRive caSe SealeRS


The advanced features of the 700a make sealing of uniform-size regular slotted containers fast, precise, and productive. A unique upper and lower drive system using four belts positively conveys cases at up to 30 per minute. The AccuGlide taping head precisely applies a full range of Scotch Brand box sealing tapes. Manual adjustments for various case sizes can be made quickly and easily. The 700a features a gear motor drive for heavy-duty performance and convenient box height/width adjustment. (Shown here with optional infeed/exit conveyors, casters, and low tape sensor.) caSe caPacitY SPeciFicationS Minimum: 6 Length x 6 Wide x 4-3/4 High Maximum: No Limit Length x 21-1/2 Wide x 24-1/2 High Weight: Up to 85 lbs. Cases per Minute: Up to 30 BudgetaRY PRice ....................................................................................... $7,250
(Highly competitive pricing on consumables)

caSe FoRMeR with PReSSuRe SenSitive BottoM taPeR


The Combi CE-10 is an automatic system that erects and bottom seals corrugated cases at speeds from 500 to 700 cases per hour. This versatile system can create instant labor savings and increase production for a wide range of medium-speed applications. With industry-leading standard features like low-case and low-tape alarms, and fas,t no-tool changeovers, the CE-10 is a simple, operator-friendly solution for your packaging line. caSe caPacitY SPeciFicationS High-Capacity powered case magazine (holds 150-200 cases) Small footprint design minimizes floor space Low case & low tape alarms with stack light assure continuous operation Safety interlocked guarding restricts access to moving parts 2 inch 3M Accuglide II+ Tapehead 10 case per minute operation for medium speed packaging lines CE international certification BudgetaRY PRice .................................................................................... $23,500
(Over 200 sizes of boxes available) 2 Week Delivery

142

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Packaging & Manifesting


Packaging Machines
Pac 600
The PAC 600 is the complete packaging solution (box-making, product security and sealing) for those who need the best in packing quality for a wide variety of products. The concept of this system is to erect and close the carton automatically without the requirement for void fill - peanuts / air pillows / paper etc. The full system consists of three machines; a carton erector, shrink tunnel, and a lidding machine. Return on investment is about 22 months. BeneFitS A tamper-evident dispatch case A dust-proof packing concept A case with high stacking strength The best in packaging quality A case with the minimum quantity of cardboard. No wasted volume, 100% fill possible A fully automated solution, on-line, with a range of machines to adapt to your throughput requirements An efficient solution. There is no need to reorganize products in the box before dispatch. With the PAC 600 hands-free models, any manipulation of the box or the film is reduced, for higher productivity and suitable for a fully automated picking process PRoceSS 1. Sleeve 2. Gluing of the film to the sleeve outside 3. Gluing of the base bank 4. Film Shrinking of the case contents 5. Gluing of the lid bank - finished product BudgetaRY PRice ................................................................. $450,000 (pricing includes delivery, installation, training, and start up assistance)

jivaRo
The JIVARO is a box closing machine that adapts the case size to the fill height, and ships the minimal volume to your client. The JIVARO is particularly useful where there are variable volumes, small very urgent shipments, and high transportation costs. Return on investment is about 18 months. BeneFitS The right dispatch case volume Products secured as the excess board is folded into the box More cases per trucks, which means less trucks on the road A minimum quantity of cardboard used A fully automated solution, on-line, and fast (16 cases/minute) A very compact solution with only one closing machine Savings achieved on: reduction in corrugated, no requirement for void fill material (air bags or peanuts), labor savings, transportation costs PRoceSS 1. Measure 2. Cut Corners 3. Fold Corners 4. Add Lid 5. Finished product BudgetaRY PRice ................................................................. $300,000 (pricing includes delivery, installation, training, and start up assistance)

14-16 Week Delivery

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

143

Packaging & Manifesting


Fill-aiR ntS Packaging SYSteM
Sealed air offers a variety of fast, easy-to-use systems that deliver air-filled cushions on demand. The Fill-Air NTS packaging system is ideal for workstation or on-line applications. Fill-Air Inflatable Packaging Systems provide excellent protection and efficient void fill while reducing material and shipping costs. Fill-Air cushions can be produced in a wide range of sizes which provide numerous benefits to your packaging operation including: Versatile, On-Demand Packaging Saves Valuable Warehouse Space Fast and Easy To Use Clean, Professional-Looking Packages Outstanding, Lightweight Protection Enhanced Customer Satisfaction Environmental Benefits

FeatuReS 1500 packs/day 100-120 VAC, 60 Hz, 1.1 Amp, Single Phase The auto-replenishment mode automatically keeps the cushion bin full 92 lbs. Standard cushion sizes - 8 x 5, 8 x 8 and 8 x 12 Overall Size - 36.25 x 35.0 x 67.25 FRee inFlataBle Packaging equiPMent with qualiFied conSuMaBleS PuRchaSe!
** Call Bastian for more details

PaPeRPluS Packaging SYSteM


The PAPERplus is a patented paper system that creates ultra-strong paper mattresses which provide the bulk and durability needed to absorb, cushion and protect heavy, fragile or awkward items. The PAPERplus patented crimping technique has been proven to provide a thicker pad while delivering significantly better compression strength than competitive paper products. With multiple machine configurations to choose from, extreme versatility makes PAPERplus the right choice for your facility requirements as well as your products protection. FeatuReS Standard model - 42 feet/minute; high speed model - 120 feet/minute Made from 100% natural, recycled Kraft paper that can be used over and over. 110V Paper - available in single or double ply 180 directional chute allows for easy movement for different operator heights and work environments. (2) Emergency stop buttons Foot pedal control Nine different modes of operation for full control over the operation Available in tabletop models to double as a packing station FRee PaPeRPluS Packaging equiPMent with qualiFied conSuMaBleS PuRchaSe!

** Call Bastian for more details

2 Week Delivery

144

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Packaging & Manifesting


Stretch Wrappers
SeMi-autoMatic tuRntaBle StRetch wRaPPeRS
Semi-Automatic Turntables are great for wrapping 25-35 loads per hour and can replace expensive hand wrapping. A low-profile models also available, SPeciFicationS Load capacity range of 4,000-8,000 lbs. Wrap height of 82(Standard) 128. Turntable size range of 51- 77 diameter. Allen Bradley PLC and Variable Frequency Drives No thread pre-stretched carriage Fork Lift Portable Design Manufactures warranty 3-4 years unlimited cycles. q-300 ................................................................................................. $9,595 - $12,800 SMl-150 ............................................................................................................. $7,750

Q-300

SML-150

autoMatic tuRntaBle StRetch wRaPPeRS

Automatic Turntables are ideal for operations requiring more automation than a SemiAutomatic machine can deliver and wrapping 30-55 loads per hour. These machines are typically found at the very end of a manufacturing or palletizing line. They can also be found in stand alone operations. SPeciFicationS Load capacity range of 4,000-8,000 lbs. Wrap height of 80 and higher. Turntable size range of 51- 77 diameter. Allen Bradley PLC and Variable Frequency Drives No thread pre-stretched carriage Fork Lift Portable Design Standard Conveyor Configuration, one 5 ft. infeed, one 5 ft. discharge and turntable. Manufactures warranty 3-4 years unlimited cycles. wca-150 .......................................................................................................... $34,600 q-300 Xt PluS ............................................................................. $23,595 - $26,800

Q-300 XT Plus

WCA-150

RotaRY aRM StRetch wRaPPeRS

Rotary arm stretch wrappers are extremely versatile, capable of wrapping very light to very heavy, tall, and unstable loads. There are two versions the semi-automatic and the automatic. The semi-automatic can wrap up to 50 loads/hr and the automatic can wrap up to 100 loads/hr. SPeciFicationS Load capacity range for the Automatic 4,000-6,000 lbs. Load capacity range for the Semi-Automatic unlimited. Wrap height of 80 and higher. Turntable size range of 51-77 diameter. Allen Bradley PLC and Variable Frequency Drives No thread pre-stretched carriage Standard Conveyor 2 in diameter rollers on 3 centers, 52BR Manufactures warranty 3-4 years unlimited cycles. wRta-150 ...................................................................................... $13,000 - $17,000 S2500 ................................................................................................. $56,900 - 67,000

S2500

StRetch wRaPPeR oRdeRing inFoRMation


What is the size, weight, and dimension of the pallet being used? Is the product hanging off the pallet? Does the application require the use of slip sheets? Does the product being wrapped need to be double wrapped?
4-6 Week Delivery

WRTA-150

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

145

Packaging & Manifesting


Label Printer Applicators
Model 5200 (RFid caPaBle)
These sturdy, self-contained units combine a high density thermal/thermal-transfer label printer with an automatic label applicator to simultaneously print and apply pressure sensitive labels to the tops, bottoms, or sides of products right along the conveyor line. FeatuReS Choose from 203- or 300-dpi print engines Print pressure-sensitive labels up to 6.0 wide and 6.0 long Speeds up to 12.0 per second Flexible print engine selection (Zebra, Datamax, and SATO units) Three different application methods RFID upgradable BeneFitS Eliminate the expense and inconvenience of preprinted labels Eliminate label obsolescence Reduce labor costs Provide faster, more precise labeling

RFid Model 5200 RFID label printer applicator makes it easy to print, encode, verify and apply pressure-sensitive RFID smart labels to cartons and pallet loads in one automatic operation. In addition, the system determines if a tag is unverifiable and rejects it prior to application. Prints, encodes and applies EPC Gen 2 labels Senses and rejects unverifiable RFID tags Handles media up to 5 x 6 Retrofit kits available to upgrade existing Model 5200 systems

coRneR-wRaP Model The Corner-Wrap label printer-applicator combines high quality label printing with a specially designed label applicator that affixes a single label around the corner of a carton as it travels on the conveyor line. Unique system prints one label and wraps it around a carton corner. Select from the highest-quality print engines Applies labels up to 4 wide and 12 long RFID print-encode engines also available

twin-taMP Model TheTwin-Tamp label printer-applicator combines a high-performance thermal/thermal-transfer label printer with a specially configured applicator to satisfy the printing and two-label, adjacent-panel application of carton labels in line. One system prints and applies two labels to adjacent panels Choice of high-quality print engines Handles labels up to 6 W and 4 L

5200 aPPlicatoR ................................................................................................................................................................................... $12,900 5200 Stand ................................................................................................................................................................................................ $1,530


2-4 Week Delivery

146

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Packaging & Manifesting


Model 250 (RFid caPaBle)
The model 250 delivers next-generation features, functionality, construction and the simplicity of use to ensure the industrys lowest cost of operation. Its modular design features hot-swap modules, including EPC Gen-2-ready print engine module for fast RFID capabilities, making setup and replacement quicker and easier, resulting in maximum uptime. FeatuReS User-configurable interface allows for easy, fast setup and operation Easy to integrate with PLCs, scales, and more Backlit, 2-line LCD and tactile membrane keypad Can be mounted in any orientation - top, bottom or side label application Quickly switch between application modules, preserving initial investment Easily moved from line to line Regulators, valves, and gauges on all devices Valve function LEDs 1 stainless steel shaft for unwind module Sealed bearings for longer life Solid all-metal construction with 1/2 face plate ModuleS Electronics Module - Advanced microprocessor control, easy user configuration, and easy to read display make setup quick and simple. Reset default settings by simply recalling factory settings. Pneumatics Module - Single-manifold design coupled with rugged components and advanced features like LED read-outs and optional plug-in tamp blow give pneumatic assemblies optimum functionality. Unwind Module - 12.5 unwind delivers a 1:1 ratio of labels to ribbons, resulting in maximum performance and minimal downtime.

electRic taMP (high SPeed veRtical) Select the electric tamp option for improved accuracy and speed when labeling products of varying heights. A Model 250 Printer Applicator fitted with this module is able to label boxes ranging from 1-30 in height at speeds up to 45 cases per minute. That is almost 3 times faster than a standard pneumatic tamp option. The system is designed to take data from a height detection system positioned upstream and send case heights to the indexer. The trailing edge of the previous box triggers a sensor attached to the Model 250. An actuator then positions the label 1.5 above the expected carton. When a tamp-go signal is received, the tamp moves towards the box, a smart tamp sensor sees the box, the label is blown onto the surface, and the tamp assembly retracts to the home position. If a taller than expected object is sensed, the label is ejected, and the pad returns to home position to wait for the next box. If the smart tamp sensor does not see a box within approximately 2 of the expected height, it rejects the label and returns home. The system can achieve a throughput of 20 cases/minute at approximately 150 feet/minute. Carton throughput may increase up to 45 cases per minute when successive cartons are at or near the maximum height. coRneR-wRaP The corner-wrap option wraps a single label around the leading edge of a box or pallet which reduces label and machinery cost while allowing for product identification on two sides. The corner wrap attachment uses a spring loaded vacuum grid with an adjacent neoprene rubber roller for consistent controlled label application. After a label is printed, it is dispensed onto the vacuum grid. As the product travels down the conveyor past the applicator, the front panel of the box or product strikes the vacuum grid holding the label. As the box advances, the label is applied to the front panel and then to the side panel. The rubber roller follows the contour of the box to assure complete adhesion of the label.

BudgetaRY PRice ............................................................................................. $14,000 - $16,000


** price for base system

BudgetaRY PRice ............................................................................................. $18,000 - $20,000


** price for system with typical options

4-6 Week Delivery

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

147

Packaging & Manifesting


SlPa8000R (RFid caPaBle)
The SLPA8000r has been developed specifically for high-speed production and distribution environments. Using Next-Out encoding, this high-speed printer applicator can verify, encode, print and apply 100% good tags, at speeds in excess of 100 labels per minute. The industry-leading, patented tag management system has provided users with the most reliable, cost effective method of applying only 100% readable tags to products, while collecting defective tags on the rewind mechanism for post-mortem inspection. Unlike traditional OEM engine models, the SLPA8000r provides a unique Single System Interface that consolidates both printer and applicator controls, while providing messages on system status, tamp errors and more. Users also gain complete visibility to the printer applicator system to monitor and manage their application process from data transmission to label application. The SLPA8000r also includes the largest library of UHF RFID tags for EPC global Gen-2 and ISO specifications and is available in an RFID Ready version, the LPA8000r, for traditional bar code applications. The upgrade kit gives users the confidence to upgrade to RFID in the future. Ideal for labeling in Work-in-Process and Distribution environments Easily integrates into most enterprise IT environments with multiple print languages for compatibility with legacy data streams Print resolutions of both 203 and 300 dpi are available for both the LPA8000 and SLPA8000 printer applicators to accommodate higher bar code resolution requirements Uniwall Design RFID or thermal printers built into the applicator wall for stability and durability Modular Connectivity For Higher Throughput - Units can be coupled together to address higher speed requirements. Single System Interface one General Purpose Input Output (GPIO) enables users to easily program the SLPA with system PLCs for greater systems performance in a material handling environment Product Support - a variety of support levels to help you successfully operate your printers Performance levels up to 100 labels per minute Field-upgradable XML forms printing option with embedded industry standard forms and templates with the XML Forms Module Printronix eXtensible Markup Language (PXML) interface enables real-time printer and job control Top and side label application orientations, as well as roll-on/front/back Fully integrated controller board, reducing the costs and complexity found in a traditional Programmable Logic Controller (PLC)

(Smart Label printer applicator 203 dpi)

SlPa8204R ............................................................................................................................................................................................... $20,963

SlPa8304R ............................................................................................................................................................................................... $21,694


(Smart Label printer applicator 300 dpi)

SlPa heated encloSuRe

The SLPA Heated Enclosure was designed for manufacturing environments that can be hostile to automation equipment. This enclosure is ideal for print and apply applications with extreme temperatures that require consistent and predictable environment controls. It can mount vertically or horizontally to accommodate most space requirements for production lines. The enclosure will withstand temperatures to 20F. A heater and circulating fan maintain a constant temperature for the printer applicator. The clear plastic exterior allows visibility to monitor printer controls and media status. The durable enclosure provides access to the SLPA from different angles by simply removing the panels with a screwdriver. Users benefit from a lightweight door panel and latch for quick access to change and load media and ribbons. FeatuReS Overall Dimensions - Approximately 40 x 29 x 22 Materials - 1 tube stainless steel frame with removable side, top and bottom clear plastic panels Accessibility - Left-open front door with locking handle Mounting Orientation - Can rotate nose up, nose down, and horizontal positions Controls - Controller box contains an Ogden Controller, thermal sensor, fuses and an AC outlet for the SLPA Heating - Three heating elements for a total of 1200 watts and a circulating fan Electrical - 15 amps and AC outlet for SLPA Media - Labels are applied through an opening Available Options - Aluminum panels, automated tamp door BudgetaRY PRice ................................................................................................................................................................................ $10,358

148

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Packaging & Manifesting


Label Printers
theRMal tRanSFeR & diRect theRMal laBel PRinteRS
Zebras 140XiIIIPlus thermal/thermal-transfer printer offers high-speed capabilities and superior flexibility for high-volume, continuous production of in-spec bar code labels. This model handles pressure-sensitive labels and tags up to 5.5 wide and 39.0 long. Its dual 32-bit microprocessors enable it to produce bar codes, text and graphic images at print speeds reaching up to 12.0 per second. In addition to efficient throughput, the 140XiIIIPlus offers excellent resolution at 203 dpi. The flexibility of the 140XiIIIPlus enables it to print labels one at a time, in multiple strips, or produce a large batch of labels and rewind them in preparation for automatic application. Label rewind/peel Label/tag cutter Twinax/Coax interface On-line verifier Ethernet interface Label applicator interface RS422/485 interface XML-enabled printing

Zebra 140XiIIIPlus

140XiiiPluS ................................................................................................................. $4,272

RFid PRinteRS & encodeRS

Much of the initial growth of RFID will be linked to smart label technology, which combines the benefits of bar code labeling with the functionality of RFID by embedding an ultra-thin inlay in the label material for the purposes of transmitting a range of product data. To make certain that you are ready to meet these new RFID specifications of retailers and governments agencies, numerous solutions are now provided. These special label printers encode data on RFID labels and tags, while simultaneously printing text, bar codes and graphics. In addition, smart labels for use in our these RFID printers are available, plus a range of pre-encoded labels and tags to satisfy associated identification applications. The R4Mplus encodes information on very thin, ultra-high frequency (UHF) transponders embedded in smart labels, then immediately verifies proper encoding. In addition, the printer is designed to support Electronic Product Code (EPC) RFID standards as they develop. 203 dpi resolution Prints and encodes labels up to 4.5 wide and 39 long 10 per second.
R110Xi

R110Xi .......................................................................................................................... $4,090

theRMal BaRcode PRinteR & online data validation SYSteM


The T5000r Online Data Validation System (ODV) guarantees that bar codes are scannable, offering a complete bar code compliant solution. Online Data Validation (ODV) analyzes every printed bar code to assure that it meets stringent scanning standards. This quality control analyzes each bar code just after it is printed, verifying that the bar code print image falls well within each bar codes symbology specifications.

ODV stops bad bar codes from getting into your production or distribution systems without interruption ODVs unique void-and-reprint technology allows the system to run unattended, minimizing cost and allowing almost instantaneous ROI Full compatibility across all Printronix printer technologies Captures and displays all bar code quality data to ensure enterprise wide remedies for error conditions Enables the storage of all bar code quality data in common database applications, such as Oracle and DB2 ODV with Data Manager ensures bar code compliance while helping eliminate compliance fines, internal reworks or charge backs.

T5000r

(Direct Thermal/Thermal Transfer 203 dpi Printer Includes Online Data Validator and PrintNet 10/100 Base-T Ethernet Interface)

t5204R odv ................................................................................................................ $3,817

t5304R odv ............................................................................................................... $3,996


(Direct Thermal/Thermal Transfer 300 dpi Printer Includes Online Data Validator and PrintNet 10/100 Base-T Ethernet Interface)

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

149

Packaging & Manifesting


Exacta Manifest Software
tRanSPoRtation ManageMent SoFtwaRe (tMS)
Exacta Transportation Management System (TMS) efficiently handles your transportation requirements to minimize monthly freight bills while meeting your customers delivery expectations. Exacta has the capability to integrate upstream into the pack stations and generate compliant shipping labels with assigned tracking numbers. Trailer load sequencing for efficient load drop offs and ORM-D type shipments are accommodated with Exacta. Freight reports and analysis are provided to gain visibility to your shipments and better manage your costs. Reduces monthly freight costs while meeting customers delivery expectations Integrates with the nations leading carriers (UPS, FedEx, USPS, AirBorne, LTLs, etc.) Handles custom carrier discounts based on shipping volume Provides manifest rating engines to shop for the best freight rate Compliant labeling for your major retail customers Accommodates ORM-D and hazardous material shipping requirements Trailer load sequencing Automated In-Line manifesting to save labor Collaboration with freight forwarders, and consolidators (extended supply chain)

The Exacta software interfaces to a wide variety of manifest rate engines including: UPS World Ship, ConnectShip, Kewill, Pitney Bowes, ShipNow and UFMS. Working in conjunction with a scale, manifest information is collected and associated with the specific carton data and uploaded using the export module to the host for customer invoicing. The Exacta manifest solution can operate in an unattended or attended manner. Running in an unattended manner occurs in automated systems through the use of an omni scanner and generally in higher volume operations. Attended manifest requires interaction by a person with the software to scan the individual cartons to be manifested. This option is generally used for lower volume operations, less automated operations and exceptions that may occur on cartons processed through an unattended manifest station.

Attended Manifest

Unattended Manifest

ShiPPing containeR MaRking Printing (Thermal, Inkjet, Laser) for special shipping container marking instructions. USPS Bulk Mail Center, FedEx or UPS Overnight Container. See previous pages on label printing applications.

tRaFFic Routing / Scheduling Real time dispatching of carriers to specific shipping docks. Scheduling is based on the wave sequencing of orders or full accumulation of cartons for a trailer. The shipping lane allows the use of the cube in the trailer for staging outbound orders.

in-tRanSit tRacking Integration with the major carriers tracking systems (UPS, FedEx, USPS, etc.) to tell the exact status of a shipped order. Provided via a web interface with look-up based on customers purchase order number or distributors sales order number.

150

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Dock Equipment
Gravity Conveyors
This model is a heavy duty, flexible, gravity conveyor. A proven performer for trailer loading and unloading, it is ideally suited for packaging, shipping and flexible assembly lines. Other applications include work-in-process lines, value added operations, and temporary lines. Order optional leg connect brackets to lock units together. Capacity is 200 lbs/ft. and the adjustable conveyor height is 28-1/2 to 41-1/2. Models also available in 170 and 300 lbs/ft.
Model number overall width (in.) 18 18 18 18 24 24 24 24 18 18 18 18 Standard lengths (ft.) Compacted/ expanded 3 to 12 4 to 16 5 to 20 6 to 24 3 to 12 4 to 16 5 to 20 6 to 24 3 to 12 4 to 16 5 to 20 6 to 24 leg Sets per Unit Skate wheels per axle 7 7 7 7 9 9 9 9 7 7 7 7 weight (lbs.) price black poly (bp) $828 $1,056 $1,289 $1,520 $901 $1,154 $1,407 $1,650 $828 $1,056 $1,289 $1,520 Steel (St) $828 $1,056 $1,289 $1,520 $901 $1,154 $1,407 $1,650 $828 $1,056 $1,289 $1,520

Flexible expandable Conveyor - Skatewheel

BF200-18-12 BF200-18-16 BF200-18-20 BF200-18-24 BF200-24-12 BF200-24-16 BF200-24-20 BF200-24-24 BF200-18-12 BF200-18-16 BF200-18-20 BF200-18-24

4 5 6 7 4 5 6 7 4 5 6 7

215 286 357 429 252 336 420 504 215 286 357 429

Flexible expandable Conveyor - roller

Heavy duty flexible-expandable roller conveyor is excellent for handling boxes, bags, and low grade corrugated cartons that could get hung up on skatewheel conveyor. Capacity per linear foot is 150 lbs. 5 swivel casters come standard on model. Side rails as well as other optional equipment is available.
Model number overall width (in.) 18 18 18 18 24 24 24 24 30 30 30 30 Standard lengths (ft.) Compacted/ expanded 4 to 12 5 4 to 16 6 8 to 20 8 to 24 4 to 12 5 4 to 16 6 8 to 20 8 to 24 4 to 12 5 4 to 16 6 8 to 20 8 to 24 leg Sets per Unit 4 5 6 7 4 5 6 7 4 5 6 7 roller axle Centers weight (lbs.) price

BFR-18-12 BFR-18-16 BFR-18-20 BFR-18-24 BFR-24-12 BFR-24-16 BFR-24-20 BFR-24-24 BFR-30-12 BFR-30-16 BFR-30-20 BFR-30-24

5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

225 300 374 449 264 352 440 528 304 405 506 607

$1,123 $1,454 $1,791 $2,107 $1,213 $1,565 $1,921 $2,264 $1,259 $1,627 $2,006 $2,355

aCCeSSorieS Package Stop ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................$37.80 Leg Connect Brackets (For Roller Conveyor) ...................................................................................................................................................................... $22.95 Per Set Axle Connect Brackets (For Skatewheel Conveyor) .............................................................................................................................................................. $9.26 Per Set 6 Casters ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................... $18.52 Per Leg Set

2-3 Week Delivery

134

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Dock Equipment
Straight gravity Conveyor - Skatewheel
Excellent for setting up temporary conveyor lines in warehousing activities, shipping departments, assembly areas, etc. Allows for accumulation at smaller decline angles than gravity roller. Not recommended with unevenly loaded totes. Can maintain product orientation and allows for better product flow on longer lengths of gravity conveyor. Aluminum is often used for lightweight gravity gates. A minimum of 10 wheels under the product is required. Spurs and curves also available.
Model number SW-12-3-10-5 SW-12-3-10-10 SW-18-3-16-5 SW-18-3-16-10 SW-24-3-20-5 SW-24-3-20-10 AW-12-3-10-5 AW-12-3-10-10 AW-18-3-16-5 AW-18-3-16-10 AW-24-3-20-5 AW-24-3-20-10 description 5 Straight Steel, 3 axle centers 10 Straight Steel, 3 axle centers 5 Straight Steel, 3 axle centers 10 Straight Steel, 3 axle centers 5 Straight Steel, 3 axle centers 10 Straight Steel, 3 axle centers 5 Straight Aluminum, 3 axle centers 10 Straight Aluminum, 3 axle centers 5 Straight Aluminum, 3 axle centers 10 Straight Aluminum, 3 axle centers 5 Straight Aluminum, 3 axle centers 10 Straight Aluminum, 3 axle centers overall width (in.) 12 12 18 18 24 24 12 12 18 18 24 24 wheel per Foot 10 10 16 16 20 20 10 10 16 16 20 20 weight (lbs.) 37 68 46 87 57 103 20 36 25 46 30 55 price $71.66 $143.24 $97.48 $195.04 $119.00 $238.00 $81.29 $162.58 $114.28 $228.46 $134.93 $269.76

Straight gravity Conveyor - roller (1 3/8 diaMeter rollerS)


The model SSR is a very versatile conveyor with numerous applications. Excellent for setting up permanent or temporary conveyor lines in warehousing activities, shipping departments, and assembly areas. The SSR has close roller spacing for small products. It is important to test the angle of decline with the complete spectrum of products. A minimum of three complete rollers under the product is normally required. Available in steel and aluminum frames. Spurs and curves also available.
Model number SSR-12-1.5-5 SSR-12-1.5-10 SSR-12-3-5 SSR-12-3-10 SSR-18-1.5-5 SSR-18-1.5-10 SSR-18-3-5 SSR-18-3-10 SSR-24-1.5-5 SSR-24-1.5-10 SSR-24-3-5 SSR-24-3-10 SAR-12-1.5-5 SAR-12-1.5-10 SAR-12-3-5 SAR-12-3-10 SAR-18-1.5-5 SAR-18-1.5-10 SAR-18-3-5 SAR-18-3-10 SAR-24-1.5-5 SAR-24-1.5-10 SAR-24-3-5 SAR-24-3-10 description 5 Straight Steel 10 Straight Steel 5 Straight Steel 10 Straight Steel 5 Straight Steel 10 Straight Steel 5 Straight Steel 10 Straight Steel 5 Straight Steel 10 Straight Steel 5 Straight Steel 10 Straight Steel 5 Straight Aluminum 10 Straight Aluminum 5 Straight Aluminum 10 Straight Aluminum 5 Straight Aluminum 10 Straight Aluminum 5 Straight Aluminum 10 Straight Aluminum 5 Straight Aluminum 10 Straight Aluminum 5 Straight Aluminum 10 Straight Aluminum overall width (in.) 12 12 12 12 18 18 18 18 24 24 24 24 12 12 12 12 18 18 18 18 24 24 24 24

wheel per Foot 1-1/2 1-1/2 3 3 1-1/2 1-1/2 3 3 1-1/2 1-1/2 3 3 1-1/2 1-1/2 3 3 1-1/2 1-1/2 3 3 1-1/2 1-1/2 3 3

weight (lbs.) 55 101 37 68 72 135 47 97 91 168 58 108 29 53 20 36 38 70 27 51 48 88 30 56

price $112.09 $224.18 $68.51 $137.11 $136.50 $273.00 $81.90 $163.80 $160.91 $321.83 $108.80 $190.40 $152.16 $304.33 $93.63 $187.16 $196.96 $393.93 $117.86 $235.81 $241.76 $483.44 $142.19 $284.29

** Other sizes available. Please call Bastian for more information

24 hour delivery

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

135

Dock Equipment
Custom Turntables
ManUal tUrntable
Operators can easily rotate heavy loads to work from all sides Constructed with heavy duty welded structural steel for tough applications Heavy duty pallet load applications, up to 3,000 lbs. Spring loaded detents for (4) positions Automatic blade stops (orange) that come up when turntable is turned away from home position. Mechanical actuation, which means no outside power required!

bUdgetary priCe ........................................................................... $4,400


* for base turntable with orange stops

UpStreaM/downStreaM ManUal blade StopS .......... $825 ea.

ManUal tUrntable with pneUMatiC blade StopS


Turntables typically used for plastic returnable containers, allows operator to work out of both sides of the container without having to walk around Heavy duty welded structural steel construction The base frame is built to match slope of upstream and downstream conveyors Manually rotates by pushing handle, has (4) detent positions Includes (2) independently operated pneumatic blade stops to allow container to flow in/out of work cell Each of the manual hand valves is color coded to easily identify which valve to activate

bUdgetary priCe ............................................................................ $8,250

low proFile powered tUrntableS


Includes a reversible chain driven live roller conveyor with powered transition rollers at both ends 460/3/60 electric motor driven The rotation of the turntable is done via an air motor drive The turntable utilizes a heavy duty Rotek style bearing to ensure long life and a compact design Includes a heavy duty welded structural steel base that can be mounted to a lift table, shuttle car, or anchored to the floor The top of roller elevation can be as low as 14 Includes solenoid valve and flow controls to control rotation (2) proximity sensors to sense rotation position

bUdgetary priCe .......................................................................... $11,000

4-6 Week Delivery

136

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Dock Equipment
Dockboards and Dockplates
alUMinUM doCkboardS
Aluminum Dockboards are essential for loading and unloading anything from a truck. We have discovered that having high strength aluminum curbs preserve the life of the dockboard and keeps the board lightweight. Having aluminum curbs fully welded onto the deck allow the dockboard to flex with the weight and make sure the forklift stays on track. This curb design adds to the strength and durability of the dockboard and actually reduces the overall weight. Made from high strength aluminum, our dockboards can handle up to 17,000 pounds. This means that the entire load can be on the dockplate at once. Up to 17,000 pound capacity Handles and chains available More durable aluminum construction Complete perimeter weld for aluminum curbs Will outlast competitors steel curbed models

Standard dUty
Size (in.) (w x l) 48 x 36 48 x 48 60 x 36 60 x 48 60 x 60 72 x 48 72 x 60 Capacity (lbs.) 7,000 7,000 7,000 7,000 7,000 5,000 5,000 5,000 - 7,000 lbs. Capacity 5/16 aluminum 3 welded curb part number L7-4836 L7-4848 L7-6036 L7-6048 L7-6060 L5-7248 L5-7260 weight (lbs.) 80 107 93 124 155 141 177 price $469.71 $576.83 $535.63 $662.77 $785.21 $748.71 $900.58 Capacity (lbs.) 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 lbs. Capacity 3/8 aluminum 3 1/2 welded curb part number L10-4836 L10-4848 L10-6036 L10-6048 L10-6060 weight (lbs.) 97 130 113 151 188 price $475.71 $589.09 $567.89 $677.02 $814.75 -

heavy dUty
Size (in.) (w x l) 60 x 36 60 x 48 60 x 60 72 x 48 72 x 60 Capacity (lbs.) 14,000 14,000 14,000 12,000 12,000 10,000 - 14,000 lbs. Capacity 3/8 aluminum 4 welded curb part number L14-6036 L14-6048 L14-6060 L12-7248 L12-7260 weight (lbs.) 120 160 200 181 226 price $648.65 $813.45 $981.79 $915.87 $1,121.87 Capacity (lbs.) 17,000 17,000 17,000 15,000 15,000 12,000 - 17,000 lbs. Capacity 1/2 aluminum 4 welded curb part number L17-6036 L17-6048 L17-6060 L15-7248 L15-7260 weight (lbs.) 146 195 244 223 279 price $725.76 $920.71 $1,108.23 $1,051.01 $1,283.05

** Other sizes available. Please call Bastian for more information

how to SeleCt the CorreCt doCkboard 1. Determine the Capacity - add the weight of the forklift and the weight of the maximum load 2. Determine Width - the width of the dock board should be at least 18 inches wider than your widest equipment passing over the board. Remember, safety curbs take up 6 inches of usable width, a 60 inch dock board has 54 inches of space 3. Determine the length - you need to know the maximum difference between the height of the dock and the height of the highest truck bed. Max truck bed height - dock height = 4. Use the chart below to determine the type of dock board to use MaxiMUM height diFFerenCe (in.)
Slope angle 11 bend Standard 1 2 3 4 30 5 36 5.5 6 42 7 48 8 8.5 54 9 10 60 11 66 12 72 13 78 14 84 15 90 16 96

4-6 Week Delivery

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

137

Dock Equipment
alUMinUM doCkplateS
High traction, safety treadplate surface and beveled edges are only a few of the advantages of these dock plates. Made from high strength aluminum, these dock plates are backed by a 2 year warranty and come in capacities up to 10,000 pounds. Weight capacities are actual capacities, assuming the entire load will be on the dock plate at once. Some companies assume that only 2 wheels of the load will be on at once, and overstate their capacity. As we have tested our dock plates to full capacity, we are including that extra margin for safety. Dockplates are not for use of forktrucks. Please review the previous page if equipment is needed for this application. Easy lifting handles High traction safety treadplate Bolted legs for easy repair Beveled edges for a smooth transition Engineered bend to keep the dock plate flush with truck 2 - Year Warranty Actual capacity rated Up to 10,000 lb. capacity

Size (in.) (w x l) 36 x 36 36 x 48 48 x 36 48 x 48 48 x 60 54 x 36 54 x 48 54 x 60 60 x 36 60 x 48 60 x 60 72 x 36 72 x 48 Capacity (lbs.) 1,757 1,318 2,343 1,757 N/A 2,636 1,977 N/A 2,928 2,196 N/A 3,514 2,636

el SerieS 5/16 plate part number EL-3636 EL-3648 EL-4836 EL-4848 N/A EL-5436 EL-5448 N/A EL-6036 EL-6048 N/A EL-7236 EL-7248 weight (lbs.) 59 76 72 94 N/A 79 103 N/A 85 111 N/A 99 129 price $309.26 $384.52 $381.72 $480.64 N/A $410.00 $520.33 N/A $455.56 $578.15 N/A $430.16 $675.68 Capacity (lbs.) 2,500 1,900 3,500 2,600 1,800 3,700 2,600 2,000 4,100 2,900 2,000 4,300 3,400

e SerieS 3/8 plate part number E-3636 E-3648 E-4836 E-4848 E-4860 E-5436 E-5448 E-5460 E-6036 E-6048 E-6060 E-7236 E-7248 weight (lbs.) 68 87 83 107 132 90 118 146 98 129 160 118 151 price $315.50 $394.37 $382.60 $494.43 $585.06 $393.04 $507.48 $606.00 $462.63 $600.37 $734.56 $550.91 $720.45 Capacity (lbs.) 4,300 3,000 5,300 3,800 2,900 5,300 4,200 3,400 6,600 4,800 3,700 7,800 5,900

eh SerieS 1/2 plate part number EH-3636 EH-3648 EH-4836 EH-4848 EH-4860 EH-5436 EH-5448 EH-5460 EH-6036 EH-6048 EH-6060 EH-7236 EH-7248 weight (lbs.) 82 108 104 137 168 114 150 185 125 164 203 145 191 price $401.42 $502.67 $470.88 $600.37 $758.12 $507.48 $655.80 $820.01 $592.13 $768.70 $958.23 $693.38 $911.14

** Other sizes available. Please call Bastian for more information

how to SeleCt the CorreCt doCkplate - not For Fork trUCk traFFiC! 1. Determine the width - add 12 to the widest load that will go over the plate 2. Determine the capacity - weight of pallet jack + maximum load weight + operator weight 3. ** If the maximum load is within 50 lbs. of the stated capacity, select the next highest capacity 4. Determine the length - the difference in height between the dock and the truck floor MaxiMUM height diFFerenCe (in.)
Slop angle 11 bend Standard 1 2 3 30 4 36 5 42 5.5. 48 6 54 7 60 8 66 8.5 72 9 78 10 84

4-6 Week Delivery

138

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Dock Equipment
Strip Doors
Clear-Flex ii Strip doorS
energy Savings - Reduces the amount of heated or cooled air lost through an unprotected opening. Superior design features, like rounded edges to prevent cutting and concaveness to promote tight sealing, assure maximum efficiency and safety. Special fabrication process keeps the strips hanging straight without warping, even under temperature extremes. efficient design - Formulated with a non-stick additive that prevents strips from clinging to each other, while promoting an effective seal against heat loss, noise, and dust. Finished edges are rounded to prevent cupping and concaveness, promoting a tighter seal between strips. Special Safety Strips - Maximize safety with Clear-Flex IIs special bright orange safety strips. These strips are provided at no extra charge and when hung at the extreme right and left of the door, clearly mark the throughways to help prevent accidents.

Strip door typeS


SCratCh gUard - Features superior scratch resistance. Its non-stick surface reduces static electricity while providing an easier safer entry air-Flex - Allows fresh air in and keeps insects out. Mesh strips made of 12 oz. PVC coated polyester for long life and durability. Air Flex may be alternated with clear, smooth PVC strips Standard - Formulated for indoor/outdoor applications, withstanding temperatures from -10F to 150. Standard Smooth is the most versatile material and it will not discolor in sun light. low-teMp - For interior applications only. Recommended for cooler/freezer applications and USDA inspected facilities. Remains flexible in temperatures as low as -40F low-teMp reinForCed - Utilizes nylon string within the material to prevent elongation or shrinkage of material due to temperature variations. For interior applications only. Remains flexible in temperatures as low as -40F. Best for cooler/freezer applications. Meets requirements for food service operations and USDA inspected facilities. dark aMber or azteC orange - Best strip door for welding screen applications or as a partial sight barrier. opaqUe - Comes in black only. Use for conveyor opening curtains or as a total sight barrier between areas. Not recommended for areas where motorized traffic might be present aMberteCh - Anti-insect and anti-glare. Restricts most flying insects ability to detect attracting lights and heat. Reduces blinding daytime glare and has the same standard properties as the standard door type. anti-StatiC - Reduces static electricity from objects or persons, dissipating it back into the atmosphere. For use in clean rooms, computer component assembly areas, etc. User should determine suitability of this product for its intended use. Comes in light green tint for identification only. oFFSet ribbed - Reduces scratching and abrasions from heavy use. Lasts longer and provides a stronger seal than smooth material.

Clear-Flex ii - partial overlap


Size of door opening (ft.) 3x7 4x7 5x8 6x8 8x8 8 x 10 10 x 10 12 x 12 Strip width (in.) 8 8 8 8 12 12 12 12 Strip thickness (in) 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.12 0.12 0.12 0.12 Standard Smooth price $79.30 $105.30 $150.15 $180.70 $274.95 $343.20 $429.00 $617.50 Standard ribbed price $96.75 $128.47 $183.18 $220.45 $335.44 $418.70 $523.26 $753.35

bUlk-FUll rollS pvC Stripping


part number 171105 170008 170009 170012 170013 description 8 x .080 x 150 Std/Smooth 8 x .080 x 300 Std/Smooth 8 x .080 x 150 Std/Ribbed 12 x .120 x 150 Std/Smooth 12 x .120 x 150 Std/Ribbed price $105.72 $192.22 $131.72 $224.71 $289.64

** above pricing includes mounting hardware. Please contact Bastian for pricing on other materials and sizes.

24 hour delivery

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

139

Dock Equipment
Dock Lifts
These heavy duty lifts are ideal for cargo handling and lifting heavy industrial loads. Built-in hydraulic overload relief protects personnel and structures. Heavy-plate platforms with structural reinforcements minimize deflection, while the wide base provides increased rigidity and stability. Dock Lifts are for use in applications that do not justify the cost and space required for a loading dock. Dock lifts may be used alone, or in combination with dock levelers to provide total flexibility in the dock area for handling unstable loads, level transfer of materials, and wide variations in truck bed heights.

appliCationS

No dock Extremely low or high dock For lift truck access to grade level For a dock with low to moderate use For a wide variation in truck heights For a dock with a narrow apron In a restricted truck area For unstable loads For loads requiring level handling

tranSFer arrangeMentS

FeatUreS

Capacity to 20,000 pounds (uniformly distributed) at heights to 59 Hinged split diamond tread throw-over plate. Travels from 15 below horizontal to 15 beyond vertical for a total swing of 120 Weatherproof up/down constant pressure push button control Safety: Hydraulic velocity fuse at cylinders. Adjustable lowering time in flow control valve for uniform lowering speed. Removable pipe rails 42 high with mid-rail, 4 kick plate, and snap chain opposite throw-over plate. Up locks for maintenance. Bevel Toe guard platform with safety yellow accordion skirting Complete installation package includes: 20 coiled cord on control, power unit reservoir filled with hydraulic oil, and 5 of hydraulic hose with power unit Typical installations: on top of grade with optional ramp; in pit, flush with grade; in front of dock on pad; or flush in face of dock Transfer arrangements: Rail and hinged throw-over plate locations should be indicated if other than style A (as shown in diagram at right) 10,000 lb. min. roll-over capacity (static load) on M models & equal to lift capacity on H models NEMA 1 linestarter/transformer for 24 Volt controls Diamond tread deck surface Standard 208/230/460 volt, 3 phase, 60 cycle (please specify voltage) Removable lifting eyes for installation
Capacity (lbs.) 5,000 6,000 8,000 10,000 12,000 16,000 20,000 Standard platform (ft.) 6x8 6x8 6x8 7 x 12 7 x 12 7 x 12 7 x 12 lowered height (in.) 8 10 10 16 16 16 22 raised height (in.) 67 69 69 75 75 75 81 nominal rise Speed (FpM) 11 11 7 9 8 6 5 elevating time (sec.) 27 27 42 34 36 50 60 weight (lbs.) 2,800 2,900 3,200 5,000 5,200 5,500 7,900 price

Model number DL5-59M DL6-59M DL8-59M DL10-59H DL12-59H DL16-59H DL20-59H

$6,907 $7,478 $9,360 $14,720 $15,440 $18,240 $23,760

** Other sizes available. Please call Bastian for more information 4-8 Week Delivery

140

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Dock Equipment
Dock Accessories
loading lightS
Lights minimize freight damage while expediting loading and unloading operations. Provides uniform visibility inside trailers or around dock areas. All Dock Loading Lights are UL listed. Incandescent lights offer good color, low replacement cost and turn on instantly even in cold environments. It utilizes a 90 watt bulb, model PAR-38, sold separately. Adjustable arm knuckle joint allows vertical and horizontal positioning. Incandescent lights typically provide more lumens/watt, better energy efficiency, have a longer service life and experience less light depreciation over their lifetime. It is supplied with a 500 watt bulb. Light turns on instantly.
Model number LL-40 LL-60 PAR-38-90 LL-40-FAN description Incandescent, Double Strut, Double Arm Incandescent, Double Strut, Double Arm 90 Watt Halogen Bulb, 1270 Lumens (LL) Package: LL-40 light, fan, brackets and wiring length (in.) 40 60 weight (lbs.) 22 28 1 78 price $86.00 $103.01 $11.34 $165.38
Model LL-40

wheel ChoCkS

Rubber Wheel Chocks - Constructed of reinforced rubber to provide a sure grip on virtually any surface. Curved surface contours to fit tires. Rubber resists tearing, abrasion, ozone weathering, etc. Functional design is durable in all weather conditions Aluminum Wheel Chocks - Lightweight and easy to handle extruded aluminum chocks. Also available with a 36 high handle and/or sign Steel Wheel Chocks - Made of high-strength, annealed ductile cast steel. Features grip slot for easy pick up and positioning and maximum traction on any surface Molded Urethane Wheel Chocks - Made of a lightweight, yet durable, molded urethane. Available in four sizes: Mega, Jumbo, Standard and Mini
description Molded Rubber Chock (eyebolt) Extruded Rubber Chock Extruded Aluminum Chock Molded Steel Chock Mini-Urethane Chock Standard Urethane Chock Jumbo Urethane Chock Mega Urethane Chock dimensions (in.) (w x h x d) 7-5/8 x 6 x 8-5/8 6-1/2 x 4-3/4 x 4-1/4 7 x 8 x 10 9 x 8-1/2 x 8 7x6x8 8 x 8 x 11 14-1/2 x 14-1/2 x 17 18 x 18 x 34 weight (lbs.) 10 16 8 18 2 5 30 54 price $15.12 $10.77 $34.97 $32.98 $17.77 $27.41 $158.76 $242.87

Model MS-15

Model RWC-8

Model number RWC-8 RMC-4 EALUM-7 MS-15 URWC-2 URWC-15 URWC-25 URWC-45

Model EALUM-7 Model URWC-15

pallet pUllerS

Pallet Pullers are used to pull pallets to the rear of trailers for easy fork truck access. These pullers are made out of rugged steel and the heads are self cleaning and unaffected by wood particles, paint, or grease.
Model number PAL-12 PAL-14 PAL-16 PAL-21 PAL-LP PPC-20 PPC-40 description pulling Capacity (lbs.) 5,000 5,000 6,000 5,000 5,000 6,000 6,000 Jaw height (in.) 2-3/4 1-1/2 1-1/2 2-3/4 1-3/4 Jaw opening (in.) 5-1/2 3-1/2 5 4-1/2 4-1/2 weight (lbs.) 14 17 16 25 24 17 32
2 Day Delivery

price
Model PAL-14

Single Scissor Cam Scissor action Single Scissor Heavy Duty Double scissor Double scissor low profile 20 of 1/4 chain w/ grab hook 40 of 1/4 chain w/ grab hook

$52.92 $68.04 $61.43 $60.48 $68.04 $30.24 $54.81


Model PAL-12

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

141

Carts & Moving Devices


Manual Pallet Trucks
Full Featured Value ergonomic Pallet truck
The full featured value ergonomic pallet truck is an economical way for one person to move heavy pallet loads without the use of a fork truck. Proven ergonomic design has been proven to provide years of reliable usage. This pallet truck includes two articulating steering wheels and two front load rollers. Ergonomic design requires only 75 lbs. of pulling force when fully loaded. Steering wheels include bearing dust covers for added life. Nose wheels are located on the front edge of each fork to assist in clean pallet entrance and exit. Reinforced tripleformed steel forks provide twice the strength of standard single-formed forks. Equipped with internally mounted solid steel adjustable push rods. Spring loaded loop handle automatically returns to vertical position when not in use. Chrome-plated hydraulic pump piston for long seal life. Sloped and rounded fork nose design User friendly entry and exit rollers Service range is 2-7/8 lowered to 7-3/4 raised Forks are 48 long and 7 wide Quick lift pump design requires only 12 strokes for full travel 6 articulating wheel assembly for uniform axle loading on uneven floors Available in 20 and 27 widths
model PM5-2048 PM5-2748 capacity (lbs.) 5,500 5,500 Fork Width (in.) 20 27 Fork length (in.) 48 48
2-5 Day Delivery

Service range (in.) 2 7/8 - 7 3/4 2 7/8 - 7 3/4

Weight (lbs.) 225 280

Price $299.46 $299.46

Premium Pallet truck - 5,500 lbS. caPacity

For years of service, hand pallet trucks have been the cornerstone of numerous warehouses, factories, trailers, and retail businesses. This new premimuim pallet truck provides dependability with its new features. The pump body is cast in one piece to keep oil in the pump and off your floor; a new lowering valve cartridge provides superior operator lowering control; the high quality thrust load ball bearing and plate equipped with grease fittings makes load steering easier than ever before. Replacement parts available New onepiece hydraulic pump improves performance and reliability Low Rolling Resistance - High strength non-marking Nylon wheels and rollers packed with shielded ball bearings provide superior rolling and reduce operator fatigue Quality Finish - Metal surfaces are finished in durable powder coating that keeps the paint on the truck and off your product Reinforced Chassis - Designed for durability and built for forgiveness, the robotically welded chassis incorporates multiple reinforcements Solid entry brackets and steel exit rollers make pallet entry and exit easy 2-year pump warranty ** Available in low profile, 4-way profile, and freezer models 20.5 Frame width trucks are used with Euro-style pallets
model LCR55-A36 LCR55-A42 LCR55-A48 LCR55-B36 LCR55-B42 LCR55-B48 capacity (lbs.) 5,500 5,500 5,500 5,500 5,500 5,500 Frame Width (in.) 27 27 27 20-1/2 20-1/2 20-1/2 Fork length (in.) 36 42 48 36 42 48 Fork Width (in.) 7 7 7 7 7 7 Weight (lbs.) 147 157 167 12 147 152 Price $417.20 $417.20 $417.20 $417.20 $417.20 $417.20

top Sellers
4-7 Day Delivery

108

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Carts & Moving Devices


mobile Scale truck
This mobile scale pallet truck combines the controlling function of a very accurate weighing system with the mobility and flexibility of a hand pallet truck. This truck is great for applications that need to weigh skids within shipping areas or for outbound pallets. Eliminate dedicated scales. Low profile forks. Weighing accuracy .22 lbs., or 3.5 oz. LCD display scale Metler-Toledo Hawk scale/sensor UL approved scale operates on six D cell batteries or AC Charge rechargeable type D size batteries without removing display Three position hand control 205 turning radius 7 wide forks 7 moldon polyurethane steering wheels 3 moldon polyurethane load wheels 1 year pump warranty
model capacity (lbs.) 5,000 5,000 raised Height (in.) 8 8 lowered Height (in.) 2 8/9 2-8/9
4-7 Day Delivery

Fork Width (in.) 27-1/2 22

Fork length (in.) 47-1/2 47-1/2

Weight (lbs.) 307 300

Price

272936 272938

$1,460 $1,460

HigH liFt Skid PoSitioner

Ergonomic improvements boost productivity, cut costs, and create a safer workplace. The Ergonomic 3000 is a portable scissor lift that can move skids, tote boxes and any other opened bottom container and is ideal for use in the printing industry. Once the load is in position, the lift can then be raised to the perfect ergonomic height and product can be loaded or unloaded. This product can eliminate awkward heavy lifting and prevent injuries. The Ergonomic 3000 is available in both manually operated or electric powered hydraulic lift. The manual version comes with a Quick-lift feature for swift raising of lighter loads. The electric version is completely self-contained and includes a battery and automatic battery charger. Lowest lowered fork height in the industry allows entry into many different skids and baskets Light weight design is easy to maneuver with pallet truck style steering configuration. Direct thrust solid piston rod lift cylinder is a stronger and more reliable solution to the telescopic cylinder found in other units Quick-lift mechanism (manual pumps) provides quick lifting for lighter loads (loads under 400 lbs.) Self-contained battery powered power pack (electric models) eliminates power source or power cord problems Electric model comes equipped with a 12 V DC battery powered and built-in battery charger (110/1/60) to prolong battery life Comes equipped with a manual pump in the event of a low battery Raised bulkhead design provides greater backrest surface, ergonomic location for automatic battery charger and clear view of load

** Can only be used with open bottom pallets (skids) and containers.

model

type

capacity (lbs.) 3,000 3,000 3,000 3,000

raised Height (in.) 31-1/2 31-1/2 31-1/2 31-1/2

lowered Height (in.) 3-1/4 3-1/4 3-1/4 3-1/4

Frame Width (in.) 20 27 20 27

Fork length (in.) 48 48 48 48

overall length (in.) 64-1/2 64-1/2 64-1/2 64-1/2

Weight (lbs.) 399 419 327 337

Price

ERG30E-20 ERG30E-27 ERG30-20 ERG30-27

Electric Electric Manual Manual

$2,747 $2,747 $1,419 $1,419

4-7 Day Delivery

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

109

Carts & Moving Devices


Drum Handling Equipment
deluxe drum cradle truck (8818-41)
700 lbs. capacity Dual handles 43-1/2 L x 23 H x 16 W Wheels - 5 x 1-3/8 solid rubber 3 X 13/16 rubber, swivel Non-skid feature on front rockers to prevent frame from sliding when drum is tipped Ship weight - 30-1/4 lbs.

Hydraulic drum cruSHer (Hdc)


38,000 pounds of crushing power Drum head piercer allows drum venting Built-in fork pockets aid in transporting 6.5 Hp motor, 208-230/460V, 3-phase, 60 Hz Protective plastic cover on power unit 15 gallon oil reservoir

Price .....................................................$7,339

Price ......................................................$110.28

drum grabS (dJ-55) Value drum cradle truck (36)


500 lbs. capacity Welded construction Single handle Retractable handle standard Ship weight - 25 lbs. 700 lbs. capacity For 55 gallon drum Use with model 31 tipping lever

All welded steel construction for durability Cost effective way to move 55 gallon steel drums 1500 lbs. capacity For use with fork trucks

Price .................................................. $366.39

Price .....................................................$73.71

Value drum grabS (SVg-55)


Economically priced lower capacity grabs VG models the jaws are not adjustable

mobile drum carrier (80a)


800 lbs. capacity 55 gallon - 22 1/2 diameter steel drum Ship weight - 97 lbs. 800 lbs. capacity 30 gallon - 19 diameter steel drum Ship weight - 97 lbs.

Price .................................................. $208.32

Poly drum grabS (PJ240148)


Price .................................................. $283.73

Patented fork truck attachment. Handles most 55 & 30 gallon poly drums.

drum de-Header (272301)


Price .................................................. $326.42

100% non-sparking Replacement blade included Ship weight - 6.4 lbs.

ergonomic drum Handler (dm1100)


Legs retracted - 650 lbs. capacity Legs extended - 1,100 lbs. capacity Lift height - 20 (rise/stroke = 1). 48 OAH x 36-41 wide (depends on leg position). Ship weight - 355 1/2 lbs. Ergonomic solution for lifting, transporting, & placing drums on spill pallets Up to 1,100 lbs. capacity hydraulic jack for easy lifting of steel, poly & fiber drums Spring loaded cam holds any rimmed drum 5 X 2 phenolic swivel casters & floor lock

Price .................................................. $263.78

Value drum carrier and diSPenSer (Vdcd)


Economically priced Three height adjustments: 9-1/4, 10.625 and 12 Vertical and horizontal locking positions Polyurethane wheels and casters. 8 x 2 wheels and 4 x 1-1/4 caster

Price .................................................. $308.06

Price ....................................................$2,202

4-7 Day Delivery

110

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Carts & Moving Devices


drum truck - economy SerieS (5btW)
1,000 lbs. capacity 62 H x 24-1/2 W Polyolefin wheels Ship weight - 53 lbs.

drum truck (9468)


Price ................................................. $159.47

1,000 lbs. capacity Dual handle Max. Drum height - 44 Min. Drum height - 22-1/2 59 OAH x 24 OAW Wheels - 10 x 2 moldon rubber Ship weight - 41-1/2 lbs.

Price ................................................. $277.11

drum truck - Standard SerieS (30bt)


1,000 lbs. capacity Comes with drain stand 56-1/2 H x 24 W. Moldon rubber wheels Ship weight - 82 lbs.

drum truck (76a59)


Price ................................................. $222.53

Poly drum truck (40bt)


1,000 lbs capacity 59-1/2 H x 23-1/2 W. Moldon rubber wheels Replaceable feet & belt Handles all poly drums.

1,200 lbs. capacity Maximum drum height - 48 Minimum drum height - 26 59-1/2 OAH x 24-1/2 OAW Wheels - 10 x 2.5 moldon rubber Ship weight - 52 lbs. Spring loaded device helps ease drum onto toes & automatically returns truck to vertical position when drum is disengaged

Price ................................................. $277.56

drum truck (155)


Price ................................................. $298.82

1,000 lbs. capacity For 30-55 gallon drums 10 X 2-1/2 moldon rubber wheels Ship weight - 41 lbs.

Poly drum truck (50bt)


1,000 lbs. capacity Comes with drain stand 58 H x 23-3/4 W Moldon rubber wheels Standard with belt Ship wt. 86 lbs.

Price ................................................. $140.40

ergonomic drum truck (15btc)


1,000 lbs capacity 60 OAH x 24 OAW 10 X 2 1/4 moldon rubber wheels & 6 swivel casters 16-1/4 wide at nose Ship weight - 79 lbs. Ergonomic swivel design reduces operator muscle strain and fatigue. Swivel casters allow for smooth and tight turns in narrow work areas, such as truck beds and loading docks Replaceable hard faced double beveled nose prongs Not recommended for loading and unloading pallets Self-standing kickstand

Price ................................................. $254.12

combo drum & Hand truck (156dH-Hb)


800 lbs. capacity 48 H x 19-3/4 W Moldon rubber wheels Ship weight - 42-1/2 lbs.

Price ................................................. $100.27

drum rackS (dr2-240026)


1,600 lbs capacity. 45 1/2 L x 30 W x 12 1/2 W. Drum capacity - 2. Can be safely stacked 4 high. Shipped knocked down-easy assembly. Ship wt. 49 lbs.

Price ................................................. $308.70

Price ....................................................$90.91

4-7 Day Delivery

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

111

Carts & Moving Devices


Hand Trucks
induStrial grade Steel Hand truckS
20t, 30t, 56t modelS Heavy Duty 800 lbs. capacity frames 1-1/4 tube welded steel construction 8 x 14 x 1/4 thick base plate Integral stair / curb climbers Curved back to accommodate cylindrical loads
Series 20t model number 20T60 20T02 20T17 20T01 Wheel type 60 2 17 1 capacity (lbs.) 800 800 700 800 Price $124.94 $131.63 $137.54 $139.97 model number 30T60 30T02 30T17 30T01
60 - 10 Solid rubber on polyolefin core 02 - 10 Gray non-marking rubber on polyolefin core 17 - 10 4-ply full pneumatic on 3 piece steel hub 01 - 10 Flat-free, polyurethane foam on steel hub 56T 30T 20T

Series 30t Wheel type 60 2 17 1 capacity (lbs.) 800 800 700 800 Price $131.19 $137.89 $143.79 $146.23 model number 56T60 56T02 56T17 56T01

Series 56t Wheel type 60 2 17 1 capacity (lbs.) 800 800 700 800 Price $127.86 $134.55 $140.46 $142.90

EN24 (optional nose extension for above model numbers) .............................................................................................................................................................. $27.50

PgcSk16blk (*Value buy) 500 lbs. capacity Composed of glass filled nylon. Lighter and stronger than steel or aluminum hand trucks Height - 48 Frame Width - 12 Overall Width - 20-1/2 Wheels - 10 x 3-1/2 pneumatic wheels Toe plate size - 7 x 14 Axle - 5/8 Ship weight - 22 lbs. Optional wheels available Price .................................................. $47.37

52t85 (*Value buy) 500 lbs. frame capacity 1-1/4 tube welded steel construction 7 x 14 8-gauge baseplate Integral stair/curb climbers 8 x 2 rubber on Polyolefin wheels Price .................................................. $66.65

ligHt WeigHt modular aluminum Hand truckS (all PartS rePlaceable)


a1-b1-c1-d1 600 lbs. capacity Loop handle Straight back Noseplate - 14 x 7.5 Wheels - 8 x 2 Performa Rubber Price ................................................. $130.72 a7-b1-c2-d5-e1 600 lb.s capacity Loop handle with vertical grip Straight back Noseplate - 18 x 7.5 Wheels - 10 x 3.5 4 ply pneumatic with two piece steel hub Stair climbers with plastic wear strips Price .................................................. $162.15 a11-b1-c4-d1-e1-e52 600 lb.s capacity Double grip handle with U-brace Straight back Noseplate - 14 x 9 Wheels - 8 x 2 Performa Rubber Stair climbers with plastic wear strips 52 frame extension Price ................................................. $170.17 a2-b2-c4-d2-e3F 500 lbs. capacity Loop Handle with U-Brace Lattice Back Noseplate - 14 x 9 Wheels - 10 x 3.5 2 ply pneumatic with one piece steel hub 30 long folding nose extension Price .................................................. $178.55
4-7 Day Delivery ** Many other configurations available. Please call Bastian for details.

112

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Carts & Moving Devices


ligHt WeigHt conVertible aluminum Hand truckS
Used by parcel delivery companies and beverage distributors. Thicker and stronger frame with heavy duty side channel reinforcements Crossbars are four sided tubes with two sides ribbed for added strength Crossbars are attached with individual aircraft-grated rivets at each corner, providing better frame integrity Heavy duty tensile steel axle will not bow under maximum loads Balloon cushion caster wheels provide better rollability (wing brake standard on one wheel) 18 x 9 solid extruded noseplate High quality 10 x 3-1/2 4-ply pneumatic tires with precision bearings Handle Type - Senior model: loop handle with comfort sleeve, Junior model: double grip swing arm Frame - Senior model: heavy duty frame with 5 cross members, Junior model: heavy duty frame with 4 cross members
Specifications Overall Width Frame Width Overall Length Height as Hand Truck Height as Platform Truck Platform Bed Length Platform Height from Floor Balloon Cushion Swivel Casters Senior model 20 12 56 61 1/2 46 51 1/2 11 5 x 1 1/4 Junior model 20 12 43 52 41 38 1/4 11 5 x 1 1/4

Carts & Moving Devices

Senior Model Junior Model

Junior Price ................................................................... $306.12 Senior Price .................................................................. $330.15

Value conVertible aluminum Hand truckS


Sturdy, lightweight aluminum frame 18 wide noseplate for large loads Extra strength noseplate cast from special aluminum alloy 10 full pneumatic wheels Non-marking 5 x 1-1/4 swivel casters Pedal release allows easy conversion from 2-wheel to 4-wheel position Spartan Jr. - 52 OAH, 12 x 38 frame bed, 37.5 lbs. Spartan Sr. - 61-1/2 OAH, 12 x 51 frame bed, 41 lbs.
SPTN-T18-PE-SR

SPtn-t18-Pe-Jr ............................................................... $180.41 SPtn-t18-Pe-Sr .............................................................. $185.80


SPTN-T18-PE-JR

conVertible Steel Hand truckS


210639 Convertible, two-in-one truck Heavy duty tubular steel construction 10 x 2-1/2 solid rubber wheels, 5 x 1-1/4 casters 700 lbs. capacity for two wheels; 800 lbs. capacity for 4 wheels 18 W x 8-1/2 D noseplate Lever activated position conversion Wheels guards Ship weight - 77 lbs. Optional wheels available Price ................................................................................. $143.91

210639

4-7 Day Delivery

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

113

Carts & Moving Devices


Safety Appliance Trucks
Steel (Srt -m-60)
Height - 60 Weight - 72 lbs. Footplate - 7 gauge x 5 x 24 Frame width - 17 Load capacity - 1,200 lbs. Construction - Rugged 1 x 14 gauge tubular steel One 3-ply, two-piece 14 strap Ratchet strap tightener with automatic strap recoil Padded with protective felt Non-marking SNAPLOK vinyl bumpers 8 x 2 x 3/4 thermoplastic tread/polyolefin core wheels Patented ESCORT roller bearing crawler treads Retractable 3-1/2 swivel casters for supporting load during operation 55 Angle with swing released

Carts & Moving Devices

Price ................................................. $338.00

Steel (Srt -8)


Height - 60 Weight - 48 lbs. Footplate - 9 gauge x 5 x 24 Frame Width - 16 Load Capacity - 800 lbs. Construction: Strong, re-designed frame made form 1 x 14 gauge steel tubing One 3-ply, two-piece 14 strap Ratchet strap tightener with automatic strap recoil 8 x 2-1/2 solid rubber tires with ball bearings Non-marking SNAPLOK vinyl bumpers ESCORT roller bearing crawler treads

SRT-M-60

SRT-8

Price ................................................. $338.00

magneSium (mrt)

Capable of moving large loads 500 lbs. capacity 60 OAH x 17 wide Toe plate - 5 x 24 One 3-ply, 2 piece 14 web strap with ratchet strap tightener and automatic strap recoil. Roller bearing crawler tread Bronze self-lubricating bushings in 6 x 2 cushion tread rubber wheels Padded with non-marking rubber and soft, protective felt Ship weight approximately 41 lbs.

MRT

Price ................................................. $325.00

Heavy Equipment Moving Rollers


(uP to 30,000 lbS!) induStrial roller kit
Industrial rollers are made with precision ground and hardened steel rollers that form an endless chain which revolves around a central load-bearing plate in the frame. Weight of the load is transferred directly from load-bearing plate to rollers. This eliminates axle friction and requires less force to start and move the load. Industrial rollers roll easily over cracks and pitted floor areas to reduce possible damage to goods. Availbale in 2,000; 8,000; 15,000; and 30,000 lbs. capacity. HmS-2k ......................................................................................................................... $485.61
(Includes (4) 2,000 lbs. capacity industrial rollers and (2) 29 knocked down steering handles in a rugged steel tool box)

114

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Carts & Moving Devices


Dollies
HardWood dollieS
1,000 lbs capacity, solid oak boards 4 gray, non-marking rubber, swivel casters with ball bearing wheel hubs and double ball bearing swivel raceways Available with standard raised, rubber capped, or flush style end boards Standard sizes are 18 x 24 and 18 x 30

top Seller

Standard Style endboardS RD1824-SS4-485 ........................................................................................................................ $53.88 RD1830-SS4-485 ......................................................................................................................... $55.14 rubber caPPed endboardS RCD1824-SS4-485..................................................................................................................... $63.37 RCD1830-SS4-485..................................................................................................................... $64.63 FluSH Style endboardS (toP boardS FluSH) FD1824-SS4-485 ........................................................................................................................ $59.50 FD1830-SS4-485 ........................................................................................................................ $61.43
Stock Item - 24 Hour Delivery

drum dollieS

These multi-purpose dollies have a high polished bright zinc finish for corrosion resistance and (4) 3 x 1-1/4 swivel casters. Each unit comes with a 4 foot long nylon pull strap that helps in transporting down aisles or over thresh holds. Rubber-coated hook allows strap to hook on top of drum for storage.
model number DRUM-QUAD-H DRUM-QUAD-C DRUM-QUAD-CS-SS DRUM-TRI-H DRUM-TRI-C
2 Day Delivery

description Bright Zinc Finish Bright Zinc Finish Stainless Steel Bright Zinc Finish Bright Zinc Finish

caster type Hard Rubber Cast Iron Hard Rubber Hard Rubber Cast Iron

capacity (lbs.) 900 1,200 900 900 1,200

Weight (lbs.) 30 31 30 30 31

Price $60.32 $80.08 $123.76 $56.16 $74.88

tilting aluminum Pallet dollieS


Easy to carry, average weight 40 lbs. Manually able to move pallet. Strong extruded aluminum frame and steel axles. Tilt construction with 360 turning. Non-tilt available. 3-1/2 rollers with sealed bearings. Frees fork lift trucks from short hauls. Greater worker safety and reduced labor time
4,000 lbs. Capacity - 6 Roller 6,000 lbs. Capacity - 8 Roller 8,000 lbs. Capacity - 10 Roller

Size Width x length 36 x 36 36 x 42 36 x 48 40 x 48 42 x 42 42 x 48 48 x 48 24 x 24

4,000 lbs. capacity - 6 roller model number 3636-6T 3642-6T 3648-6T 4048-6T 4242-6T 4248-6T 4848-6T 2424-6T Weight (lbs.) 32 34 36 36 37 37 38 34 Price $257.05 $268.94 $275.22 $278.34 $287.12 $289.64 $290.89 $240.89

6,000 lbs. capacity - 8 roller model number 3636-8T 3642-8T 3648-8T 4048-8T 4242-8T 4248-8T 4848-8T Weight (lbs.) 37 40 41 42 43 43 44 2 Day Delivery

8,000 lbs. capacity - 10 roller model number 3636-10T 3642-10T 3648-10T 4048-10T 4242-10T 4248-10T 4848-10T Weight (lbs.) 40 43 44 45 46 46 47 Price $379.08 $368.63 $374.92 $378.03 $386.81 $389.33 $390.58 -

Price $340.82 $330.37 $336.66 $339.78 $348.55 $351.07 $352.32 -

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

115

Carts & Moving Devices


Industrial Cycles and Accessories
induStrial bicycleS
Industrial Bicycles are simply the most heavy duty bikes made. All bikes feature a dual top bar and 16 gauge steel frames (extra thick tubing), which are fully lugged. Chains are 50% thicker than conventional bicycle chains, and the wheels feature steel clincher rims. Industrial Bicycles provide a cost-efficient way of travel for empolyees or supplies and also provide large gains in productivity.
model number INB ING G1 G2 description Industrial Newsboy (Mens Frame) Industrial Newsgirl (Womens Frame) Small Front Basket (18 x 3 x 6) Large Front Basket (21 x 15 x 9) Frame (in.) 17 1/2 17 1/2 brake type Coaster Brake Coaster Brake Wheel 26 26 Price $279.50 $279.50 $15.60 $23.40

induStrial tricycleS
Industrial Tricylces are the toughest industrial tricycles on the market. The mover tricycle features a one-piece welded frame with a gigantic mainframe beam. Everything on these tricycles is over-built for strength and safety. The chains are extra thick, and the crank housing, seat tube, and rear axle are all reinforced. Rear Axles are 7/8 machined solid steel, creating an extremely durable drive chain. The wheels have a clincher rolled edge and 11 gauge spokes for added strength.
model number M2626-CB M2026-CB M2020-CB L4M M13970 M17350 description I Speed w/ 26 Wheels I Speed 20 Front and 26 Rear Wheels I Speed w/ 20 Wheels Solid Tire Upgrade (3 Wheels) Rear Steel Basket (23 x 23 x 12) Rear Cabinet (23 x 23 x 12) w/ Top Opening Lid brake type Front Drum Brake/Coaster Brake Front Drum Brake/Coaster Brake Front Drum Brake/Coaster Brake Price $741.00 $734.50 $728.00 $58.50 $102.70 $128.70

top Sellers

Value tricycleS
Value Tricylces perfectly fill the need that some companies have for inexpensive, light-duty or medium duty tricycles. Both models feature two-piece, bolt together, easy step through frames, making them ship quickly and economically. These tricylces also feature super comfortable 13 wide seats with extra cushioning and have a load capacity up to 350 lbs.
model number EAG-CB EXEC-CB ST24T description brake type Price

Light-Duty w/ 1 Coaster Brake Medium-Duty w/ 1 Coaster Brake Airless Tire Upgrade (3 Wheels)

Front Caliper Brake/Coaster Brake Front Caliper Brake/Coaster Brake -

$331.50 $648.70 $58.50

5 Day Delivery

116

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Carts & Moving Devices


Platform Trucks
Wooden PlatForm truckS
2,000 lbs. capacity 1-1/4 thick premium oak deck Standard with 8 x 2 performa rubber casters One fixed blue steel crossbar handle Options include - removable handle, corner and wrap around bumpers, floor locks, and other caster options available
dimensions (in.) 24 x 42 24 x 48 27 x 54 30 x 60 Price $164.72 $168.33 $182.42 $198.69

model number PT2442-FH1-01 PT2448-FH1-01 PT2754-FH1-01 PT3060-FH1-01

top Seller

add-on oPtionS Floor Locks (add FL to Model Number) ................................................................................................................................................................................................ $20.00 Donut Bumpers on Handle (add DB4 to Model Number) ................................................................................................................................................................ $10.00 Corner Bumpers on Deck (add CB to Model Number) ...................................................................................................................................................................... $6.00 Wrap Around Bumper (add SB to Model Number) ............................................................................................................................................................................ $55.00
** includes corner bumbers as well 1-2 Week Delivery

aluminum PlatForm truckS


2,000 lbs. capacity Lightweight, easy to handle, and clean Choice of diamond tread plate or smooth deck Removable, reversible handle. Corner handle sockets - fixed, solid welded members, integral with frame 8 x 2 gray, non-marking Performa Rubber casters Options include - full protective perimeter bumper, additional handles with crossbars, floor locks, and carpeted deck
diamond tread Plate deck Smooth deck Price $329.45 $353.00 $432.12 model number PT-2436S-150-850 PT-2448S-150-850 PT-3060S-150-850 dimensions (in) 24 x 36 24 x 48 30 x 60 Price $313.28 $334.27 $410.28
** Shown with diamond tread plate and optional perimeter bumper.

model number PT-2436T-150-850 PT-2448T-150-850 PT-3060T-150-850

dimensions (in) 24 x 36 24 x 48 30 x 60

1-2 Week Delivery

Steel PlatForm truckS


2,000 lbs. capacity One piece 14 ga. formed steel deck with cross and full-length steel members All welded construction with gray enamel finish Lightweight and easy to clean Standard with 8 x 2 moldon rubber casters with cast-iron core Steel pipe sockets with wrap around flat steel welded to deck Optional casters and handles available
dimensions (in) 24 x 36 24 x 48 27 x 54 30 x 60 36 x 72 Price $275.37 $282.08 $282.10 $313.40 $347.40
3-4 Week Delivery

model number 33-003-013 33-003-014 33-003-015 33-003-016 33-003-064

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

117

Carts & Moving Devices


caSter Steer trailerS
Capacities to 6,000 lbs heavy duty steel frame with round corners Standard with hook and eye couplers. Two pockets on each end outside frame on 23 centers Cross bar handles on both ends available as an option Decks are sheet steel or kiln dried hardwood with heights ranging from 13 to 14-3/4 Double ball bearing swivel casters and roller bearing wheels (rubber - polyurethane - steel)
dimensions (W x l) (in) 30 x 60 36 x 72 42 x 72 30 x 60 36 x 72 42 x 72 30 x 60 36 x 72 42 x 72 Price $776.20 $811.89 $827.79 $928.79 $968.29 $985.47 $1,163.12 $1,196.49 $1,222.95
4 Week Delivery

model number 304UR3060 304UR3672 304UR4272 308UR3060 308UR3672 308UR4272 312UR3060 312UR3672 312UR4272

FourtH and FiFtH WHeel Steer trailerS


Capacities to 40,000 lbs. Heavy duty steel frames Decks are sheet steel or kiln dried hardwood with heights ranging from 8-1/4 to 27 Wheels available - moldon rubber, pneumatic, and polyurethane. Fifth wheel is grease plate type Options - An extra Fifth wheel plate assembly to tow wagon from either end Forth wheel steering provides better tracking and a shorter turning radius Dozens of standard sizes available, ranging from 24x 42 to 60x 144. Various coupler/hitch styles available

budgetary Price ...............................................................................................................$3,000


4 Week Delivery

cuStom cartS & lean manuFacturing trailerS

lean trailerS Lean trailers are used to move heavy product easily form one location to another.

aSSembly cartS Assembly carts are used to hold, raise/lower, rotate parts to allow easier assembly

comPonent cartS Component carts feature a design that has a place to hold each component.

118

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Carts & Moving Devices


Steel Carts
rugged, general uSe - model Sb
Capacity - 1,200 lbs. All welded construction, with durable 12 gauge steel shelves, 3/16 thick angle corners, and 12 gauge caster mounts for long lasting use Tubular handle with smooth radius bend for comfort and uniform appearance Bolt-on casters, (2) swivel & (2) rigid, for easy replacement and superior cart tracking 5 diameter urethane casters. Also available in thermorubber and steel 1-1/2 shelf lips up for retention Clearance between shelves - 25 Overall height - 35 5 urethane casters priced below. Other caster options and top shelf heights available

oPtionS Wheel brakes on (2) swivel casters ................................. Pneumatic casters with brakes ......................................... All swivel casters ................................................................... Floor lock ................................................................................

$15.12 $28.56 $18.48 $42.00

Top shelf lips down (flush) ............................................... No Cost Both shelves lips down (flush) ........................................ No Cost Locking drawer with 2 keys ................................................. $92.40 Vinyl matting on top shelf ......................................... $5.88/ Sq. Ft.

model number SB136-U5 SB148-U5 SB236-U5 SB248-U5

Width x length 18 x 36 18 x 48 24 x 36 24 x 48

Weight (lbs.) 82 98 100 120

Price $184.80 $196.56 $208.32 $230.16

model number SB260-U5 SB348-U5 SB360-U5 SB472-U5

Width x length 24 x 60 30 x 48 30 x 60 36 x 72

Weight (lbs.) 140 140 164 216

Price $250.32 $262.08 $282.24 $367.92

oFFSet Handle, loW ProFile - model Sl


Capacity - 1,200 lbs. All welded construction, with durable 12 gauge steel shelves, 3/16 thick angle corners, and 12 gauge caster mounts for long lasting use Raised offset handle (10 above top shelf) Bolt-on casters, (2) swivel & (2) rigid, for easy replacement and superior cart tracking 5 diameter urethane caster.s. Also available in thermorubber and steel 1-1/2 shelf lips down (flush) on top shelf and lips up on bottom shelf (see options) Clearance between shelves - 17 Top shelf height - 27 5 urethane casters priced below. Other caster options and top shelf heights available

oPtionS All swivel casters ................................................................... Pneumatic casters with brakes ......................................... Wheel brakes on (2) swivel casters ................................. Floor lock ................................................................................

$18.48 $28.56 $15.12 $42.00

Bottom shelf lips down (flush) ....................................... No Cost Top shelf lips up ................................................................. No Cost Locking drawer with 2 keys ................................................ $92.40 Vinyl matting on top shelf ....................................... $5.88 / Sq. Ft.

model number SL136-U5 SL148-U5 SL236-U5 SL248-U5

Width x length 18 x 36 18 x 48 24 x 36 24 x 48

Weight (lbs.) 84 100 102 122

Price $184.80 $196.56 $208.32 $230.16

model number SL260-U5 SL348-U5 SL360-U5 SL472-U5

Width x length 24 x 60 30 x 48 30 x 60 36 x 72

Weight (lbs.) 142 144 168 224

Price $250.32 $262.08 $282.24 $367.92

5 Day Delivery

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

119

Carts & Moving Devices


HeaVy duty tranSPorter - model lb
Capacity - 1,200 lbs. All welded construction (except casters) Durable 12 gauge steel shelves, 3/16 thick angle corners, 12 gauge caster mounts for long lasting use Bolt-on casters, (2) swivel & (2) rigid, for easy replacement and superior cart tracking 5 diameter urethane casters. Also available in thermorubber and steel 1-1/2 shelf lips down (flush) on both shelves (see options) Clearance between shelves - 20 Overall height - 30 5 urethane casters priced below. Other caster options available.

oPtionS All swivel casters ................................................................... $18.48 Pneumatic casters with brakes .......................................... $28.56 Wheel brakes on (2) swivel casters ................................. $15.12 Floor lock ................................................................. $42.00$221.76

Both shelves lips up for retention ................................. No Cost Vinyl matting on top shelf ..........................................$5.88/ Sq. Ft. Tubular push handle .............................................................. $16.80

model number LB136-U5 LB148-U5 LB236-U5 LB248-U5

Width x length 18 x 36 18 x 48 24 x 36 24 x 48

Weight (lbs.) 76 92 94 114

Price $168.00 $179.76 $191.52 $213.36

model number LB260-U5 LB348-U5 LB360-U5 LB472-U5

Width x length 24 x 60 30 x 48 30 x 60 36 x 72

Weight (lbs.) 136 134 158 210

Price $233.52 $245.28 $265.44 $351.12

order Picking - model So


Capacity - 1,200 lbs. 12 full width writing stand All welded construction Durable 12 gauge steel shelves, 3/16 thick angle corners, 12 gauge caster mounts, and tubular handle with smooth radius bend. Bolt-on casters, (2) swivel & (2) rigid, for easy replacement and superior cart tracking 5 diameter urethane casters. Also available in thermorubber and steel 1-1/2 shelf lips up for retention Clearance between shelves - 25 Top shelf height - 35 5 urethane casters priced below. Other caster options available.

oPtionS All swivel casters ................................................................... Pneumatic casters with brakes ......................................... Wheel brakes on (2) swivel casters ................................. Floor lock ................................................................................

$18.48 $28.56 $15.12 $42.00

Vinyl matting on top shelf ........................................ $5.88/ Sq. Ft. Top shelf lips down (flush) .............................................. No Cost Both shelves lips down (flush) ....................................... No Cost Locking drawer with 2 keys ................................................ $92.40

model number SO136-U5 SO148-U5 SO236-U5 SO248-U5

Width x length 18 x 36 18 x 48 24 x 36 24 x 48

Weight (lbs.) 94 110 114 134

Price $221.76 $233.52 $245.28 $267.12

model number SO260-U5 SO348-U5 SO360-U5 SO472-U5

Width x length 24 x 60 30 x 48 30 x 60 36 x 72

Weight (lbs.) 154 156 180 234

Price $287.28 $299.04 $319.20 $404.88

5 Day Delivery

120

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Carts & Moving Devices


angular Frame, inStrument cartS - model ab
Capacity - 1,200 lbs. Top and bottom shelves covered with shock absorbing, non-slip, cushioned, non-conductive vinyl matting All welded construction (except casters), durable 12 gauge steel shelves, 3/16 thick angle corners, and 12 gauge caster mounts for long lasting use Tubular handle with smooth radius bends Bolt-on casters, (2) swivel & (2) rigid 8 diameter full pneumatic casters. Also available in 6 full pneumatic and 5 polyurethane casters 1-1/2 shelf lips down (flush) on both shelves (see options). Clearance between shelves - 20. Top shelf height - 34 (8 casters), 31 (6 casters), 30 (5 casters) 8 full pneumatic casters priced below. Other caster options available

model number AB236-N8 AB242-N8 AB248-N8

Width x length 24 x 36 24 x 42 24 x 48

Weight (lbs.) 130 140 150

Price $329.28 $351.12 $374.64

oPtionS Pneumatic casters with brakes .......................................... Wheel brakes (2) on swivel casters ................................. 6 Diameter casters with brakes ...................................... Floor lock ................................................................................

$28.56 $15.12 $18.48 $42.00

Both shelves lips up for retention .................................. No Cost Locking drawer ....................................................................... $92.40 6 Outlet power strip ........................................................... $104.16 Conductive drag chain .......................................................... $16.80

tool rePair - model Sr


Capacity - 1,200 lbs. Top shelf has front lip down for flush work area and 3 lips up 2 locking drawers (keyed alike) with 2 keys - 5 H x 16 W x 20 D All welded construction (except casters) Durable 12 gauge steel shelves, 3/16 thick angle corners, 12 gauge caster mounts for long lasting use Tubular handle with smooth radius bends for comfort and uniform appearance Bolt-on casters, (2) swivel & (2) rigid, for easy replacement and superior cart tracking 5 diameter urethane casters. Also available in 5 thermorubber, steel, and 8 full pnematic casters Bottom shelf lips up for retention Clearance under drawers - 19 Top shelf height - 34 (38 with full pneumatic casters) 5 urethane casters priced below. Other caster options and top shelf heights available

model number SR236-U5 SR248-U5 SR336-U5 SR348-U5

Width x length 24 x 36 24 X 48 30 X 36 30 X 48

Weight (lbs.) 144 164 160 204

Price $468.00 $414.96 $426.72 $532.00

oPtionS Pneumatic casters with brakes .......................................... $28.56 Wheel brakes on (2) swivel casters ................................. $28.56 Floor lock ................................................................................ $42.00 Vinyl matting on top shelf ...................................................... $5.88

6 Outlet power strip ........................................................... $104.16 Wood top 3/4 plywood ...................................................... $67.20 Drawers keyed differently .................................................... $16.80

5 Day Delivery

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

121

Carts & Moving Devices


HigH dual Sided, louVered PanelS - model re
Capacity - 1,200 lbs. Double sided louvered panels accept different size plastic bins All welded construction (except casters) Durable 12 gauge steel shelves and 12 gauge caster mounts for long lasting use Tubular handle for comfort and uniform appearance Bolt-on casters, (2) swivel & (2) rigid, for easy replacement and superior cart tracking 8 diameter full pneumatic casters. Also available in 5 thermorubber, steel, and urethane Size of louvered panels 50 H x 36 W Overall height - 64 (add 4 for full pneumatic casters) Louver tabs per panel (each side) - 12 wide x 24 high 8 full pneumatic casters priced below. Other caster options available

model number RE336-N8

Width x length 30 x 36

Weight (lbs.) 190

Price $453.60

oPtionS Pneumatic casters with brakes .......................................... $28.56 Wheel brakes on (2) swivel casters ................................. $15.12 Floor locks .............................................................................. $42.00

PlaStic binS & PackageS 7 H x 8-1/4 W x 11 D .............................................. $5.46 EA. 5 H x 5-1/2 W x 11 D .............................................. $4.20 EA. 3 H x 4-1/8 W x 7 1/2 D ......................................... $1.26 EA. 48 Large ................................................................................. $262.08 96 Medium ............................................................................ $403.20 192 Small ............................................................................... $241.92 16 Large, 48 Medium, 48 Small ........................................ $349.44

2 draWer - model JH
Capacity - 1,200 lbs. Lockable handle on 12 gauge door(s) (keyed alike) with 2 keys. All welded construction Durable 12 gauge steel shelves, 14 gauge sides, and 12 gauge caster mounts for long lasting use Tubular handle with smooth radius bends for comfort and uniform appearance Bolt-on casters, (2) swivel & (2) rigid, for easy replacement and superior cart tracking 5 diameter urethane casters. Also available in 5 thermorubber, steel, and 8 full pnematic casters Top shelf front lip down, 3 other lips up for retention Bottom shelf lips down (flush) Overall height - 40 (44 with full pneumatic casters) 5 urethane casters priced below. Other caster options available

oPtionS Wheel brakes on two swivel casters .................................$15.12 Pneumatic casters with brakes .......................................... $28.56 Floor locks .............................................................................. $42.00

Vinyl matting on top shelf ....................................... $5.88 Add middle shelf lip down .................................................. Wood top 3/4 plywood ..................................................... Eye level half shelf riser (12 gauge) ...................................

/ Sq. Ft. $50.40 $67.20 $67.20

model number JH236-U5 JH245-U5

Width x length 24 x 36 24 x 45

Weight (lbs.) 176 204

Price $352.80 $466.00

5 Day Delivery

122

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Carts & Moving Devices


one draWer, one door - model Je
Capacity - 1,200 lbs. One (1) lockable drawer and one (1) locakable 12 gauge door 36 Cabinet with drawer size of 5 H x 16 W x 20 D 45 Cabinet with drawer size of 5 H x 20 W x 20 D All welded construction (except casters) Durable 12 gauge steel shelves, 14 gauge sides, and 12 gauge caster mounts for long lasting us Tubular handle with smooth radius bends for comfort and uniform appearance Bolt-on casters, (2) swivel & (2) rigid, for easy replacement and superior cart tracking 5 diameter urethane casters. Also available in 5 thermorubber, steel, and 8 full pnematic casters Top shelf front lip down, 3 other lips up for retention Bottom shelf lips down (flush) Overall height - 40 (44 with full pneumatic casters) 5 urethane casters priced below. Other caster options available

model number JE236-U5 JE245-U5

Width x length 24 x 36 24 x 45

Weight (lbs.) 180 214

Price $425.04 $478.80

oPtionS Wheel brakes on (2) swivel casters ................................. $15.12 Pneumatic casters with brakes .......................................... $28.56 Floor locks .............................................................................. $42.00

Vinyl matting on top shelf ........................................ $5.88/ Sq. Ft. Add middle shelf (behind door) ........................................ $50.40 Wood top 3/4 plywood ..................................................... $67.20 Eye level half shelf riser (12 gauge) ................................... $67.20

4 draWerS, one door - model JF


Capacity - 1,200 lbs. Lockable drawers (keyed alike) with 2 keys 36 Cabinet with drawer size of 5 H x 16 W x 20 D 45 Cabinet with drawer size of 5 H x 20 W x 20 D All welded construction (except casters) Durable 12 gauge steel shelves, 14 gauge sides, and 12 gauge caster mounts for long lasting use Lockable handle on 12 gauge door Tubular handle with smooth radius bends for comfort and uniform appearance Bolt-on casters, (2) swivel & (2) rigid, for easy replacement and superior cart tracking 5 diameter urethane casters. Also available in 5 thermorubber, steel, and 8 full pnematic casters Top shelf front lip down, 3 other lips up for retention Bottom shelf lips down (flush) Overall height - 40 (44 with full pneumatic casters) 5 urethane casters priced below. Other caster options available
model number JF236-U5 JF245-U5 Width x length 24 x 36 24 x 45 Weight (lbs.) 240 296 Price $708.96 $809.76

oPtionS Wheel brakes on (2) swivel casters ................................. Pneumatic casters with brakes .......................................... 5 Diameter casters with brakes ...................................... Floor locks .............................................................................. Vinyl matting on top shelf ....................................... $5.88

$28.56 $25.20 $12.60 $42.00 / Sq. Ft.

Add middle shelf (behind door) ......................................... Wood top 3/4 plywood ...................................................... Drawers keyed differently .................................................... Eye level half shelf riser (12 gauge) ....................................

$50.40 $67.20 $16.80 $67.20

5 Day Delivery

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

123

Carts & Moving Devices


tool cart WitH Peg rack and 2 draWerS - model Sm
Capacity - 1,200 lbs. 2 locking drawers (keyed alike) with 2 keys - 5 H x 16 W x 20 D All welded construction (except casters) Durable 12 gauge steel shelves, 3/16 thick angle corners, 12 gauge caster mounts for long lasting use Top shelf has flush work area (front lip down, other lips up) 14 gauge peg rack (angle frame) - 24 x 36 Tubular handle with smooth radius bends Bolt-on casters, (2) swivel & (2) rigid, for easy replacement 5 diameter urethane casters. Also available in 5 thermorubber, steel, and 8 full pneumatic casters Bottom shelf lips up for retention (models SM & SN) Clearance under drawers or between shelves - 19 Top shelf height - 34 (add 4 for full pneumatic casters) Overall height - 58 (62 with full pneumatic casters) Other bins available 5 urethane casters priced below. Other caster options available

model number SM236-U5 SM336-U5

Width x length 24 x 36 30 x 36

Weight (lbs.) 172 188

Price $468.72 $502.32

oPtionS Wheel brakes (2) on swivel casters ................................ 5 Dia. Casters with brakes ................................................ Floor lock ................................................................................ Pneumatic casters with brakes ..........................................

$25.20 $12.60 $42.00 $25.20

Vinyl matting on top shelf ....................................... $5.88 / Sq. Ft. 6 Outlet power strip .......................................................... $104.16 Wood top 3/4 plywood ..................................................... $67.20 Drawers keyed differently ................................................... $16.80

tool cart WitH louVered bin Panel, 32 binS and 2 draWerS - model Sn
Capacity - 1,200 lbs. 2 locking drawers (keyed alike) with 2 keys - 5 H x 16 W x 20 D All welded construction (except casters) Durable 12 gauge steel shelves, 3/16 thick angle corners, 12 gauge caster mounts for long lasting use Top shelf has flush work area (front lip down, other lips up) Louvered panel (angle frame) - 19 x 36 that accepts different sizes of plastic bins Includes 32 yellow plastic bins (3 H x 4-1/8 W x 7-1/2 D) Tubular handle with smooth radius bends Bolt-on casters, (2) swivel & (2) rigid, for easy replacement 5 diameter urethane casters. Also available in 5 thermorubber, steel, and 8 full pnematic casters Bottom shelf lips up for retention Clearance under drawers or between shelves - 19 Top shelf height - 34 (add 4 for full pneumatic casters) Overall height - 58 (62 with full pneumatic casters) 5 urethane casters priced below. Other caster options available
model number SN236-U5 SN336-U5 Width x length 24 x 36 30 x 36 Weight (lbs.) 174 190 Price $509.04 $530.88

oPtionS Wheel brake on (2) swivel casters .................................. Pneumatic casters with brakes .......................................... 5 diameter Casters with brakes ...................................... Floor lock ................................................................................

$25.20 $25.20 $12.60 $42.00

Vinyl matting on top shelf ....................................... $5.88 / Sq. Ft. 6 Outlet power strip .......................................................... $104.16 Wood top 3/4 plywood ..................................................... $67.20 Drawers keyed differently ................................................... $16.80

5 Day Delivery

124

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Carts & Moving Devices


4 & 5 SHelF Stock truckS - model cd
Capacity - 3,000 lbs. All welded construction (except casters) Durable 12 gauge steel shelves, 3/16 thick angle corners, and 12 gauge caster mounts Tubular handle with smooth radius bends for comfort and uniform appearance Bolt-on casters, (2) swivel & (2) rigid 6 diameter phenolic casters. Also available in 6 rubber and urethane casters 1-1/2 shelf lips up for retention (see options) Clearance between shelves - 15 Overall height - 60 6 phenolic casters priced below. Other caster options available

oPtionS Wheel brakes on (2) swivel casters ........................................................................................................... $15.12 Pneumatic casters with brakes .................................................................................................................... $25.20 Floor lock .......................................................................................................................................................... $42.00 All shelves lips down ................................................................................................................................... No Cost Fork lift pockets ............................................................................................................................................... $75.60
4-Shelf - cd CD148-P6 CD248-P6 CD260-P6 CD360-P6 Width x length 18 x 48 24 x 48 24 x 60 30 x 60 Weight (lbs.) 194 234 274 332 Price $438.00 $496.00 $540.00 $600.00 5-Shelf - ce CE148-P6 CE248-P6 CE260-P6 CE360-P6 Weight (lbs.) 232 282 330 390 Price $502.00 $566.00 $618.00 $688.00

3 SHelVeS - model ec
Capacity - 3,000 lbs. Two sided entry for ease of access Two ends of flattened 13 gauge expanded mesh 4 high All welded construction (except casters) Durable 12 gauge steel shelves, 3/16 thick angle corners, 12 gauge caster mounts for long lasting use Tubular handle with smooth radius bends for comfort and uniform appearance Bolt-on casters, (2) swivel & (2) rigid, for easy replacement and superior cart tracking 6 diameter phenolic casters. Also available in 6 rubber and urethane casters Clearance between shelves - 15 1-1/2 shelf lips up for retention (see options) Overall height - 57 Other shelf spacing available 6 phenolic casters priced below. Other caster options available
model number EC242-P6 EC248-P6 EC260-P6 EC360-P6 Width x length 24 x 42 24 x 48 24 x 60 30 x 60 Weight (lbs.) 194 210 240 286 Price $386.40 $404.88 $430.08 $492.24

oPtionS Wheel brakes on (2) swivel casters ................................ $18.48 Pneumatic casters with brakes .......................................... $25.20 Floor lock ................................................................................. $42.00 Ergonomic handle .................................................................. $16.80

All shelves lips down ......................................................... No Cost Fork lift pockets ..................................................................... $75.60 Writing stand .......................................................................... $36.96

5 Day Delivery

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

125

Carts & Moving Devices


3 Sided Solid truck WitH 2 SHelVeS - model Fb
Capacity - 3,000 lbs. Two sided entry for ease of access Two ends of flattened 13 gauge expanded mesh 4 high All welded construction (except casters) Durable 12 gauge steel shelves, 3/16 thick angle corners, 12 gauge caster mounts for long lasting use Tubular handle with smooth radius bend for comfort and uniform appearance Bolt-on casters, (2) swivel & (2) rigid, for easy replacement and superior cart tracking 6 diameter phenolic casters. Also available in 6 rubber and urethane casters Clearance between shelves - 15 1-1/2 shelf lips up for retention (see options) Overall height - 57 Other shelf spacing available 6 phenolic casters priced below. Other caster options available

oPtionS $16.80 Wheel brakes on (2) swivel casters ........................................................................................................... $16.80 Pneumatic casters with brakes .................................................................................................................... $25.20 Floor lock ........................................................................................................................................................... $38.64 Ergonomic handle ..........................................................................................................................................................

model number FB242-P6 FB248-P6 FB260-P6 FB360-P6

Width x length 24 x 42 24 x 48 24 x 60 30 x 60

Weight (lbs.) 284 302 342 386

Price $435.12 $451.92 $475.44 $535.92

3 Sided meSH WitH 2 SHelVeS - model Zb


use oPtionS Tubular handle with smooth radius bends for comfort and uniform appearance Bolt-on casters, (2) swivel & (2) rigid, for easy replacement and superior cart trackin 6 Diameter urethane casters. Also available in 6 rubber and phenolic casters Clearance between shelves - 22 1-1/2 Shelf lips up for retention (see options) Overall height - 57 Other shelf spacing available 6 urethane casters priced below. Other caster options available Capacity - 3,000 lbs. Full access on one side Three sides of flattened 13 gauge expanded mesh 4 high All welded construction (except casters) Durable 12 gauge steel shelves, 3/16 thick angle corners, 12 gauge caster mounts for long lasting

$16.80

Wheel brakes on (2) swivel casters ................................................................................................................................................................................................. Floor lock ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... $38.64 Three sides of flattened 13 gauge expanded mesh 5 high .......................................................................................................................................... $126.00 Ergonomic handle .................................................................................................................................................................................................................... $16.80 All shelves lips down (flush) ................................................................................................................................................................................................ no cost Fork lift pockets ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... $70.56
5 Day Delivery

126

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Carts & Moving Devices


model number ZB236-U6 ZB248-U6 ZB260-U6 ZB348-U6 ZB360-U6 ZB472-U6 Width x length 24 x 36 24 x 48 24 x 60 30 x 48 30 x 60 36 x 72 Weight (lbs.) 162 186 212 214 242 306 Price $357.84 $388.08 $414.96 $433.44 $463.68 $552.72

3 Sided Slat truck WitH 2 SHelVeS - model Hb


Capacity - 3,000 lbs. Full access on one side 1 x 3/16 steel slats on 6 centers, 4 high on 3 sides All welded construction (except casters) Durable 12 gauge steel shelves, 3/16 thick angle corners, 12 gauge caster mounts for long lasting use Tubular handle with smooth radius bends for comfort and uniform appearance Bolt-on casters, 2 swivel & 2 rigid, for easy replacement and superior cart tracking 6 Diameter urethane casters. Also available in 6 rubber and phenolic casters Clearance between shelves - 22 1-1/2 Shelf lips up for retention Overall height - 57 Other shelf spacing available 6 urethane casters priced below. Other caster options available

oPtionS Wheel brakes on two swivel casters ................................................................................................................................................................................. $16.80 Pneumatic casters with brakes ........................................................................................................................................................................................... $25.20 Floor lock ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... $38.64 Ergonomic handle .................................................................................................................................................................................................................... $16.80 All shelves lips down (flush) ................................................................................................................................................................................................ no cost Fork lift pockets ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... $70.56
model number HB236-U6 HB248-U6 HB260-U6 HB348-U6 HB360-U6 HB472-U6 Width x length 24 x 36 24 x 48 24 x 60 30 x 48 30 x 60 36 x 72 Weight (lbs.) 156 178 202 204 232 294 Price $357.84 $388.08 $414.96 $433.44 $463.68 $552.72

meSH Security truck WitH 1 SHelF - model Va


use Capacity - 2,000 lbs. Four sides of flattened 13 gauge expanded mesh, 4 high and top cover 2 Flattened 13 gauge expanded mesh doors on one side with lockable hasp (padlock not included) All welded construction (except casters) Durable 12 gauge steel shelves, 3/16 thick angle corners, 12 gauge caster mounts for long lasting

Tubular handle with smooth radius bends for comfort and uniform appearance Bolt-on casters, (2) swivel & (2) rigid, for easy replacement and superior cart tracking 6 Diameter urethane casters. Also available in 6 rubber and phenolic casters Shelf lips down (flush) Clearance between shelves - 46 Overall height - 57 6 urethane casters priced below. Other caster options available

oPtionS Wheel brakes on (2) swivel casters ................................................................................................................................................................................... $16.80 Pneumatic casters with brakes ........................................................................................................................................................................................... $25.20 Floor lock ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... $38.64 Ergonomic handle .................................................................................................................................................................................................................. $16.80 All sides flattened 13 gauge expanded mesh 5 high .................................................................................................................................................. $168.00 Shelf lips up ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. no cost 5 Day Delivery

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

127

Carts & Moving Devices


Fork lift pockets ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... $70.56
model number VA248-U6 VA260-U6 VA348-U6 VA360-U6 VA472-U6 Width x length 24 x 48 24 x 60 30 x 48 30 x 60 36 x 72 Weight (lbs.) 254 286 280 318 398 Price $693.84 $735.84 $732.48 $767.76 $863.52

Solid box truck, 4 SideS - model bd


priced below. available
model number BD136-U5 BD236-U5 BD248-U5 BD348-U5 BD360-U5

Capacity - 1,200 lbs. Sides are 20 high 12 gauge steel Top shelf (deck of box) is 20 high All welded construction (except casters) (2) 12 Gauge steel shelves, 3/16 thick angle corners, 12 gauge caster mounts for long lasting use Tubular handle with smooth radius bend for comfort and uniform appearance Bolt-on casters, (2) swivel & (2) rigid 5 Diameter urethane casters. Also available in 5 thermorubber, steel, and 8 full pnematic casters 1-1/2 Shelf lips up for retention (see options) Clearance between shelves - 12 Overall height (see options) - 40 (44 with full pneumatic casters) 5 urethane casters Fork lift pockets ..................................................................... $70.56 Other caster options Handles on both sides .......................................................... $16.80 12 High box (40 OAH) .................................................. no cost Solid hinged top lid with lockable clasp ............... $16.80 / Sq. Ft.
Weight (lbs.) 152 180 216 238 276 Price $241.92 $270.48 $287.28 $320.88 $347.76

Width x length 18 x 36 24 x 36 24 x 48 30 x 48 30 x 60

oPtionS

Wheel brakes on (2) swivel casters Pneumatic casters with brakes Floor lock $38.64 Shelf lips down (flush) no cost

$12.60 $25.20

box on WHeelS - model bl


Capacity - 1,200 lbs. 4 Sides are 20 high 12 gauge steel All welded construction (except casters) (1) 12 Gauge steel shelf, 3/16 thick angle corners, 12 gauge caster mounts for long lasting use Tubular handle with smooth radius bends for comfort and uniform appearance Bolt-on casters, 2 swivel & 2 rigid, for easy replacement and superior cart tracking 5 Diameter urethane casters. Also available in 5 thermorubber, steel, and 8 full pnematic casters Overall height - 27 (30 with full pneumatic casters) - see options 5 urethane casters priced below. Other caster options available

oPtionS Wheel brakes on (2) swivel casters ................................................................................................................................................................................... $12.60 Pneumatic casters with brakes ............................................................................................................................................................................................. $25.20 Ergonomic handle .................................................................................................................................................................................................................... $16.80
5 Day Delivery

128

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Carts & Moving Devices


Stockpicker Carts
medium duty
Combine the mobility of a cart with the versatility of a step ladder with these stock picker carts. Designed to minimize any risk of injuries that can occur when attempting to stock or unstock shelves from a ladder while pushing a cart. The convenient spring loaded step ladder holds the cart securely in place while a person is standing on the ladder. The crutch tip ladder prevents the cart from moving while stocking. The springs then return the ladder to the raised position once the person exits the step. All shelves have 2 lip to prevent items form falling off. Casters - 4 x 2 mold-on rubber, (2) rigid, (2) swivel with wheel brakes Steel units powder coated blue as are the ladders of the aluminum units

model number SPA2-2236 SPA2-2840 SPA2-2848 SPA3-2236 SPA3-2840 SPA3-2848 SPS2-2236 SPS2-2840 SPS2-2848 SPS3-2236 SPS3-2840 SPS3-2848

number of Shelves 2 2 2 3 3 3 2 2 2 3 3 3

type of construction Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Steel Steel Steel Steel Steel Steel

bottom Shelf (W x l) 22 x 36 28 x 40 28 x 48 22 x 36 28 x 40 28 x 48 22 x 36 28 x 40 28 x 48 22 x 36 28 x 40 28 x 48

Shelf clearance (in.) 27 27 27 13-1/2 13-1/2 13-1/2 27 27 27 13-1/2 13-1/2 13-1/2

top Shelf Height (in.) 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35

capacity per Shelf (lbs.) 330 330 330 330 330 330 550 550 550 550 550 550

total capacity (lbs.) 660 660 660 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000

Weight (lbs.) 98 135 147 125 150 180 200 210 225 260 275 298

Price

$454.65 $499.80 $531.30 $516.60 $582.75 $635.25 $359.10 $384.30 $422.10 $406.35 $445.20 $469.35

Hi-duty and HigH-Frame


These oversized units are perfect for large jobs. Hi-duty and high frame stockpicker carts are ideal for over-sized cartons, boxes, parts, and supplies. These units feature a spring loaded ladder for sure, safe climbing and loading. Steps have non-skid footing with a self-cleaning surface. Each unit features 3 shelves Casters - 4 x 2 moldon rubber, (2) rigid, (2) swivel with wheel brakes Durable steel or aluminum construction Steel units and ladders are powder coated with a blue finish

model number

unit type Hi-Duty Hi-Duty Hi-Duty Hi-Duty Hi-Frame Hi-Frame

type of construction Aluminum Aluminum Steel Steel Steel Steel

bottom Shelf (W x l) 22 x 52 28 x 52 22 x 52 28 x 52 22 x 52 28 x 52

Shelf clearance (in.) 13-1/2 13-1/2 13-1/2 13-1/2 27 27

top Shelf Height (in.) 35 35 35 35 63 63

capacity per Shelf (lbs.) 330 330 500 500 500 500

total capacity (lbs.) 500 500 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000

Weight (lbs.) 156 168 230 270 230 270

Price

SPA-HD-2252 SPA-HD-2852 SPS-HD-2252 SPS-HD-2852 SPS-HF-2252 SPS-HF-2852

$687.75 $957.60 $601.65 $668.85 $736.05 $838.95

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

129

Carts & Moving Devices


Wire Carts
mobile Wire truckS
The open wire shelf design minimizes dust and increases air circulation and visibility. A standard unit consists of four shelves, posts, plastic split sleeves, donut bumbers, and 5 rubber casters. Polyurethane casters are also available. Chrome shelves 63 chrome-plated posts 69 overall height (2) swivel casters resilient rubber casters (2) brake casters resilient rubber casters
model number Shelf dimensions (W x l) (in.) 18 x 36 18 x 48 18 x 60 21 x 36 21 x 48 21 x 60 24 x 36 24 x 48 24 x 60 Shelf Quantity Finish Weight (lbs.) Price

N336BC N356BC N366BC N436BC N456BC N466BC N536BC N556BC N566BC

4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

Nickel Chrome Nickel Chrome Nickel Chrome Nickel Chrome Nickel Chrome Nickel Chrome Nickel Chrome Nickel Chrome Nickel Chrome

60 72 88 69 81 98 76 92 112

$297.50 $332.50 $363.30 $329.70 $357.70 $395.50 $340.90 $378.70 $422.10

SP SerieS - HeaVy duty cartS

These heavy duty, highly maneuverable carts can handle and distribute a large volume of material safely and efficiently. The modular shelf construction makes units easy to assemble with positive placement, and makes relocation of shelves quick and simple. The wire shelves have a bright, sanitary and modern appearance, with an open construction that minimizes dust accumulation and maximizes visibility and air circulation. Carts also available in chrome and stainless steel. Casters - 5 swivel with resilient or polyurethane tread. Donut bumpers included. 39 height (floor to handle) Can customize cart for many applications.
model number 2SPN33DBR 2SPN34DBR 2SPN53DBR 2SPN54DBR 2SPN55DBR 2SPN56DBR 3SPN33DBR 3SPN34DBR 3SPN53DBR 3SPN54DBR 3SPN55DBR 3SPN56DBR dimensions (W x l) (in.) 18 x 36 18 x 42 24 x 36 24 x 42 24 x 48 24 x 60 18 x 36 18 x 42 24 x 36 24 x 42 24 x 48 24 x 60 Shelf Quantity 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 Finish Weight (lbs.) 41 44 49 53 55 65 51 55 63 68 71 71 Price
2SP

Super Erecta Brite Super Erecta Brite Super Erecta Brite Super Erecta Brite Super Erecta Brite Super Erecta Brite Super Erecta Brite Super Erecta Brite Super Erecta Brite Super Erecta Brite Super Erecta Brite Super Erecta Brite

$262.50 $276.50 $279.30 $296.80 $296.80 $321.30 $299.60 $320.60 $324.10 $350.35 $350.35 $387.10

24 Hour delivery

130

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Carts & Moving Devices


Poly Trucks
(comPare WitH rubbermaid!)

Poly tilt truckS

Polyurethane tilt trucks are excellent in food handling and pharmaceutical industries. They are also excellent for trash handling by hospitals, schools, retail, and general industries. These trucks handle up to 2,000 lbs. and roll easily with ergonomically engineered designs. Their rotationally molded polyethylene construction withstands non-stop, punishing operation and is virtually immune to rain, snow, sunlight, and cleaning chemicals. This model features metal reinforcing braces set near the upper rim and at the mid-section to strengthen key load bearing areas and handle even heavier payloads. Sturdy, powder coated steel under-frame around entire perimeter Four industrial duty casters Nest when empty for low-cost delivery, spacesaving storage Optional lids, casters, and custom colors available and can be organized by department in your facility Available in recycled (re-ground) material
top Seller model capacity (cu. yards) 3/5 3/5 1-1/10 1-1/10 1-1/2 1-1/2 capacity (lbs.) 750 1250 1000 2000 1250 2000 outside dimensions (in.) 54 x 26 54 x 26 70 x 32 70 x 32 79-1/2 x 40-1/2 79-1/2 x 40-1/2 overall Height (in.) 38 38 43 43 48-1/2 48-1/2 inside depth (in.) 32 32 37 37 41-1/2 41-1/2 Price

P-303S P-303H P-305S P-305H P-307S P-307H

$429.36 $579.06 $484.55 $633.46 $609.33 $763.79

Poly recycle truckS

These durable polyurethane recycling trucks speed material collection and promote efficiency in overthe-road transport. The recycling cart also fits neatly three across in standard trailers to maximize space efficiency during over the road transportation, which cuts the number of trips required for collection and delivery. It measures a precise 28-1/2 and can be rolled straight onto and straight off of the trailers without being turned around. Payloads up to 400 lbs. 21 cubic feet of capacity 17,000 lbs. per trip in a standard 53 foot trailer Rotationally molded in a single unit of weatherproof polyethylene Heavy-duty base combined with 5/8 painted marine plywood Six industrial strength swivel casters Optional locks, colors and paper feed dividers for grade separation Lockable, sliding hinged lid available

model

capacity (cu. feet) 18-1/2 22-1/2 33 13 19 21

capacity (bushels) 16 18 27 11 16 18

outside dimensions (in.) 42-1/2 x 28-1/2 53-1/2 x 28-1/2 53-1/2 x 28-1/2 35-1/2 x 24-1/2 39-1/2 x 28-1/2 43-1/2 x 28-1/2

overall Height (in.) 34-1/2 33-1/2 45 34-1/2 38-1/2 38-1/2

inside depth (in.) 28 27 39 28 32 32

Price

54P-16R 54P-18R 54P-26R 50P-12R 50P-14R 50P-16R

$269.68 $368.42 $387.59 $243.85 $265.66 $269.56

Poly neSting truckS

These nesting trucks feature a durable plastic body with a safety rolled top rim in a wide range of capacities set on a galvanized steel pan, full-perimeter base for hauling full loads of almost anything. They nest inside of each other for stackable, space-efficient storage and over the road transport. Models available with a choice of caster configurations and colors.
model capacity (cu. feet) 7 10 12 15 17 20 22 24 capacity (bushels) 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 outside dimensions (in.) 34 x 24 37 x 25-1/2 39-1/2 x 27-1/2 39-1/2 x 29-1/2 43 x 31-1/2 43 x 31-3/4 45-1/2 x 33-1/2 51 x 35-1/2 overall Height (in.) 25 28-1/2 29 32 32 34 34 34 depth (in.) 21 24 25 28 28 30 30 30 2-4 Week Delivery Price

39-6 39-8 39-10 39-12 39-14 39-16 39-18 39-20

$183.24 $200.91 $216.44 $226.25 $243.51 $274.28 $299.28 $328.88

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

131

Carts & Moving Devices


Polymer truckS WitH SHelVeS
metromax Q Provides quick adjustment through the patented Corner Lock release No tools or disassembly required for shelf adjustment. Multiple piece shelf design provides maximum storage flexibility Shelf mats and support beams can be removed in seconds to convert a shelf into an open frame Shelf mats made of Microban, which is a compound that inhibits stains and odor causing bacterial growth. Shelf mats carry a lifetime warranty Posts are epoxy coated and carry a 15 year warranty Accessories to customize the application include ledges, dividers, lift-out baskets, bins, solid and open-grid mats, enclosure panels, can and tray racks, label holders and covers, and casters Smooth, crevice-free polymer surfaces clean easily
overall Height (in.) 79 79 79 79 79 79 69 69 69 69 69 69 Shelf (W x d) (in.) 36 x 18 48 x 18 60 x 18 36 x 24 48 x 24 60 x 24 36 x 18 48 x 18 60 x 18 36 x 24 48 x 24 60 x 24 Weight (lbs.) 71 91 111 78 94 110 69 89 109 78 94 110 Price

$590.80 $669.20 $728.00 $467.60 $747.60 $848.40 $572.60 $651.00 $669.90 $652.40 $729.40 $826.00

additional SHelVeS
model number 1836GX2 1848GX2 1860GX2 2436GX2 2448GX2 2460GX2 dimensions (W x d) (in.) 36 x 18 48 x 18 60 x 18 36 x 24 48 x 24 60 x 24 Weight (lbs.) 12 16 20 15 19 23 Price ea. $82.60 $102.20 $116.90 $51.80 $121.80 $147.00

StarSyS truckS The Starsys system is a productivity focused, high density transport and storage system that adapts to change and provides safe and comfortable access to the material it stores. The Starsys is a system of polymer components that can be configured as tall or short units, mobile or stationary, and in single, double or triple widths. The optional full shelf extension offers increased storage capacity compared to standard shelving and carts. Some benefits of the StarSys system are: Full extension shelf levels are height adjustable in 1 increments. Glides snap into posts without tools 5 rubber casters Features stationary top and bottom shelves with 4 posts, base and (4) swivel casters (2 with brake)
Shelf (W x d) 23 x 27 23 x 27 43 x 27 43 x 27 Shelf Quantity 2 2 2 2 Weight (lbs.) 175 187 66 118 Price $725.20 $994.70 $812.70 $1,038.80

overall Height (in.) 51 51 72 72

additional SHelVeS
model number SXSWQ-KD SXSWAR-KD SXDWQ-KD SXDWAR-KD dimensions (W x d x l) (in.) 19 x 21 x 1 1/2 16 x 21 x 1 1/2 39 x 21 x 1 1/2 36 x 21 x 1 1/2 capacity (lbs.) 150 60 300 125 Style Stationary Full Extention Stationary Full Extention Weight (lbs.) 10 13 20 22 Price $61.60 $87.50 $82.60 $116.20

24 Hour delivery

132

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Carts & Moving Devices


Bulk Linen Trucks
72P
The 72P Series bulk linen truck is a dependable workhorse for commercial laundries and delivery companies serving hotels, resorts, nursing homes, hospitals, health clubs, restaurants and other institutions. Its cutaway design speeds loading and unloading, and the optional closure secures goods during transport and storage.

90Pl

90P

The 90PL is a high-capacity, attractive clean linen delivery truck designed for upscale hotels, resorts and other properties where a premium is placed on visual appeal, durability, and longevity. The 90PL comes with two permanent horizontal shelves, each molded in a single piece of smooth polyethylene, set in a weatherproof, all-plastic cart that cant harbor bacteria and wipes clean. Solid, closed roof keeps linens clean, dry and secure.

The 90P bulk linen truck features a novel round trip design that enables commercial laundries and laundry service companies to use the same cart for delivering finished, folded goods and for picking up and returning soiled linens. The 90P comes with a choice of wire or plastic horizontal shelves that after delivery, one person can easily slide into a vertical position for use as a bulk laundry cart.

95PSl

The 95PSL delivers payloads of up to 900 lbs. safely and smoothly with 3 shelves for the ultimate in volume and organization. It combines the double protection of a solid rooftop and durable, lockable doors with the versatility of a round tripper suitable for both clean linen delivery and for soiled linen pick up and return.

90PSl

This truck features a breakthrough design that combines the double protection of a solid rooftop and durable, lockable doors with the versatility of a round tripper suitable for both clean linen delivery and for soiled linen pick up and return. Developed for commercial laundry services, hotels, resorts, nursing homes, spas and other lodging and institutional facilities.
model capacity (cu. feet) 48 38 38 38 49 38 capacity (lbs) 38 32 32 32 32 32 outside dimensions (in) 48 x 28-1/2 48 x 28-1/2 48 x 28-1/2 48 x 28-1/2 63-3/4 x 58 48 x 28-1/2 overall Height (in) 66-1/2 62 62 62 72 62 inside depth (in) 59 54 54 54 30-3/4 54

100P

The 100P bulk linen truck features a breakthrough internal rib design and steel-top ring that nearly doubles the strength, structural integrity and load bearing capacity of the cart versus other carts on comparable footprints. Bowing out at the top rim under extreme loads is virtually impossible. Handles loads up to 700 lbs. with two shelves.

Price

72P 90P 90PL 90PSL 95PSL 100P

$441 $561 $825 $899 $1,350 $759

Fabric Carts

Fabric carts are often used in return centers for storage. Fabric carts feature durable canvas liners set in wire frames atop rugged, high carbon steel bases and industrial strength casters. More than a dozen different styles and sizes are available in a range of colors. This cart can also come with an innovative wire frame and removable liner that allows it to be knocked down for easy, low profile transport or space-saving storage. The punctureproof vinyl liner attaches to the rugged frame with a breakthrough Velcro strap. Its easily removed and replaced by one person and enables a soiled liner to be replaced without replacing the entire cart.
model 32 GM-6 32 GM-10 32 GM-14 32 GM-18 32 GM-24 capacity (bushels) 6 10 14 18 24 dimensions (in) (l x W x d) 30 x 20 x 20-1/2 36 x 24 x 25 40 x 28 x 27-1/2 42 x 30 x 30 54 x 34 x 30 overall Height (in.) 27 31-1/2 34 36-1/2 37-1/2 Weight (lbs.) 30 38 47 51 70
2-4 Week Delivery

Price $135.09 $150.28 $188.20 $207.54 $267.44

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

133

Pallet Trucks
24-Volt Electric Power Pallet Truck (4,500 lbs Capacity)
The PTE-45 is a quality powered pallet truck for almost every pallet moving application. The PTE-45 pallet truck features a tight turning radius and compact design to maneuver in confined areas. Its powered movement promotes user productivity when moving heavy loads all day and is simple to operate by all personnel. The PTE-45s design is proven under harsh industrial conditions, which means low maintenance. All trucks are fully seam welded.

OptiOns Traction tire Load backrest Spring loaded stability casters (2)12V 135AH maintenance free battery pack with built-in 110VAC charger (4)6V 180AH maintenance free battery pack with built-in 110 VAC charger (1)24V 255AH industrial battery Features Standard Equipment - Curtis Transistor Travel Controller, Thumb Control, Key Switch, Horn, Hour Meter BDI Combo Gauge, and Reversing Switch Battery - 24-volt industrial battery or battery pack. Minimum battery weight 480 lbs. AH capacity minimum/maximum 135/255. Battery compartment dimensions are 29.25 x 8.75 x 29 tall. Connector is SB-175 Gray Speed - Curtis SepEx transistor travel control variable from 0 mph to 3.66 mph empty. Variable from 0 mph to 2.86 mph loaded Weight - 855 lbs less battery Tires - Drive: 10.5 x 5 polyurethane. Load: 3.15 x 4.75 polyurethane Hydraulics - Lift cylinder is hard chrome. Pump unit (including motor, gear pump, and solenoid actuated, pressure compensated lowering valves) is mounted high in the power compartment for ease service Electrical - Curtis SepEx transistor travel controller and separately excited Class H drive motor provide high torque throughout entire drive range. Travel speed remains constant relative to throttle position, regardless of load on truck. No directional contactors. Master contactor operates with main on/off switch. Automatic resetting circuit breaker and fused circuit protection complete the 24V electrical system Brakes - Drum brake is mounted on motor armature shaft, which multiplies the braking power through the double reduction transmission. Brake is applied when control arm is within 12.5 of vertical or 28.7 from horizontal handle position Controls - Travel lift/lower functions are located in the ergonomic operator handle. Designed to allow operation with either hand. Wrap around guard, reversing switch, thumb control, and horn are standard Transmission - Horizontally mounted drive motor is direct mounted to gear housing. Oil bathed double reduction helical end spur gear drive train transfers power to axle. Time proven basic design allows for long life and ease of maintenance Bearings - Drive Wheel: Tapered roller bearings sealed in oil bath. Load Wheels: Sealed ball bearings. Transmission Mount: Vertical thrust and horizontal tapered load bearings. HD Fork Linkage: Self lubricated heat treated bushing, no lubrication needed Accessibility - Removal of one-piece power head cover exposes major components for inspection and maintenance. Drive tire can be removed with one nut
Model number PTE45-2748-40 WPT-40-24 WPT-60-24 Capacity (lbs.) 4000 4000 6000 Battery Volts 24 24 24 Dimension (in) a 28 34 34 B 69 75 75 C 75 82 82 Weight (lbs.) 1085 1833 1833 price $4,150 $8,919 $9,140

8 Week Delivery

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

103

Pallet Trucks
IBH - In Between Handling Lift Trucks
These manual drive, power lift trucks are the economical choice for a wide variety of applications such as loading and unloading trailers at street level, used as a portable lift table or leveler, or stacking in narrow aisles or confined areas. The IBH is simple to operate by all personnel and its design is proven under industrial conditions, which means low maintenance. All trucks are fully seam welded. Features 1,000 to 2,500 lbs. capacity Structure - Seam welded mast with heavy duty mast rollers provide smooth, even lift. Rigid box straddles furnish lateral stability and strength. All trucks (excluding XT models) have double chain lifts supplying added lifting stability and safety for heavier loads Brakes - Dual self-adjusting floor locks insure secure grip Hydraulic System - Built-in relief valve protects against overload conditions Lowering control valve provides variable lowering speeds for precise load position speCiFiCatiOns Battery & Charger: Long-lasting, industrial 12 volt rubber-clad battery with overload resistant charger offers 120 to 150 AH power, depending on model Charger plugs into standard 110 volt electrical outlet Caster Wheels: 4 diameter x 2 wide steel Load Wheels: 4 diameter x 2-1/2 wide steel Gradeability: Please call Bastian for information Recharge Time: Approximately 8 hours Running Time: Intermittently for one 8 hour shift
Model number Capacity (lbs.) Dimension (in) a 57 69 81 60 72 84 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 96 108 120 132 144 96 108 120 132 144 B 71.5 83.5 95.5 77 89 101 77 89 101 69 75 81 87 93 69 75 81 87 93 66 71 78 83 90 C 34 34 34 50 50 50 50 50 50 38 38 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 D 26 26 26 42 42 42 42 42 42 30 30 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 e 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 10 10 10 10 10 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 F 24 24 24 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 G 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 H 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 Weight (lbs) price

adjustable Fork & non-telescopic, 24 Load Center 1524-A5 1524-A6 1524-A7 2024-A5 2024-A6 2024-A7 2524-A5 2524-A6 2524-A7 1524-T8 1524-T9 1524-T10 1524-T11 1524-T12 2024-T8 2024-T9 2024-T10 2024-T11 2024-T12 2524-T8 2524-T9 2524-T10 2524-T11 2524-T12 1500 1500 1500 2000 2000 2000 2500 2500 2500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 760 800 830 975 1015 1055 985 1025 1065 940 970 1030 1050 1080 1285 1305 1365 1385 1405 1315 1335 1395 1415 1435 $3,194 $3,279 $3,369 $3,545 $3,625 $3,710 * * * $3,917 $4,002 $4,087 $4,178 $4,263 $4,204 $4,289 $4,374 $4,465 $4,550 * * * * *

telescopic Mast & adjustable Forks, 24 Load Centers

** Please Call Bastian for pricing 14 Week Delivery

104

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Pallet Trucks
Power Drive Straddle Trucks
These trucks are a less costly alternative to a riding fork lift truck. Power drive straddle trucks employ power drive and power lift for quick movement of pallet loads, increasing the productivity of your staff. All units are in compliance with OSHA. They feature a tight turning radius and their compact design allows access to narrow aisles and confined areas. These trucks are simple to operate by all personnel. Their rugged design is proven under harsh industrial conditions, which means less maintenance. All trucks are fully seam welded. Features Structure - Chassis, mast, and straddles form an integrally welded structure built to withstand industrial use. Dual lift chains provide excellent load carriage control and safety. Spring Balanced Steering Arm allows operator to precisely control the lowering speed, features 3-speed forward and 3-speed reverse controls which provide maneuverability; Belly-button safety switch in the steering handle reverses truck direction if an operator is backed into a confined area; Dead-man feature returns the steering arm to upright position, deactivates the travel power, and engages the disc brake to stop the truck; horn to alert others of the trucks presence. Disc Brake - Two-way disc brake produces stopping power when the steering arm is all the way up or all the way down. The operator has complete control from light breaking to a full stop. Dynamic Brake - Activated by push-button on the steering arm, produces electrical braking for accurate payload positioning, smooth stopping and better load control up and down ramps. Drive Motor - Direct drive, heavy-duty transmission that operates at a low gear ratio for plenty of power and longer life for transmission. Hydraulic System - Chrome plated lift cylinder provides smooth lift/lower performance and long seal life. Built-in relief valve protects entire system from overload conditions. Electrical System - Fully fuse protected. All cables and wires are coded for easy servicing. Easy access, modular design makes maintenance simple and fast. Long-life industrial batteries are selected for power requirements of each model. As a safety measure, a battery disconnect handle is accessible to the operator. Gradeability - Units with rigid forks: unloaded 10% & loaded 5%. Units with adjustable straddles: unloaded 8% & loaded 5%.

pDi - interMeDiate Duty

**Sold with Pallet Positioner (Page 8) teCHniCaL inFOrMatiOn Lifting Capacity - 2,000 lbs. at both 18 and 24 load centers Lift Range - 5 to 12 Power System - 24 volt with built-in fully automatic charger Battery & Charger - Two industrial 12 volt rubber clad batteries, 150 AH of power provides 24 volt power source. Includes 12 volt, 15 amp charger with timer. Plugs into 110 volt outlet Drive Wheels - 10 x 4 rubber press-on Load Wheels - 4 x 2-3/4 polyurethane
Model number Capacity (lbs.) Dimension (in) a B C D e F G H i Weight (lbs.) price

rigid Fork & non-telescopic, 24 Load Center PDI-2024-R5 PDI-2024-R6 2,000 2,000 60 72 75 87 25 25 17 17 15 15 26 26 30 30 57 57 59 59 1175 1200 $7,250 $7,347

Adjustable Fork & Non-Telescopic, 24 Load Center PDI 2024-A5 PDI 2024-A6 PDI 2024-A7 2,000 2,000 2,000 57 69 81 75 87 99 34/50 34/50 34/50 26/42 26/42 26/42 6 6 6 24 24 24 36 36 36 60 60 60 68 68 68 1275 1300 1325 $7,444 $7,535 $7,632

Adjustable Fork & Telescopic Mast, 24 Load Center PDI 2024-T8 PDI 2024-T9 PDI 2024-T10 PDI 2024-T11 PDI 2024-T12 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 96 108 120 132 144 72 78 84 90 96 38/50 38/50 50 50 50 30/42 30/42 42 42 42 10 10 10 10 10 24 24 24 24 24 36 36 36 36 36 60 60 60 60 60 68 68 68 68 68 1375 1400 1425 1455 1475 $8,070 $8,167 $8,258 $8,355 $8,451

14 Week Delivery

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

105

Pallet Trucks
pDM - MeDiuM Duty truCk
teCHniCaL inFOrMatiOn Lifting Capacity - 2,000 to 3,000 lbs. at 24 load center Lift Range - 60 to 154 Power System - 12 volt Turning Radius - From 58 Travel - 3 speeds forward and reverse Battery & Charger - Two long lasting industrial 12 volt rubber clad batteries and a 12 volt, 30 amp charger with timer. Plugs into a standard 110 volt outlet. 2000 and 2500 pound trucks - 300 AH of power; 3000 pound trucks - 400 AH power Drive Wheels - 10 x 4 rubber Load Wheels - 2000 & 2500 lb. - 4 x 2-3/4 polyurethane; 3000 lb. - 4 dual tandem Recharge Time: Approx. 8 hours

Model number

Capacity (lbs.)

Dimension (in.) a 60 60 60 106 130 154 106 130 154 106 130 154 B 77 77 77 71 83 95 71 83 95 70 71 83

Weight (lbs.)

price

rigid Fork & non-telescopic, 24 Load Center PDM 20-60 PDM 25-60 PDM 30-60 PDM 20-106 PDM 20-130 PDM 20-154 PDM 25-106 PDM 25-130 PDM 25-154 PDM 30-106 PDM 30-130 PDM 30-154 2000 2500 3000 2000 2000 2000 2500 2500 2500 3000 3000 3000 1480 1540 1555 1830 1910 1990 1890 1970 2050 1905 1985 2065 $9,065 $9,432 $9,798 $9,556 $9,680 $9,798 $9,922 $10,046 $10,170 $10,295 $10,413 $10,537

adjustable Fork & telescopic, 24 Load Center

14 Week Delivery

106

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Pallet Trucks
Lift Truck Accessories
reMOte LiFt/LOWer COntrOLs
Remote lift only in handle; remote lift/lower in handle; & remote lift lower with push button box & 3 cord. Price ................................................................$250 to $600

paper rOLL rOtatOr

Similar to a drum tilter. Has rubber-lined jaws standard. 44 grip range. Large grip pads available as an option. iBH, pDM, pDi Price .............................................................................$3,550

OperatOr saFety pLatFOrM

Lock-on platform has built-in remote control, nonskid deck, 36 high guard rails with chain opening (specify front or either side), & 72 high mesh guard between operator & mast (overhead guard is available as option). Several sizes. Fits rigid or adjustable forks. Remote not available on power drives. iBH, pDM, pDi Models:
Dimensions 36 x 36 36 x 42 36 x 48 42 x 42 42 x 48 48 x 48 price $1,250 $1,300 $1,350 $1,375 $1,400 $1,450

BOOM WitH HOOk

Portable crane operation. 26 long to hook, standard 300 lbs. capacity (higher available). 12 lowered height at hook. aLL truCks Price ................................................................$300 to $500

raM

For coil and roll handling. 2-1/2 x 26 is standard length. 500 lbs. capacity at 18 load center. Xt, iBH, pDM, pDi Price ................................................................................ $500

LOaD pLatFOrMs

steer WHeeL

Reduces steering effort and rolling resistance while improving maneuverability and ease of operation. Consists of dual 8 x 2 phenolic resin wheels and swivel caster with spring loaded T bar handle. iBH OnLy (excluding XT, R6 & R7 models) Price ................................................................................ $675

Removable and permanent platforms in several sizes. Slips onto and locks to rigid forks, slip-on type for adjustable forks. Not for personnel use. Smooth surface standard, non-slip diamond plate optional. iBH, pDM, pDi Price ................................................................$150 to $200

LOaD BaCk rest

Useful safety accessory for high cubic loads and especially for tilting feature on PDC models. 48 high from forks. aLL truCks Price ................................................................. Call Bastian

rOLLer BeD

Slip-on roller bed for side or front loading. 1000 lbs. capacity. Rigid or adjustable forks. 26 x 26 square roller area. Rollers on 3 centers. Xt, iBH, pDM, pDi, pDH Price ................................................................................ $500

Die puLLer

Front-load roller platform, 1000 lbs. capacity (with proper straddles) complete with winch. Secures to rigid or adjustable forks. 26 square roller area; rollers on 3 centers. iBH, pDM, pDi ........................................... Call Bastian

LiFt truCk OrDerinG inFOrMatiOn Load Center and Capacity - In general, if your pallet is less than 36 in length, an 18 load center is sufficient. If the pallet is more than 36 long, use a 24 load center. If the pallet load center is larger than 24, the truck capacity decreases. Loads too heavy for capacity cause excess wear on mechanical parts. Incorrect load centers, load capacities, and forks that are too short could cause the truck to tip. Carefully calculate your truck needs or please call Bastian for assistance. Mast Height - Make sure the collapsed masthead will fit through entry and exit ways. Add the load and any truck accessories when calculating the total height. Consider the telescopic models if the mast is too high. Straddles - Will the straddles fit into your pallet racks? Are adjustable straddles needed for diverse applications? Consider a counterbalanced model to eliminate straddle incompatibilities. Electrical - All Big Joe industrial batteries and battery compartments meet OSHA and UL requirements. Battery specifications are aimed for use under normal conditions and capacities. They are designed to work for one continuous 8-hour shift before recharging is required. Recharging usually takes about 8 hours. All standard chargers plug into a standard 110 volt outlet. Many different battery and charger combinations are available. 24 volt batteries are recommended for ramps and for constant lifting conditions. Working Conditions - Consider the conditions in which the truck will be operated. Are casters designed for soft, rough, or uneven surfaces needed? Will you have to move the loads a long distance? If so, consider a power driven model. If the truck will remain stationary, manual drive is best.

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

107

Safety Equipment
Protective Guard Rail & Columns
Protective guard rails and columns are safety equipment for structural platforms, inplant offices, conveyors, water mains, valuable equipment and personnel.

Features

10,000 lb. load at 4 mph rating Simple layout with universal column Simple installation with all the hardware included Bright, OSHA yellow finish on columns Designed to AISC specifications Strong protection for mezzanines, in-plant offices, conveyors, water mains, valuable equipment and personnel

speciFications

Available in 18 high, single rail and 42 high, double rail styles All columns are 5 x 5 with 1/2 thick, steel base plates E-Z installation: Hardware kits include anchor, hole caps & post caps 12 x 12 base plate

columns
model number CA-1 CA-2 Description 18 Column - Single Rail 42 Column - Dual Rail price $33.71 $51.31

** NOTE: Add LO to the model number for lift out rails and columns.

model number GR-03 GR-04 GR-05 GR-06 GR-07 GR-08 GR-09 GR-10

Description Guard Rail Guard Rail Guard Rail Guard Rail Guard Rail Guard Rail Guard Rail Guard Rail

length (ft.) 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Wt. 33.07 49.60 66.14 82.67 99.21 115.74 132.28 60.63

price $29.94 $38.25 $47.16 $56.09 $65.06 $73.99 $83.09 $89.88


** Quantity discounts available

model number GR-03L GR-04L GR-05L GR-06L GR-07L GR-08L GR-09L GR-10L

Description Lift-out Rail Lift-out Rail Lift-out Rail Lift-out Rail Lift-out Rail Lift-out Rail Lift-out Rail Lift-out Rail

price $69.94 $78.25 $87.16 $96.09 $105.06 $113.99 $123.09 $129.88

3-5 Day Delivery ** 10 Day Delivery for quanties over 15

94

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Safety Equipment
Personnel Hand Rail
Personnel hand rail is an economical and versatile handrail system for plants, warehouses, and distribution centers.

Features

Quick, easy installation Corrosion resistant 1-1/4 Schedule 10 steel pipe Lightweight and reusable Bright yellow finish OSHA two-rail and BOCA three-rail compliant Polished aluminum fittings To protect dock areas and drop offs Mezzanines As machine guards To protect personnel and vulnerable equipment To designate walkways For crowd control

applications

model number CHRK-4 SHRK-4 EHRK-4 CEHRK-4 3CHRK-4 3SHRK-4 3EHRK-4 3CEHRK-4

Dimensions (in.) 4 x 4 Corner (2-Rail) 4 Straight Run (2-Rail) 4 Extension (2-Rail) 4 x 4 Corner Extension (2-Rail) 4 x 4 Corner (3-Rail) 4 Straight Run (3-Rail) 4 Extension (3-Rail) 4 x 4 Corner Extension (3-Rail)

price $210.21 $112.84 $85.54 $85.54 $222.04 $142.87 $107.38 $107.38

** For three-rail application, add 3 to the model number. ex: 3CHRK-4 3-5 Day Delivery ** 10 Day Delivery for quanties over 15

Overhead and Track Protector


Features
Protects overhead mechanical lines and conveyors Protects automatic overhead doors and reduces costly repairs in plants, warehouses, shipping areas, etc. Includes Banger Bar Banger Bar warns operator Quick, easy installation Adjusts to fit width/height required Bright OSHA yellow finish
Description 10 H Clear 12 H Clear 16 H Clear Width (ft.) 10 11-1/2 to 12-1/2 11-1/2 to 16-1/2 price $905 $996 $1,156

model number STH-10 STH-12 STH-16

3-5 Day Delivery ** 10 Day Delivery for quanties over 15

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

95

Safety Equipment
Overhead Door Rail Guards
Door rail guards can save you money and aggravation by extending the life of your roll-up doors. The simple but tough design eliminates the frequent repair of door tracks that are damaged by forklift trucks and pallet jacks. Guards are constructed of 1/4 steel plate and brake-formed to protect the rail on its three exposed sides. The innovative design allows for quick and easy installation. Available in 2 and 4 heights, as well as custom heights, the door rail guard bolts into the floor and wall. The guards are shipped as a kit, which includes a pair of guards and all the mounting hardware required for installation.

Features

Eliminates damage to door tracks. 1/4 steel plate construction. Comes complete with floor mounting and wall-mounting hardware. Easy to install. Available in 2 and 4 height (standard).

model number DTG-02 DTG-04

Height (ft.) 2 4

Width (in.) 5-3/4 8-3/4

Depth (in.) 6-1/4 6-1/4

Weight (lbs.) 40 80

price $115.34 $175.76

3 Week Delivery

Rack Armor Rack Protectors


(saves up to 80% oF rack Damage)
Rack Armor is an innovative, tough and inexpensive device to significantly reduce the costs of racking damage. Rack Armor uses a new improved approach to forklift impacts. Steel guards or increased rack thickness absorbs impacts before cracking bending and then being torn out of the concrete. Rack Armors hard outer polymer shell diffuses the point of impact, over the whole 24 area. The foam inner core absorbs the remaining kinetic energy. The round shape is difficult to hit, and the bright yellow color help guide the fork truck drivers. Tests have proven that Rack Armor withstands repeated impacts from the forks of a 4,400 lb. forklift travelling at 4 M.P.H. It saves up to 80% of the cost of damaged uprights. Rack Armor has passed the U.K. S.E.M.A. tests, the European F.E.M. tests and the Australian NZ tests. It is the only Rack protector in the world to have passed all tests. Fits most 3 wide rack columns and another model for 4 wide. You can re-use , relocate and re-cycle No drilling, no anchor bolts, and no installation costs Clip it on and its working for you

Features

Works in Freezers down to -40 F Ideal for SEISMIC Rack, does not protrude into aisle or beam space One person can install in minutes. No anchoring Unaffected by fire, mold, acid, alkaline and most solvents 3 and 4 profiles fit most popular racks
Height (in.) 24 12 column Width (in.) 3 3 price $36.25 $21.25

model number RA-3A-24-Y RA-3A-12-Y


** Quantity Discounts Available

10 Day Delivery

96

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Safety Equipment
Pallet Rack End Protectors
Pallet rack end protectors provide a simple and cost effective solution for increasing warehouse safety and preventing damage to expensive rack and inventory. They are painted safety yellow and have been designed to withstand extreme lift truck punishment. When properly anchored to the floor, rack protectors will protect your investment and help you avoid costly repairs and downtime. The wide range of standard single and double-sided rack protectors available can be adapted to virtually any distribution center or warehouse without affecting traffic flow patterns. 48 extension angles are also available and may be field cut, allowing you to customize your application. Rack Protector Lite is ideal for lighter traffic areas such as storage areas, tool cribs, and storage lockers. Rack Protector Lite is an economical solution that can add an extra measure of protection to your warehouse equipment. Extension angles are available for the standard 48 protectors and may be field cut, allowing you to customize your application. Mounting anchors are included.
model number WGR48-L WGR48-R WGR48-EX WGR48L-L WGR48L-R WGR48L-EX length (in.) 48 48 48 48 48 48 end cap Height (in.) 12 12 8 8 angle Dimension (in.) 4 x 6 x 1/2 4 x 6 x 1/2 4 x 6 x 1/2 3-1/2 x 6 x 5/16 3-1/2 x 6 x 5/16 3-1/2 x 6 x 5/16 Description Weight (lbs.) 90 90 75 61 61 39 price

Left Side Rack Protector Right Side Rack Protector Rack Protector Extension Angle Left Side Rack Protector Lite Right Side Rack Protector Lite Rack Protector Extension Angle Lite

$100.67 $100.67 $67.14 $76.25 $76.25 $64.06

1-3 Day Delivery

Conveyor Aisle Guards


Conveyor guards are floor-mounted protection equipment that serves as a barrier between forklift traffic and conveyor pick-up points. Conveyor guard systems consist of guard sections from 3 to 10 long in one foot increments. The sections can be joined to make a continuous straight run in one inch increments, starting at 3. Turns of 90 are accommodated through joining two opposite hand 45 conveyor guard sections. Easy-to-use instructions allow the heavy duty steel guard sections to be installed correctly, using furnished 1/2 wedge anchors Barriers are designed to withstand impact to keep conveyor stands safe from forklift traffic Conveyor guard sections are constructed of sturdy 7 gauge steel formed into 12 high 6 wide units 5 strengthening gussets are welded to the back of 6 through 10 sections. Shorter sections have 3 gussets Sections bolted together through matching vertical gussets and bolting with the supplied 516 bolts
model number CG-3 CG-4 CG-5 CG-6 CG-7 CG-8 CG-9 CG-10 CG-R
CG-L

overall Height (in) 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12


12

overall length (ft) 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 5


5

Description Conveyor Guard Conveyor Guard Conveyor Guard Conveyor Guard Conveyor Guard Conveyor Guard Conveyor Guard Conveyor Guard Right 45 Conveyor Guard
Left 45 Conveyor Guard
4-7 Day Delivery

# of gussets 3 3 3 5 5 5 5 5 3
3

Weight (lbs.) 44 56 67 82 93 105 115 128 68


68

price $99.74 $125.36 $148.23 $183.00 $209.54 $231.50 $253.46 $282.74 $150.98
$150.98

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

97

Safety Equipment
Instant protection for dock doorways and building passages. Bollards are also excellent for segregating vehicles from people. Surface mount for quick installation.

Bollards
Features

42 high in 4 and 6 diameters Bright OSHA yellow finish Optional High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) covers for no maintenance finish
Description 6 Diameter Pipe 4 Diameter Pipe 6 Cover 4 Cover price $149.24 $74.62 $81.90 $63.70

model number B-1 B-2 BC-1 BC-2

3-5 Day Delivery ** 10 Day Delivery for quanties over 15

Column Protectors

Column protectors are an affordable protection for warehouse and factory columns and beams. All sizes are available in high visibility orange (OR) and lime green (LM) with reflective straps. These blow-molded 100% high density polyethylene protectors fit 6, 8, 10 and 12 round or square supports. No tools required. Two halves attach with easy-to-install straps.
model number 1704 1706 1708 1710 1712 Description 4 - 6 Narrow Column Protector 6 Structural Column Protector 8 Structural Column Protector 10 Structural Column Protector 12 Structural Column Protector Weight (lbs.) 16 40 40 40 40 price $97.48 $168.14 $168.14 $168.14 $168.25

lm/or: aDD to cost above ............................................................................. $12.89


(Lime Green or Orange Structural Column Protectors come with Reflective Straps) 2 Week Delivery

Sprinkler Guards

Sprinklers in the uppermost pallet racks are often not visible from floor level. As a result, they can be accidently damaged by forklifts depositing or retrieving loads. A bigger problem can be the ensuing water damage to your products caused by water pipe and sprinkler head breaks. The sprinkler guard protects the sprinkler head without eating up valuable storage space. The sprinkler guard retrofits quickly and easily to existing pallet racks.

Features

5/8 diameter hot-rolled steel bar stock with welded 1/4 mounting plates Comes complete with mounting hardware Easy to install
Width (in) 2 6 - 4 2 6 - 4 2 6 - 4 2 6 - 4 2 6 - 4 Quantity 10 - 50 51 - 200 201 - 500 501 - 1000 1000 + price each $51.80 $50.19 $47.09 $43.94 $40.81

model number SG-04 SG-04 SG-04 SG-04 SG-04


** $500 set up fee. 3 Week Delivery

98

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Safety Equipment
Overhead Safety Gate
The Overhead Safety Gate is committed to safely and efficiently move palletized material to and from your mezzanine. Designed for smooth and reliable operation, the Overhead Safety Gate occupies a small footprint and protects workers and material from falling off the mezzanine.

Features

Solid, balanced design allows easy gate operation during mezzanine loading and unloading When one side opens, the other closes Spring assist slows descent of gate, avoiding foot injuries Integral kickplate keeps objects from falling off mezzanine Unique leveling mechanism resists gate binding Coated cables provide smooth, quiet operation Track guarding resists damage during loading and unloading Quality design ensures reliable service life Shipping weight: 550 lbs. (with hardware) Installation footprint - 65 W x 65 D x 98 H Assembly hardware and instructions included Pallet / Load clearance - 57-1/2 W x 60 D x 82 H Painted safety yellow for high visibility Meets applicable IBC codes and OSHA safety standards

speciFications

buDgetary price .................................................................................... $4,225


1-3 Day Delivery

Floor Mark
This product can be used on the floor just like tape or paint, but with some significant differences. Unlike tape, it has a release backing that is removed before applying. Because of this, Floor Mark does not stretch and curl like traditional floor tape. This material is thinner than traditional tape so it does not snag as easily. Floor Mark can be removed by applying heat, unlike paint that requires harsh chemicals to remove. Does not snag and curl up like tape Does not require chemicals to remove like paint Available in many colors Choose from 1, 2, 3, and 4 inch widths Designed for dry, indoor environments at temperatures above 40F (5C). Wash with soap and water when necessary Can be removed by applying heat 100 per roll
price (roll) $10.87 $21.74 $32.64 $43.48 price (case) $613.20 $613.20 $613.60 $613.05 # rolls/case 60 30 20 15

Diameter (in) 1 2 3 4
1 Week Delivery

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

99

Safety Equipment
Safety Mirrors
inDoor convex mirrors
Use for in-plant safety and detailed vision situations. The bright distortion-free image provides excellent vision for quality inspection of assembly lines or machinery production areas. 12 rounD FrD-012 ....................................................................................................................... $42.51 18 rounD FrD-018 ....................................................................................................................... $50.31 24 rounD FrD-024 ....................................................................................................................... $62.01 36 rounD FrD-036 ....................................................................................................................... $85.45

outDoor convex mirrors

Ideal for in-plant traffic control safety where employees and equipment cross paths. This style also used for outdoor installation in blind alleys, loading dock areas and parking ramps or garages. 12 rounD FrD-012-HD ................................................................................................................ $42.51 18 rounD FrD-018-HD ................................................................................................................ $60.42 24 rounD FrD-024-HD ................................................................................................................ $71.15 36 rounD FrD-036-HD .............................................................................................................. $120.90
** Outdoor Convex Mirrors feature plastic backs!

eyeball liFt truck mirror

Eyeball Mirrors eliminate lift truck operators blind spots. The Eyeball will reduce the reflected image while amplifying the total view of surroundings. In addition to seeing everything behind and to the sides, the operator will have a proportionate view of the load directly in front of them. 8 Diameter eblts-45s-b ............................................................................................................... $50.28

** With Bracket Assembly, Black Steel

360 HemispHere mirror

Properly positioned and suspended from the ceiling with an installation kit, this mirror sees around every blind corner, providing a view of an entire area, allowing in-plant vehicles and/or personnel to move safely through the facility. A pendulum-style installation kit is available for 30, 36 and 42 diameter mirrors. The 18 and 24 diameter mirrors can be attached to T-bar ceilings with the provided mounting clips, or they can be screw mounted to the ceiling or wall. 36 360 Dome W/ kit For 4-Way intersection HF42360 ..................................................................................................................... $175.11
** For ceilings 25 and higher

42 360 Dome W/ kit For 4-Way intersection HF42360 ..................................................................................................................... $323.31


** For ceilings 25 and higher

180 HemispHere mirror

This very popular mirror provides maximum visibility at 3-way (T) intersections, whether approaching from the center, right or left. The 180 Hemisphere is available with a fully enclosed top and back, chains and hardware for suspended installation of 36 and 42 sizes for installation in warehouses and factories. Smaller sizes come with T-Bar ceiling mounting clips and are also predrilled for screw-mounting, if preferred. 36 180 Dome W/ kit For t intersection HF36180-Fe ............................................................................................................... $136.50
** For ceilings 25 and higher 3-5 Day Delivery

100

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Safety Equipment
Safety Netting
Safey netting is a solution for passive overhead protection on racks and shelves. Its easy to install conveyor safety net systems and solid liners. The durable containment nets for storage safely provide protection for plant personnel working under or near conveyor lines. Safety netting reduces product loss and protect workers if products should fall. Nets wont rust, peel, rot or dent like metal containment systems. Various different mesh size openings and colors are available, allowing you to color code conveyor lines or specific areas. Synthetic mesh has the advantage of stretching to absorb shock loads, then returns to its original shape Comes in a variety of mesh size openings (1/4 - 6) and can be custom manufactured to meet most applications Nets range from 250 to 6,000 ft-lb capacity Mesh is lightweight, making it easy to install, thus reducing labor costs Treated with Iron-Kote (a non-toxic, water based coating that will provide maximum protection inside and out). Can be pressure washed, is impervious to most common chemicals and is mildew resistant. Fire retardancy option is available on special order Solid, non-porous liners for water and other non-hazardous liquids are available to catch fine particles or as drip/liquid guards. Excellent in bottling or food applications Used as rack guard, mezzanine guard, conveyor guard, visual barriers, and partitioning

types oF netting
l-100 spillex Reinforced polyethylene with a web border and grommets 1 O.C. Solid, non-porous 100 ft-lb capacity Color availability - Cream, opaque or clear-translucent m-1250 Used in heavy duty conveyor applications & rack systems 2 mesh size 1,250 ft-lb capacity Color availability - Black, white, gray, blue, yellow, or sand/tan

price ............................ $2.70 sQ./Ft.

price ............................. $0.82 sQ./Ft.

m-250 Ideal for conveyors and small rack protection, cargo control 1 mesh size 250 ft-lb capacity Color availability - Black, white (add 10% to price below)

m-3000 Most popular style mesh for protecting against full pallet falls 4 mesh size 3,000 ft-lb capacity Color availability - Black, orange

price ............................. $1.04 sQ./Ft.

price ............................. $0.74 sQ./Ft.

m-500 The economical meduim duty conveyor and rack guard mesh 2 mesh size 500 ft-lb capacity Color availability - Black, white

m-6000 The heaviest mesh system for large loads or high traffic areas 3.5 mesh size 6,000 ft-lb capacity Color availability - Black only

price ............................. $0.76 sQ./Ft.

price ............................. $1.43 sQ./Ft.

** Price reflects netting at least 10 x 10 in dimension. Please call Bastian for special pricing on dimensions smaller than 10 x 10 2 Week Delivery

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

101

Safety Equipment
Wire Partitions and Work Enclosures
Partitions can be used to build free standing secured storage areas, tool cribs, security enclosures, or to divide large buildings into smaller sections. System sets up fast with standard hand tools, secure once in place, and easy to reconfigure as needs change. Open but secure design allows free circulation of buildings lighting, HVAC, and fire suppression systems throughout secured areas. Separate, secure, or store valued items with this easy to install system. Use twenty standard sized panels and steel support posts to build partitions, enclosures, or storage areas of any size or configuration. Unique design conceals all hardware from the exterior of secured area. Full line of hinged, sliding, and vertical rise gates available.

beneFits

Modular Design - twenty basic panels and a building block approach can accomplish virtually any layout Strong - panels bolt directly to support posts. Standard 3/8 wedge anchors hold partition firmly in place. Base plates welded on posts allow direct floor anchoring Secure - utilizes the heaviest assembly hardware in the industry. Bolts are only accessible from inside Fast installation - fewer parts than standard partition systems. Angle frames give clear access to all mounting hardware Straight lines and clean exterior makes a handsome finishing touch. Flexible - easy to reconfigure as needs change

Features

Comes in ten widths, 1 to 10 in one foot increments Two heights: 4-0 and 5-0 Full height partition walls built by stacking two+ panels between posts Mesh: 10 gauge wire woven into 2 x 1 rectangular openings Frame 1-1/4 x 1-1/4 x 1/8 steel angle Custom size panels available Doors - Hinged, tunnel, and sliding doors available. Service windows are also available Door Openers - electric, pneumatic, hydraulic, and sliding door Standard and custom locks available

buDgetary pricing 8 to 5-1/4 high .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................$35.10 / lineal foot 10 to 5-1/4 high .................................................................................................................................................................................................................. $40.30 / lineal foot 12 to 5-1/4 high .................................................................................................................................................................................................................... $46.80 / lineal foot 3 x 7 Hinge Door ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. add $325.00 5 x 8 Hinge Door ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. add $390.00 8 x 8 Slide Gate ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ add $520.00
** Pricing Based per application. Please call Bastian for more information

48 Hour Delivery on stock items ** 10 Day Delivery for custom orders

102

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Workstations & Accessories


Ergonomic Workstations
AdjustAble Workbench
The adjustable workbench is an ergonomic solution that features a hydraulic lifting and lowering system to accommodate for different sized employees. The adjustable workbench is available in many dimensions and offers a variety of table tops. (2) 27D x 27H open legs for lift system Hydraulic lifting system Anti-skid leveling glides 12 vertical adjustment (30 - 42) 17 high stringer 825 lb. capacity
Adjustable height (in.) 30 - 42 30 - 42 30 - 42 steel top WSA1050 WSA1051 WSA1052 steel Price $948 $963 $1,002 laminate Wood top WSA2050 WSA2051 WSA2052 laminate Wood Price $1,118 $1,172 $1,244 Plastic laminate top WSA3050 WSA3051 WSA3052 Plastic laminate Price $995 $1,028 $1,064 dissipative dissipative Price $1,166 $1,231 $1,400

dimensions (W x h) (in.) 60 x 30 72 x 30 72 x 36

WSA4050 WSA4051 WSA4052

Assembly workstations are used to increase operator efficiency and productivity. They offer an optimized workspace, industry-standard heights, as well as cabinets for storing tools and hardware of all sizes. Their robust components make them ideal for industrial applications, while their attractive design fits perfectly in any high tech environment.

Assembly WorkstAtion With cAbinets

r5Wh5-2003 60W x 30D x 80H workstation with one heavy duty cabinet and laminated wood top. (1) Tiltable shelf (2) Partial dividers (1) Vertical Adapter for electrical and air outlets (1) Power strip outlet (1) Steel Shelf (1) Pair of structural shelf supports (1) Privacy panel with panel bracket kit (1) Louvered panel (2) Deep plastic bins (5) Small plastic bins

r5Wl5-2003 72W x 30D x 80H workstation with two heavy duty cabinets, laminated wood top, and two steel shelves with adapters. (1) Overhead workstation light (1) Tool Rail (1) Balancer trolley with tool balancer (2) Plastic bin rails with (4) bins (1) Power outlet channel (1) Tiltable shelves (4) Partial dividers (2) Storage cabinets with doors (1) Document holder (1) Monitor tray with double arm (1) Keyboard and mouse tray

Price ........................................................................ $1,471

Price ........................................................................ $3,452

2 Week Delivery

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

85

Workstations & Accessories


durAble steel benches
These durable and attractive workbenches feature modular 18W x 27 D x 28 H storage pedestals (inside dimension of 14-1/2 W x 19-1/2 D), heavy duty steel construction, factory welded, and 100% full-extension ball bearing drawers. Each drawer is accessed with full-width aluminum handles and lock. The overall height of these workbenches is 34. Work Surfaces - 1-3/4 thick with a 90 radius front edge for more comfort (not available with the steel work surfaces) 4 Drawer Cabinets - Cabinet contains 4 - 6 drawers with a recessed base. Door Cabinet - includes one shelf with a recessed base 3 Drawer Cabinets - Cabinet contains 2 - 6 drawers and 1 - 12 drawer with a recessed base

model

dimensions (in.)

Work surface - Price for complete unit Wood top $402.19 $456.11 Plastic laminate $279.93 $311.52 steel $233.03 $246.87 Wood composite $287.24 $336.09

G H

60 x 30 72 x 30

model

dimensions (in.)

Work surface - Price for complete unit Wood top $714.00 $765.77 Plastic laminate $591.73 $621.18 steel $544.83 $556.53 Wood composite $599.04 $645.75

E F

60 x 30 72 x 30

model

dimensions (in.)

Work surface - Price for complete unit Wood top $889.11 $940.88 Plastic laminate $766.84 $796.29 steel $719.94 $731.64 Wood composite $774.15 $820.86

A B

60 x 30 72 x 30

model

dimensions (in.)

Work surface - Price for complete unit Wood top $1,043.94 $1,095.71 Plastic laminate $921.67 $951.12 steel $874.77 $886.47 Wood composite $928.98 $975.69

C D

60 x 30 72 x 30

* Price is for unassembled unit. Call Bastian if assembly is required. Riser Shelf Supports w/ electrical outlets on both sides

Riser Shelf Backstop Sidestop

Accessories 2 - 3 Drawers ....................................................................................................... $125.07 1 - 6 Drawer .......................................................................................................... $82.49 60 72 30 60 72 60 72 60 72 60 72 Backstop ............................................................................................................ Backstop ............................................................................................................ Sidestop ............................................................................................................. Lower Steel Shelf ............................................................................................. Lower Steel Shelf ............................................................................................. $14.24 $14.24 $12.29 $30.13 $33.35

Plastic Laminate Riser Shelf ........................................................................... $69.23 Plastic Laminate Riser Shelf .......................................................................... $76.64 Steel Riser Shelf ............................................................................................... $30.13 Steel Riser Shelf ............................................................................................... $33.35 Wood Riser Shelf ............................................................................................ $85.80 Wood Riser Shelf ........................................................................................... $95.55
2 Week Delivery

Drawer Unit Lower Steel Shelf (shown w/ 2 shelves)

86

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Workstations & Accessories


c-leg series WorkstAtion
Create cells and unique configurations with C-Leg Series workbenches. Modular double-sided frames and shared legs bring you closer to an ergonomically sound facility that is ready to grow. Many other configurations are available. Modular Components - add and reconfigure workbenches based on your business needs Integrated back frame for accessories keeps work surface uncluttered for optimal productivity Micro-adjustable accessories - place them exactly where the operator needs them to reduce fatigue and injury Heavy duty frames and legs create a durable base for daily tasks (height adjustable and modular) Several work surface styles and materials available

bAse Price .................................................................................................................................. $558 (Includes 36 x 72 laminate worksurface, adjustable C-legs, and 64 high back frame) Price As shoWn ................................................................................................................... $1,842 (Includes base unit plus an overhead light with mounting arms, 72 air rail, 72 power strip, 18 deep x 72 wide upper laminate shelf, peg board, tool trolley, tool balancer, parts bin panel with double arm, 3 high drawer unit, 6 high drawer unit, 14 universal mounting arm, and tool storage hanger)

FloW Work cell WorkstAtion

Watch your daily picking and packing efficiency soar. Improve product accessibility and efficiency with a Modular Flow Rack system. Gravity flow track makes it easier for you to organize and monitor inventory. Efficient - inventory storage at the workstation, fewer trips to retrieve supplies and products; inventory is highly visible for easy management Ergonomic - height adjustable work surface, angled conveyor reduces reaching Modular - tools and accessories can be added above or below the work surface to increase functionality Heavy duty frames and legs create a durable base for daily tasks (height adjustable and modular) Several work surface styles and materials available

bAse Price ............................................................................................................................... $1,529 (Includes 30 x 60 laminate worksurface, 72 high double-sided back frame, heavy duty adjustable legs, (6) 9 wide x 48 long carton flow conveyors, rear posts, spacers, and support beams) Price As shoWn ................................................................................................................... $2,278 (includes base unit plus a 60 power strip, overhead light with mounting arms, tool trolley and a 30 x 30 portable scale table)

PAckAging dePot WorkstAtion

The RTW Table is a versatile, basic workstation with standard height adjustability. The 4-post design provides superior stability and simplicity that allows you to focus on productivity. Height Adjustability - comfort while performing sitting or standing tasks Robust construction with 14-gauge steel and industrial laminate provides years of performance Economical - simple and stable design at a fair price Add-on corner to create wrap around configurations. Includes a support leg and work surface Add mobiltiy to your workstation with thermoplastic casters with swivel locks and brakes Several work surface styles and materials available

bAse Price ............................................................................................................................... $1,234 (Includes 36 x 72 maple top work bench, uprights, 18 deep adjustable tilt upper shelf with 4 dividers, 15 deep under shelf with 4 dividers, paper roll holder, and a 14 deep x 6 high supply compartment) Price As shoWn ................................................................................................................... $1,540 (Includes a monitor arm, binder holder arm, and extra dividers)

4-6 Week Delivery

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

87

Workstations & Accessories


WorkstAtion Accessories (c-leg series only)

universAl shelving

Wire shelving

lAminAte shelving

bin PAnel

bin rAil

tool storAge

bAll trAnsFer Work surFAce

drAWers

grAvity FloW rAck

** More accessories available. Please call Bastian for more information

WorkstAtion ordering inFormAtion Custom options are non-standard workstations designed and manufactured to the customer specifications. Below are a list of questions in deciding which options to choose: What is your application? Are there requirements? Weight, capacity, size, materials, function? What is the facility/department layout? What is the quantity? What is your project time frame? What type of work surface area do you need? What size (W x L) of work surface area do you need? If material conveyance is required, what is the size and weight of the material? Does the unit need to be mobile? Is height adjustability required? If so, what range? What type of accessories are needed?

88

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Workstations & Accessories


Anti-Fatigue Floor Mats
the diAmond PlAte FAmily
ultrAsoFt diAmond PlAte Floor mAt UltraSoft Diamond-Plate mats and matting provides unparalleled comfort, resulting in enhanced employee productivity and morale. UltraSoft ultimate comfort and long-term performance makes everyone happy. Its double-thick Nitricell sponge base is a PVC loaded with Nitrile rubber for exceptional comfort, rebound and long life. Designed for heavy-use areas, the popular, high-tech diamond-plate surface resists abrasion and most chemical spills and is available with colored borders for maximum safety awareness. All edges are safety beveled. Application - all dry work areas. Stock sizes - 2 x 3 or 3 x 5 Custom sizes: 2, 3, and 4 widths up to 75 in OAL Thickness - approx. 15/16 Edges - safety beveled Color - black; gray Compound - vinyl surface with a double thick nitricell sponge base Provides unparalleled comfort, resulting in enhanced employee productivity and morale Special formulation of nitrile rubber provides exceptional rebound and resilience Designed for heavy use areas Abrasion and chemical resistant Available with colored borders for maximum safety awareness

Black/Yellow

diAmond PlAte sPonge coAt FloormAt Diamond-Plate SpongeCote is the most popular anti fatigue mat and matting in the industry because no others offer such a complete package of exceptional comfort, long life, and a high-tech, industrial image. Its exceptionally resilient Nitricell sponge base defines the mat by providing true comfort, enhancing productivity, and reviving morale, all while relieving fatigue throughout the day. Diamond-Plates safety-engineered surface adds traction and durability to the mat, and lends itself to heavily trafficked areas. Application - all dry work areas Stock sizes - 2 x 3 or 3 x 5 Custom sizes - 2, 3 and 4 widths up to 75 in OAL Thickness - approx. 9/16 Edges - safety beveled Colors - black; gray Compound - vinyl surface with a nitricell sponge base Offers complete package of comfort, enhanced productivity, long term performance and an industrial image Nitricell sponge base is a standard 3/8 thick Available with colored borders for maximum safety awareness Can be customized in virtually any width or dimension to fit even the work area
model Part number size (ft) Weight (lbs) solid black $41.56 $103.87 $31.28 $76.07 gray $45.75 $114.28 $32.89 $82.05

Black

most

unique

Gray

Black/Chevron

border black/yellow $45.39 $113.38 $35.64 $82.05 black/ chevron $49.93 $124.80 $39.23 $98.19

UltraSoft UltraSoft Sponge Sponge

414.1516x2x3 414.1516x3x5 415.916x2x3 415.916x3x5

2x3 3x5 2x3 3x5

9 21 8 18

** Quantity discounts are available as well as non-stock sizes. Please call Bastian for more information

Price Per roll


model (roll) UltraSoft-Roll UltraSoft-Roll Sponge-Roll Sponge-Roll Part number 414.1516x2x75 414.1516x3x75 415.916x2x75 415.916x3x75 size (ft.) 2 x 75 3 x 75 2 x 75 3 x 75 Weight (lbs.) 225 338 166 244 Price black $1,038.13 $1,486.63 $794.74 $1,077.60
2-5 Day Delivery

gray $1,093.14 $1,564.97 $837.20 $1,135.00

black/yellow $1,133.81 $1,621.18 $895.21 $1,229.49

black/chevron $1,247.43 $1,790.41 $1,038.13 $1,401.71

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

89

Workstations & Accessories


diAmond PlAte With gritWorks! FloormAt Diamond-Plate SpongeCote is now available with a GritWorks! surface. Its ideal for primarily dry areas with slight overspray or where grease and oil get tracked onto the mat. GritWorks! is a carbide grit that increases traction by over 50%, while also increasing the chemical resistance and durability of the surface. Available in two thicknesses, a standard 9/16 and an UltraSoft 15/16, Diamond-Plate with Gritworks! has a super resilient, Nitricell sponge base. Nitricell sponge is PVC loaded with Nitrile rubber for exceptional comfort, rebound and long life. All mats come with safety-beveled edges. Application - primarily dry areas with slight overspray or where grease and oil get tracked onto the mat Stock sizes - 2 x 3 or 3 x 5 Custom sizes - 2, 3 or 4 widths up to 75 in OAL Thickness - available in a standard 9/16 and an ultrasoft 15/16 Edges - safety beveled GritWorks Color - black Close-Up Compound - vinyl surface with a nitricell sponge base or a double thick nitricell sponge base Gritworks is a carbide grit that increases traction by over 50%, while also increasing the chemical resistance and durability of the surface Nitricell sponge is PVC loaded with nitrile rubber for exceptional comfort, rebound and long life
model Part number size (ft) 2x3 3x5 2x3 3x5 2 x 75 3 x 75 2 x 75 3 x 75 thickness (in) 15/16 15/16 9/16 9/16 15/16 15/16 9/16 9/16 Weight (lbs) 9 21 9 21 236 354 177 260 Price standard $73.79 $153.51 $50.23 $116.79 $1,412.48 $1,946.49 $1,047.10 $1,447.76 custom (sq. ft.) $10.60 $10.60 $8.20 $8.20

GritWorks! GritWorks! GritWorks! GritWorks! GritWorks! - Roll GritWorks! - Roll GritWorks! - Roll GritWorks! - Roll

416.1516x2x3 416.1516x3x5 416.916x2x3 416.916x3x5 416.1516x2x75 416.1516x3x75 416.916x2x75 416.916x3x75

** Quantity discounts are available as well as non-stock sizes. Please call Bastian for more information

Food Protection mAts


grAde A FloormAt The first mat designed specifically for the food production and manufacturing industries. Its specially formulated anti-bacterial Nitrile rubber composite is designed to withstand solutions used in a wide variety of food processing environments: vegetable oils, animal fats, citrus, and fish oil. Application - Wet and greasy food production areas Stock sizes - 30 x 36 and 30 x 60 Thickness - approximately 1/2 Edges - molded safety bevels on all four sides Color - terra cotta Compound - 100% nitrile rubber composite Built-in handles to ease pick-up and cleaning of the mats Hygienic porthole and solid underside design of the mat simplify cleaning and virtually eliminates areas where food and bacteria can collect Substantial underside knobs allow quick drainage and increases the comfort level of the mat Flat, but textured surface increases traction when greasy and wet

model Grade A Grade A

Part number 482.12x30x36TC 482.12x30x60TC

size (ft) 30 x 36 36 x 60

thickness (in) 1/2 1/2

Weight (lbs) 14 22

Price $55.37 $83.96

** Quantity discounts are available as well as non-stock sizes. Please call Bastian for more information

2-5 Day Delivery

Food & Beverage Production

90

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Workstations & Accessories


the 24/seven FloormAts
24/Seven modular anti-fatigue mats really do work 24/7 to keep employees comfortable. The 3 x 3 size is perfect for a single workstation, but each mat also interlocks on all four sides to cover large areas. 24/Seven mats are very substantial in design (5/8 thick), yet exceptionally resilient. Optional yellow and black borders provide safe access. 24/Seven no. 572 has a drainage surface while 24/seven solid no. 570 has a solid surface for use in mostly dry areas Both versions available in GritWorks! that provides 40% more traction Both styles are available in three unique compounds to address the diverse environments found in typical work applications

All PurPose Used in general purpose applications, usually defined as dry, or as areas with water or debris. Use model 570 (grease resistant solid) or model 572 (drainage). cFr (cutting Fluid resistAnt mAteriAl) Its unique, new CFR rubber compound is resistant to mineral oil based cutting fluid and other industrial fluids. For additional traction, use the CFR Gritworks! - Solid No. 574 (CFR) or Drainage No. 576 (CFR). nitrile The NBR is exceptionally resilient. This solid surface design is best in moderately wet areas. Nitrile resists petroleum-based fluids. These include petrochemicals such as hydrocarbons, naphthenes, paraffins and petroleum distillates. For additional traction use the Nitrile Gritworks! - Solid No. 574 (NBR) or Drainage No. 576 (NBR).

No. 570 Solid

No. 572 Drainage

No. 574 Solid

No. 576 Drainage

stock sizes
model 24/Seven 24/Seven 24/Seven 24/Seven 24/Seven 24/Seven 24/Seven 24/Seven 24/Seven 24/Seven Part number 570.58x3x3GRBK 570.58x3x3CFRBK 570.58x3x3NBRBK 572.58x3x3GRBK 572.58x3x3CFRBK 572.58x3x3NBRBK 574.58x3x3CFRBK 574.58x3x3NBRBK 576.58x3x3CFRBK 576.58x3x3NBRBK size (ft) 3x3 3x3 3x3 3x3 3x3 3x3 3x3 3x3 3x3 3x3 thickness (in) 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 type All Purpose CFR Nitrile All Purpose CFR Nitrile CFR Nitrile CFR Nitrile Price ea. $38.21 $63.33 $70.56 $34.68 $49.99 $54.12 $99.51 $113.20 $80.79 $88.32

** Quantity discounts are available as well as non-stock sizes. Please call Bastian for more information

2-5 Day Delivery

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

91

Workstations & Accessories


Ergonomic Seating
sit -stAnd
The Sit-Stand is engineered to maximize worker comfort while reducing worker fatigue. The new patent-pending Gravity Lock System allows infinite interval seat height adjustment within a generous 14 range, and provides positive locking at the set-height. Base design allows positioning up close to work station or production lines. Extremely stable, but not at all bulky. Ergonomically formed, padded polyurethane seat. Unlimited seat height adjustment within a 14 range Gravity lock system Seat angle adjustment within a 20 range Seat rotates left and right with memory return to 12 oclock position

2092n .................................................................................................................................................... $213.72

industriAl multitAsk chAir


These chairs are designed to survive in tough environments. The industrial chair comes in Platinum, Gold, and Silver models and incorporates premium components in its cutting-edge design for maximum durability, while providing a maximum amount of comfort for users. And theyre all affordable enough to accommodate the constraints of tight budgets. Designed for a maximum weight of 250 lbs. Independent clutch controls allow infinitely variable tilt adjustments to both seats and backs.The pneumatic lift allows an automatic 8 adjustment while youre seated. If you need more height, the manually adjustable collar gives you up to 10 additional inches. Seat backs with ventilation ridges are designed to promote good posture and lumbar support. Softer durometer of polyurethane seats and backs provide exceptional durability and long term support. New seats and backs are 40% thicker for greater comfort. Rugged polyurethane footrests provide an extra measure of safety. Theyre securely mounted to heavy 14 gauge 1-14 tubular steel bases. Five high impact, non-marking glides are standard. Casters are available as an option.

10-3261 .................................................................................................................................................. $328.41


26 base with 1 intermediate footrest, 18 wide seat, 16 wide back, seat plate with 3 back height adjustment and back pivot, 2 back depth adjustment

10-3262 .................................................................................................................................................. $407.63


26 base with 2 intermediate footrests, 20 wide seat, 18 wide back, back tilt adjustment, 25 back adjustment, 2 back height adjustment

10-3263 .................................................................................................................................................. $457.87


26 base with top footrest and 2 intermediate footrests, 20 wide seat, 18 wide back, independent control deluxe seat mechanism with free-float seat and 25 back adjustment, 2 back height adjustment

tool trolley
Tools are never out of reach with this stool. Reduce worker fatigue and maximize comfort and productivity. Comes in two models; 15-1/2 - 20-1/2 seat adjustment and 19-1/2 - 26-3/4 seat adjustment. Stool with 18 diameter tool tray ends squatting, bending or kneeling in maintenance and service operations. Steel dividers keep tools in place. 3 soft tread casters for hard surfaces. Seat capacity - 250 lbs. Dust cover included.

15-1/2 - 20-1/2 seat adjustment

2087n .................................................................................................................................................... $135.17

2088n .................................................................................................................................................... $140.15


19-1/2 - 26-3/4 seat adjustment

2-3 Day Delivery

92

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Workstations & Accessories


cXt series
The CXT series is thick skinned for messy environments. Stools within this series are specially designed to deliver durable performance in wet, oily and grimy environments. Resilient urethane skin covers the seats and allows for easy wipe-off cleaning. These stools are standard-equipped with round, 14 diameter x 1 1/2 thick, self-skinned urethane seats and soft touch pneumatic controls, and featurea a rugged 5-legged tubular steel base with 20 diameter attached footring, 23 leg spread. Available with casters or glides.
model number CXT1520R CXT1722R CXT1724R CXT1926R CXT2126R CXT2530R Adjustment range (in.) 15 - 20 17 - 22 17 - 24 19 - 26 21 - 26 25 - 30
** Quantity discounts are available

Price $200.85 $200.85 $219.05 $219.05 $204.75 $208.00

tXt series
The TXT series stools are stout steel stools. The stools within this series are designed to deliver extremely durable performance in environments where things can get rough. These stools feature a round 13 diameter, 18-guage steel seat. Pneumatic seat height controls are also standard. TXT series chairs have a powder-coated finish as standard or an optional chrome-plated finish. They also feature a rugged 5-legged tubular steel base with 20 diameter attached footring, 23 leg spread. Available with casters or glides.
model number TXT1419R TXT1621R TXT1522R TXT1724R TXT1924R TXT2328R Adjustment range (in.) 14 - 19 16 - 21 15 - 22 17 - 24 19 - 24 23 - 28
** Quantity discounts are available

Price $159.25 $177.45 $159.25 $177.45 $163.15 $166.40

rtt series
The RTT series stools are sturdy stools with added back support to reduce fatigue on the back and legs caused by long periods of stool usage. The RTT series stools features a 15 diameter seat with 2-1/2 of high-resilience molded foam cushioning. They also come with a Soft Touch pneumatic seat-height adjustment, fixed rearward seat tilt of 3-12, backrest tilt and backrest-height adjustment. The RTT Series stools have a powder-coated finish as standard or an optional chrome-plated finish. They also feature rugged 5-legged tubular steel base with 20 diameter attached footring, 23 leg spread. Available with casters and glides.
model number RTT1722R RTT1924R RTT1926R RTT2128R RTT2328R RTT2732R Adjustment range (in.) 17 - 22 19 - 24 19 - 26 21 - 28 23 - 28 27 - 32
** Quantity discounts are available

Price $258.05 $258.05 $276.25 $29.25 $261.30 $264.55

3 Week Delivery

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

93

Casters
Caster Guidelines
The heavier the load, the larger the wheel required for the caster. The weight of the load also influences the wheel mobility. Roller or ball bearings are recommended for loads over 400 lbs.

Load Weight

FLoor Conditions

Make sure the wheel you select is large enough to pass over cracks in the floor, tracks, moldings, and other obstructions. For floor protection on vinyl, tile, carpet etc., use polyurethane or Performa rubber wheels.

UnUsUaL Conditions

Each wheel material has certain characteristics which will give the best results where unusual conditions exist. For example, where acids, oils, chemicals and other conditions harmful to rubber are present, polyurethane, polyolefin, phenolic or steel wheels are recommended.

roLLing ease

The larger the wheel, the easier it rolls. Roller bearings carry heavier loads. Ball bearings roll easier but carry lighter loads. When possible, use the largest ball bearing wheel for the best results.

extreme CLimates

Room temperatures are not a problem for most casters, but extreme cold or heat can be a problem. Bastian can help solve this problem by offering casters capable of operating in temperatures from -70F to 500F.

maintenanCe

All bearings need to be lubricated with a high quality grade of multi-purpose grease that has good extreme-pressure and antiwear characteristics. Casters should be periodically inspected for metal fatigue cracks (especially under shock-loading conditions) and wheels should be checked for wear. Retighten caster mounting bolts when necessary. If casters are welded to equipment, check weldments for cracks. Simple preventative maintenance will greatly extend caster and wheel life.

CapaCity ratings

Caster and wheel capacities shown in this catalog are based on normal operating conditions as defined by the Institute of Caster Manufacturers (ICM). Normal operating conditions, as defined by the ICM, consist of manual operations on a relatively smooth surface (such as concrete) with normal minor obstacles. All bearings must be properly lubricated. Conditions of excessive temperature and/or dirt will reduce ratings.
** Do not exceed the capacity ratings published in this catalog.

precision medium duty Caster 325 lbs.

industrial grade Caster 1,250 lbs.

super industrial grade Caster 1,300 lbs.


** Capacity per caster

heavy duty Caster 1,500 lbs.

extreme duty Caster 8,000 lbs.

Caster ordering inFormation Our casters are available in more than 35,000 different models, - ranging from light duty casters to heavy duty industrial models that carry thousands of pounds each. If you do not see a model that fits your specific application, please call Bastian and we will assist you in finding the right model. Models highlighted in yellow are in stock at Bastian and are guaranteed 24 hour shipment of receipt of that order. Otherwise, usual shipment is 1-4 weeks. (Estimated 2 weeks for most orders).

74

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Casters
Bearing Descriptions
deLrin Bearing pLain & sLeeve Bearings
A DuPont engineered plastic, is extremely durable under a wide range of temperature and humidity conditions and is corrosion resistant. Wheels with Delrin bearings are well suited for applications where brine conditions, steam cleaning, or where excessive water or liquids are present. Light oil or grease lubrication is always recommended. Metal Sleeve is inserted in wheel and rests directly on the axle. Only recommended when rolling ease is less critical.

radiaL BaLL Bearing

Shielded, precision-type bearings. They are used in pairs and press fitted into the wheel hub. Available on many wheels. Please contact Bastian.

annULar BaLL Bearing

Precision type bearings with machined, hardened raceways. For applications where maximum rolling ease and quiet operation are needed. Best suited for light to medium duty loads. Bearing is pre-assembled, and the entire unit is mounted in the wheel.

Bronze Bearing

The bronze bearing is durable under a wide range of temperature and humidity conditions and is corrosion resistant. It is highly recommended for high heat or wet applications.

preCision tapered roLLer Bearings

preCision seaLed BaLL Bearing

(Optional-Consult Bastian) The tapered roller bearing is the most effective bearing for heavy loads. It is capable of absorbing excessive friction when a load tips and can be used where high speed operation is essential. The axle need not be hardened since the bearing has a hardened race.

Recommended for maximum rolling ease with no maintenance lubrication required. Quiet operation for medium to heavy duty loads. Available on Endura Solid Elastomer and 2 tread width Performa Rubber wheels.

roLLer Bearing

torrington-styLe roLLer Bearing

Capable of carrying a greater load than the same size diameter ball bearing. It has a split outer race shell into which the roller assembly is inserted. Spanner bushing is the same hardness as the bearing rollers. Combination seal/thrust retainer washers protect bearing from dirt, water, chemicals, and help absorb thrust friction.

Torrington-style caged drawn cup bearings have a steel cage which provides inward retention of the needle rollers. This design provides maximum cage strength consistent with long service life. Available on 2 tread width wheels only.

rete Linole um asph alt terra zzo Woo d smo oth s teel ribbe d ste el tile

Wate r

Capacity (lbs.)

temperature

durometer

Performa Rubber Moldon Nylon Polyurethane Hi-Tech Polyurethane (Round Tread) Polyolefin Phenolic Moldon Rubber Moldon Polyurethane Cast Iron Forged Steel V-Groove Pneumatic Thermo ThermoTech Endura Maxim
1 2 3

60 - 325 1000 - 1500 100 - 1700 1000 - 1450 75 - 900 300 - 4000 540 - 1140 600 - 4800 200 - 4000 1400 - 3500 800 - 8000 300 - 340 600 - 1000 60 - 250 1000 - 1200 700 - 1400

-45 to 1801 -45 to 180 -45 to 180 -45 to 180 -45 to 180 -45 to 180 -45 to 180 -45 to 180 -45 to 180 -45 to 180 -45 to 180 -20 to 160 -70 to 5752 -45 to 5253 -40 to 230 -45 to 350

65(5)A 70(5)D 55(5)D 70(5)D 65(5)D 70(5)A 45(5)D 85(5)D 75(5)A 63(5)D 85(5)D

* *


* **

180 intermittent service; 120 continuous service 525 intermittent service; 480 continuous service 525 intermittent service; 490 continuous service

Intermittent contact at room temperature only Consult Bastian for harsh chemicals

Chem icals ** oil & grea se meta l Chip s high heat (+250 extre F) me C old (45F) anim al Fa ts noise redu ction Floor prote ction Cush ion L oad

Caster Wheel Selection Guide

Floor surfaces

operating Conditions

et Brick

Carp

steam

Conc

mild

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

75

Casters
Caster Wheel Descriptions
poLyUrethane hi-teCh (Up to 300 LBs. CapaCity)
Light to Medium Duty. Polyurethane tread mechanically locked to polyolefin core. Tread is molded in, around, and through a ribbed extension of the core to prevent debonding. Standard colors are red tread on gray core. An excellent multi-purpose wheel. Resistant to most chemicals, solvents, water and acids.

poLyUrethane hi-teCh (Up to 1,700 LBs. CapaCity)

Medium to Heavy Duty. Industrial strength polyurethane tread bonded to ribbed polyolefin core. This adds design strength for loads subjected to shock and hard impacts. Tread is molded in, around and through a ribbed extension of the core to prevent debonding. Standard colors are red tread on gray core.

poLyoLeFin (Up to 300 LBs. CapaCity)

poLyoLeFin (Up to 900 LBs. CapaCity)

Light to Medium Duty. Hard tread. Light weight and offers non-marking floor protection. Resists hard impacts. Very light in weight, yet impact strength is far superior to hard rubber wheels. Standard color is black. Offers superior resistance to most oils, chemicals, grease, solvents and acids.

Medium to Heavy Duty. Designed for hard impacts and heavy loads. Unique ribbed design adds strength. Very light in weight, yet impact strength is far superior to hard rubber wheels. Offers superior resistance to most oils, chemicals, grease, gasoline, cooking fats and acids. Stain resistant, non-marking, and zero water absorbing.

perForma rUBBer (Up to 325 LBs. CapaCity)

Light to Medium Duty. Performa wheels roll easily and quietly, protect floors, resist impacts with a cushion ride and are durable. Performa wheels also have weatherability, low temperature flexibility, and resist chemicals, water and steam, and reject floor debris such as metal shavings. Non-marking tread is permanently bonded to a durable core.

perForma rUBBer (Up to 600 LBs. CapaCity)

Medium Duty. Performa wheels roll easily and quietly, protect floors, resist impacts with a cushion ride and are durable. Performa wheels also have weatherability, low temperature flexibility, and resist chemicals, water and steam, and reject floor debris such as metal shavings. Non-marking tread is permanently bonded to a durable core.

perForma rUBBer (Up to 1,700 LBs. CapaCity)


Medium to Heavy Duty. Performa wheels roll easily and quietly, protect floors, resist impacts with a cushion ride and are durable. Performa wheels also have weatherability, low temperature flexibility, and resist chemicals, water and steam, and reject floor debris such as metal shavings. Tread is permanently bonded to a durable core.

phenoLiC (Up to 4,000 LBs. CapaCity)

Medium to Heavy Duty. Phenolic resin wheels filled with macerated fabric. Quieter than steel or aluminum, provides superior floor protection. Resistant to hard impacts and most chemicals and steam. Standard color is black.

moLdon poLyUrethane With Cast iron Core (Up to 4,800 LBs. CapaCity)

moLdon rUBBer With Cast iron Core (Up to 1,140 LBs. CapaCity)

Medium to Heavy Duty. A lightweight, ultra durable wheel. It has a very high strength-to-weight ratio and is capable of long service under heavy loads. Red polyurethane is permanently bonded to cast iron core.

Medium to Heavy Duty. These wheels are quiet in operation and absorb shock and vibration. They help prolong equipment life and protect cargo. Injection molded rubber is bonded to cast iron core. Well suited to applications where a light-weight wheel is needed without loss of load capacity.

Cast iron & Forged steeL (Up to 4,500 LBs. CapaCity)

thermo (Up to 1,000 LBs. CapaCity)

Medium to Heavy Duty. Should be specified when excessive load weights are involved and floor protection is not a factor. High strength to withstand sharp impacts. They should not be used if noise is of major concern or if loads are fragile.

v-groove (Up to 8,000 LBs. CapaCity)

Medium to Heavy Duty. Feature a standard operating temperature range from -70F (continuous service) to +525F (intermittent service, 475F continuous service). Offer non-marking floor protection, near zero water absorption, high load capacities and long service life. Resistant to animal fats, vegetable oils and salt solutions.

Medium to Heavy Duty. For track or floor operation on inverted angle iron track in production lines. Also used with hand or conveyor trucks. Wheels are cast with reinforced section at maximum stress points. V groove surface and face are machine finished.

endUra soLid eLastomer (Up to 1,200 LBs. CapaCity)

Medium to Heavy Duty. These wheels are strong and easy rolling. Resist most chemicals, oils, greases, petroleum products and solvents. Offer excellent resistance to chipping, cracking, flat spotting, and abrasion. Superior impact strength.

76

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Casters
Caster Brakes
totaL LoCk Brake (For mediUm dUty Casters)
Total lock brake locks wheel and swivel simultaneously. The brake design features durable metal construction with a thermoplastic pedal. Virtually maintenance free operation. Works on 3-1/2, 4 and 5 Medium Duty models.

teCh-LoCk Brake (For indUstriaL grade Casters)

side LoCk Brake (For mediUm dUty Casters)

Constructed of durable, light-weight engineered thermoplastics. Ideally suited for wet or corrosive conditions. Toe operation holds heavy loads securely. Advanced design of brake pad holds a variety of wheel types. Only two moving parts. Virtually maintenance free operation. Temperature range: -30F to +250F.

Side lock brake provides positive braking action on all types of wheels. Special cam activated brake mechanism locks firmly and is easy to engage and disengage.

tread LoCk Brake (For indUstriaL, sUper indUstriaL, and heavy dUty Casters)

teCh LoCk Brake (For mediUm dUty stainLess steeL Casters)


Constructed of durable, light-weight engineered thermoplastics. Ideally suited for wet or corrosive conditions. Only two moving parts. Virtually maintenance free operation. Temperature range from -30F to 250F.

This adjustable brake can be installed in the field or ordered assembled onto the caster. The toe activation brake features positive engagemnt via rubber faced plate. (Not available on V-groovewheel models or 2-1/2 tread width wheels.

side LoCk Brake (For indUstriaL grade Casters)

tread LoCk Brake (For extreme dUty Casters)

Brake design places a positive locking force against the wheel hub to hold loads securely. Brake can be actuated from either end of the pedal for greater convenience. Available of Industrial Grade Casters with 2 tread width wheels equipped with roller or Delrin bearings.

The toe activated brake features positive engagement via a single rubber-faced plate. Available on the Extreme Duty Casters.

Caster Accessories
FLoor LoCk Brake
Positive braking action stops rolling of castered equipment on level surfaces. Flexible joint brake disc has non-slip, bonded cushion rubber base pad to grip and protect the rolling surface. Heavy-duty compensation spring assures constant, steady braking action. Welded steel construction. Easy stop and go operation. Simple to install by welding or bolting.

BUmpers

sWiveL LoCks

Wide selection of rubber and vinyl bumpers. Designed for easy installation on all types of mobile as well as stationary equipment. Standard color is light gray. Provides protection to your equipment and absorbs noise and shock when equipment comes in contact with another object. Continuous (top) and Corner (middle) bumpersprotect equipment perimeters. End (bottom) bumpers - generally used on tubular handles.

Can quickly convert swivel casters to rigid casters for straight-line tracking. A spring-loaded, hand operated plungr is engaged to fit into slots on swivel raceway. To engage loack, pull out plunger and turnn until spring action inserts plunger in notches on raceway. To disengage lock, pull out plunger and turn so its not inserted in notches. Also available in foot activated swivel locks.

dUst Caps

Keeps dust and debris out of raceway for smoother operation and longer service life. Available on Medium Duty Casters.

metaL and pLastiC thread gUards

dirtBan sWiveL seaLs

Recommended for applications where casters and equipment are exposed to regular washings such as hospitals, food processing plants, restaurants, meat packing plants, laundries, bakeries and more. They keep dirt and contaminants out of the swivel raceways and lubricant in. Offer high resistance to grease, oils, chemicals, detergents and water.

Certain industries find excessive amounts of lint, thread, and other soft materials migrate into caster wheel bearings. Wheel thread guards help overcome this problem. The thread guards do not rotate and force the thread to deposit on the shoulder between the guard and the fork, acting as a hub cap for the caster. Plastic thread guards will not rust or corrode, making them ideal for cart-wash or wet applications.

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

77

Casters
Precision Medium Duty Caster - 325 lb Capacity
appLiCations
For use on medium duty carts, dollies, and equipment.

FeatUres

Capacity up to 325 lbs. per caster Zinc plated finish Full double ball hardened raceways 3/8 axle with lock nut Reinforcing washer on lower raceway Multi-temperature lube

options

Brake: Side-Lock, available on all swivel models. Total-Lock, available on 3-1/2, 4, and 5 swivel models. Thread guards: Available on many models NSF Listed Wheel types available: Performa Rubber (flat or round tread), Polyolefin, Polyurethane Hi-Tech, Cast Iron, Phenolic and Thermo. Please call Bastian for models not listed in the pricing tables. Side-Lock Brake .............................................................................. $1.95 (add BRK1) Total-Lock Brake ............................................................................. $3.90 (add BRK5)

Wheel diameter (in.) 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 3-1/2 3-1/2 3-1/2 3-1/2 3-1/2 3-1/2 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 5

tread Width (in.) 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-7/16 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-5/16

Capacity (lbs.) 140 200 250 300 300 230 300 250 250 250 250 275 300 275 275 300 300 300 325 325 250

Wheel type PR-F PO PU-HT CI PH PO CI PU-HT PU-HT PR-F PR-F PO PR-F PU-HT PU-HT PO PU-HT PU-HT PR-F PR-F PR-R

Bearing type Delrin Delrin Ball Sleeve Roller Delrin Sleeve Delrin Ball Delrin Ball Delrin Ball Delrin Ball Delrin Delrin Ball Delrin Ball Ball

ship Weight (lbs.) 1-5/8 1-5/8 1-5/8 2 1-5/8 1-7/8 3 1-7/8 2 2 2 2-1/8 2-1/4 2-1/8 2-1/8 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-3/4 2-3/4 3

Load height (in.) 3-7/8 3-7/8 3-7/8 3-7/8 3-7/8 4-5/8 4-5/8 4-5/8 4-5/8 4-5/8 4-5/8 5-1/8 5-1/8 5-1/8 5-1/8 6-3/16 6-3/16 6-3/16 6-3/16 6-3/16 6-3/16

swivel radius (in.) 2-13/32 2-13/32 2-13/32 2-13/32 2-13/32 2-29/32 2-29/32 2-29/32 2-29/32 2-29/32 2-29/32 3-7/32 3-7/32 3-7/32 3-7/32 3-13/16 3-13/16 3-13/16 3-13/16 3-13/16 3-13/16

model number (swivel) 2.02256.441 KIT 2.02256.53 KIT 2.02256.95 KIT 2.02256.12 KIT 2.02256.319 KIT 2.03256.53 KIT 2.03256.12 KIT 2.03256.91 KIT 2.03256.95 KIT 2.03256.441 KIT 2.03256.445 KIT 2.04256.53 KIT 2.04256.445 KIT 2.04256.91 KIT 2.04256.95 KIT 2.05256.53 KIT 2.05256.91 KIT 2.05256.95 KIT 2.05256.441 KIT 2.05256.445 KIT 2.05256.565 KIT

price (swivel) $8.18 $6.20 $10.96 $11.98 $11.72 $6.12 $13.48 $8.52 $10.62 $7.64 $10.70 $6.98 $10.86 $7.60 $11.44 $7.18 $10.90 $13.46 $10.16 $12.06 $13.04

model number (rigid) 2.02208.441 KIT 2.02208.53 KIT 2.02208.95 KIT 2.02208.12 KIT 2.02208.319 KIT 2.03208.53 KIT 2.03208.12 KIT 2.03208.91 KIT 2.03208.95 KIT 2.03208.441 KIT 2.03208.445 KIT 2.04208.53 KIT 2.04208.445 KIT 2.04208.91 KIT 2.04208.95 KIT 2.05208.53 KIT 2.05208.91 KIT 2.05208.95 KIT 2.05208.441 KIT 2.05208.445 KIT 2.05208.565 KIT

price (rigid) $8.90 $6.92 $11.68 $12.70 $12.44 $6.76 $14.12 $9.16 $11.26 $8.28 $11.34 $7.92 $11.80 $8.54 $12.38 $5.86 $9.58 $12.14 $8.84 $10.74 $11.72

** Wheel Types: Performa Rubber (Flat) = PR-F Performa Rubber (Round) = PR-R Phenolic = PH Polyolefin = PO Polyurethane Hi-Tech = PU-HT Cast Iron = CI

** Quantity Discounts Available

top sellers

24 hour delivery

78

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Casters
Industrial Grade Caster 1,250 lb Capacity
appLiCations
The Industrial Grade Caster used for machinery, tool boxes, mobile racks, platform trucks, utility trucks, portable conveyors, and food service equipment.

options

Brake: Side Lock, available on all swivel models with Delrin or roller bearings.Tech-Lock and Tread Lock Brakes, available on all swivel casters except 3-1/4diameter and V-Groove. Side Lock ........................................................ $3.95 (add BRK3) Tech Lock ...................................................... $8.95 (add BRK2) Tread Lock ................................................. $14.50 (add BRK1) Thread guards: Available on many models Sealed Swivel: Prevents water and debris from getting into the raceways. Wheel Types Available: Performa Rubber, Polyolefin, Cast Iron, Forged Steel, Moldon Polyurethane, Polyurethane Hi Tech, V-Groove, Phenolic, Endura and Thermo.
tread Width (in.) 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Capacity (lbs.) 350 500 600 700 800 800 1000 375 650 750 1000 1000 1000 450 600 700 900 1200 900 1200 1250 1200 675 900 1250 1250 1000 1250 Wheel type PR-FB PO PU-HT M-PU PH VG CI PR-FB PO PU-HT PH CI M-PU PR-RG PR-FB PO PU-HT M-PU PH CI FS VG PR-FB PO PH CI PU-HT M-PU Bearing type Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller ship Weight (lbs.) 5-3/4 5-3/4 4-3/4 7-1/4 5-3/4 8-1/8 7-7/8 6-1/8 4-1/4 4-3/4 5-3/4 8-7/8 8-1/8 5 5 5-1/2 5 10-1/2 7 9-3/4 10-1/4 10-1/2 6 5-3/4 8-1/2 12-1/2 5-3/4 13-1/4 Load height (in.) 5-5/8 5-5/8 5-5/8 5-5/8 5-5/8 5-5/8 5-5/8 6-1/2 6-1/2 6-1/2 6-1/2 6-1/2 6-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2 9-1/2 9-1/2 9-1/2 9-1/2 9-1/2 9-1/2

FeatUres

swivel radius (in.) 3-9/16 3-9/16 3-9/16 3-9/16 3-9/16 3-9/16 3-9/16 4-1/4 4-1/4 4-1/4 4-1/4 4-1/4 4-1/4 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 6-1/2 6-1/2 6-1/2 6-1/2 6-1/2 6-1/2

Capacity up to 1,250 lbs. per caster Full double ball hardened raceways 1/2 hollow axle with zerk, lock washer and nut 1/4 steel top plate Zinc plated finish Permanent hardened radial rivet king pin construction with 5/8 dia. rivet Grease fittings: wheel bearing & swivel raceway
model number (swivel) 4.04109.459.2 KIT 4.04109.839 KIT 4.04109.929 KIT 4.04109.949.7 KIT 4.04109.339 KIT 4.04109.739 KIT 4.04109.139 KIT 4.05109.459.2 KIT 4.05109.839 KIT 4.05109.929 KIT 4.05109.339 KIT 4.05109.139 KIT 4.05109.949.7 KIT 4.06109.559 KIT 4.06109.459.2 KIT 4.06109.839 KIT 4.06109.929 KIT 4.06109.949.7 KIT 4.06109.339 KIT 4.06109.139 KIT 4.06109.239 KIT 4.06109.739 KIT 4.08199.459.2 KIT 4.08199.839 KIT 4.08199.339 KIT 4.08199.139 KIT 4.08199.929 KIT 4.08199.949.7 KIT price (swivel) $19.38 $13.74 $17.86 $16.82 $13.08 $20.50 $16.80 $18.18 $14.88 $18.48 $13.74 $16.82 $18.50 $19.82 $20.64 $15.72 $20.82 $20.44 $14.50 $18.54 $48.68 $22.86 $22.44 $18.44 $16.90 $22.08 $24.20 $24.88 model number (rigid) 4.04108.459.2 KIT 4.04108.839 KIT 4.04108.929 KIT 4.04108.949.7 KIT 4.04108.339 KIT 4.04108.739 KIT 4.04108.139 KIT 4.05108.459.2 KIT 4.05108.839 KIT 4.05108.929 KIT 4.05108.339 KIT 4.05108.139 KIT 4.05108.949.7 KIT 4.06108.559 KIT 4.06108.459.2 KIT 4.06108.839 KIT 4.06108.929 KIT 4.06108.949.7 KIT 4.06108.339 KIT 4.06108.139 KIT 4.06108.239 KIT 4.06108.739 KIT 4.08198.459.2 KIT 4.08198.839 KIT 4.08198.339 KIT 4.08198.139 KIT 4.08198.929 KIT 4.08198.949.7 KIT
Phenolic = PH V-Groove = VG

Wheel diameter (in.) 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 8 8

price (rigid) $14.90 $9.18 $13.38 $12.34 $8.60 $16.10 $12.32 $13.80 $10.50 $14.10 $9.36 $12.44 $14.12 $15.44 $16.26 $11.34 $16.44 $16.06 $10.12 $14.16 $44.30 $18.48 $17.74 $13.96 $12.42 $17.60 $19.72 $20.32
Polyolefin = PO

** Wheel Types: Forged Steel = FG Polyurethane Hi-Tech = PU-HT Performa Rubber, Flat Tread, Black Color = PR-FB Moldon Polyurethane = M-PU Performa Rubber, Round Tread, Grey Color = PR-RG Cast Iron = CI

** Quantity Discounts Available

top sellers

24 hour delivery

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

79

Casters
Premium Heavy Duty Caster 1,300 lbs Capacity
appLiCations
The Premium Heavy Duty Caster, can be used for material handling carts, heavy mobile tables, machinery etc.

Casters

FeatUres

Capacity up to 1,300 lbs. per caster Full double ball hardened raceways 1/2 hollow axle with zerk, lock washer and nut 1/4 steel top plate Plastic seal/retainer washer (roller bearing models) Zinc plated finish Permanent hardened radial rivet king pin construction with 3/4 dia. rivet Grease fittings: wheel bearing & swivel raceway Multi-temperature lube

options

Wheel diameter (in.) 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 8

Brake: Tread Lock Brakes, available on all swivel casters except 2-1/2 tread width and V-Groove wheels. Tread Lock Brake ....................................................................... $14.50 (add BRK1) Thread guards: Available on many models Wheel Types Available: Performa Rubber, Polyolefin, Cast Iron, Forged Steel, Moldon Polyurethane, Polyurethane Hi-Tech, V-Groove, Phenolic, Endura and Thermo. Please call Bastian for models not listed in the pricing tables.
tread Width (in.) 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Capacity (lbs.) 500 800 1000 700 650 1000 1000 1000 600 700 900 1200 1200 1200 1200 675 1300 1000 1300 1300 Wheel type PO PH CI M-PU PO PH CI M-PU PR-FB PO PU-HT PH M-PU CI VG PR-FB CI PU-HT PH M-PU Bearing type Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller ship Weight (lbs.) 6 6 7-3/4 8-3/4 6-3/4 7-1/2 9-3/4 11-1/4 6-3/4 7 6-3/4 7-3/4 11-1/4 11-1/4 10-3/4 7-3/4 14-1/4 7-1/4 9-1/2 13-3/4 Load height (in.) 5-5/8 5-5/8 5-5/8 5-5/8 6-1/2 6-1/2 6-1/2 6-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2 9-1/2 9-1/2 9-1/2 9-1/2 9-1/2 swivel radius (in.) 3-9/16 3-9/16 3-9/16 3-9/16 4-1/16 4-1/16 4-1/16 4-1/16 4-13/16 4-13/16 4-13/16 4-13/16 4-13/16 4-13/16 4-13/16 6-5/16 6-5/16 6-5/16 6-5/16 6-5/16 model number (swivel) 5.04209.839.KIT 5.04209.339 KIT 5.04209.139 KIT 5.04209.949.7 KIT 5.05209.839 KIT 5.05209.339 KIT 5.05209.139 KIT 5.05209.949.7 KIT 5.06209.459.2 KIT 5.06209.839 KIT 5.06209.929 KIT 5.06209.339 KIT 5.06209.949.7 KIT 5.06209.139 KIT 5.06209.739 KIT 5.08299.459.2 KIT 5.08299.139 KIT 5.08299.929 KIT 5.08299.339 KIT 5.08299.949.7 KIT price (swivel) $39.70 $31.10 $34.74 $34.84 $36.24 $31.74 $38.18 $36.50 $42.00 $37.08 $42.18 $35.86 $41.80 $39.90 $44.22 $40.98 $40.62 $42.74 $35.44 $43.42 model number (rigid) 5.04208.839 KIT 5.04208.339 KIT 5.04208.139 KIT 5.04208.949.7 KIT 5.05208.839 KIT 5.05208.339 KIT 5.05208.139 KIT 5.05208.949.7 KIT 5.06208.459.2 KIT 5.06208.839 KIT 5.06208.929 KIT 5.06208.339 KIT 5.06208.949.7 KIT 5.06208.139 KIT 5.06208.739 KIT 5.08298.459.2 KIT 5.08298.139 KIT 5.08298.929 KIT 5.08298.339 KIT 5.08298.949.7 KIT price (rigid) $22.40 $17.26 $20.90 $21.00 $19.06 $17.92 $19.32 $28.42 $23.14 $18.22 $23.32 $17.00 $22.94 $21.04 $25.36 $26.62 $26.26 $28.38 $21.08 $29.06

Moldon Polyurethane = M-PU Polyurethane High-Tech = PU-HT

** Wheel Types: Performa Rubber (Flat Tread, Black Color) = PR-FB Cast Iron = CI

Phenolic = PH V-Groove = VG

Polyolefin = PO

Quantity Discounts Available

top sellers

24 hour delivery

80

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Casters
Super Heavy Duty Caster - 1,500 lb Capacity
appLiCations FeatUres
Super Heavy Duty Casters for laundry trucks, stock carts, portable freezers, dairy carts, etc.

Capacity up to 1,500 lbs. per caster Full double ball hardened raceways 1/2 hollow axle with zerk, lock washer and nut 5/16 steel top plate (swivel), 1/4 (rigid) Plastic seal/retainer washer (roller bearing models) Zinc plated finish Heat treated bolt and nut king pin construction with 3/4 diameter bolt Grease fittings: wheel bearing and swivel raceway Multi-temperature lube

options

Brake: Tread Lock Brakes, available on all 2 tread width swivel casters & rigid 6 & 8 casters (except 10 diameter & V-Groove models). Tread Lock Brake ...................................................................... $14.50 (add BRK1) Thread guards: Available on many models Wheel Types Available: Performa Rubber, Polyolefin, Cast Iron, Forged Steel, Moldon Polyurethane, Polyurethane Hi-Tech, V-Groove, Phenolic Endura and Thermo. Please call Bastian for models not listed in the pricing tables.

Wheel diameter (in.) 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 10 10 10


Forged Steel = FS Polyolefin = PO

tread Width (in.) 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2

Capacity (lbs.) 800 600 1000 375 750 1000 1000 1000 1500 600 900 1200 1200 1500 1500 1000 1400 1500 1500 1500 1500 790

Wheel type PH PU-HT CI PR-FB PU-HT PH M-PU CI FS PR-FB PU-HT PH M-PU CI FS PU-HT PH M-PU CI PH M-PU M-R

Bearing type Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller

ship Weight (lbs.) 7-1/4 7-1/2 9 9 8-1/2 8 11-1/4 10-3/4 11-1/4 7-3/4 7-3/4 9-1/4 12-1/2 12-1/2

Load height (in.) 5-5/8 5-5/8 5-5/8 6-1/2 6-1/2 6-1/2 6-1/2 6-1/2 6-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2 9-1/2 9-1/2 9-1/2 9-1/2 11-1/2 11-1/2 11-1/2

swivel radius (in.) 3-5/8 3-5/8 3-5/8 4 4 4 4 4 4 4-3/4 4-3/4 4-3/4 4-3/4 4-3/4 4-3/4 6-1/4 6-1/4 6-1/4 6-1/4 7-25/32 7-25/32 7-25/32

model number (swivel) 6.04209.339 KIT 6.04209.929 KIT 6.04209.139 KIT 6.05209.459.2 KIT 6.05209.929 KIT 6.05209.339 KIT 6.05209.949.7 KIT 6.05209.139 KIT 6.05209.239 KIT 6.06209.459.2 KIT 6.06209.929 KIT 6.06209.339 KIT 6.06209.949.7 KIT 6.06209.139 KIT 6.06209.239 KIT 6.08299.929 KIT 6.08299.339 KIT 6.08299.949.7 KIT 6.08299.139 KIT 6.10259.369 KIT 6.10259.969.7 KIT 6.10259.669.7 KIT

price (swivel) $31.10 $35.88 $34.74 $36.18 $36.48 $31.74 $36.50 $34.82 $61.14 $38.66 $38.84 $32.52 $38.46 $36.46 $66.70 $42.74 $35.44 $43.42 $40.62 $46.08 $60.30 $44.14

model number (rigid) 6.04208.339 KIT 6.04208.929 KIT 6.04208.139 KIT 6.05208.459.2 KIT 6.05208.929 KIT 6.05208.339 KIT 6.05208.949.7 KIT 6.05208.139 KIT 6.05208.239 KIT 6.06208.459.2 KIT 6.06208.929 KIT 6.06208.339 KIT 6.06208.949.7 KIT 6.06208.139 KIT 6.06208.239 KIT 6.08298.929 KIT 6.08298.339 KIT 6.08298.949.7 KIT 6.08298.139 KIT 6.10258.369 KIT 6.10258.969.7 KIT 6.10258.669.7 KIT

price (rigid) $17.26 $22.04 $20.90 $22.36 $22.66 $17.92 $28.42 $21.00 $47.32 $24.82 $25.00 $18.68 $24.62 $22.72 $52.86 $28.38 $21.08 $29.06 $26.26 $32.24 $46.46 $30.30

Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller

12-1/2 9-1/2 11-1/2 16-1/4 61-1/4 14-3/4 20-1/2 19-3/4

Moldon Polyurethane = M-PU Polyurethane Hi-Tech = PU-HT

** Wheel Types: Performa Rubber, Flat Tread, Black Color = PR-FB Cast Iron= CI

Performa Rubber (Round) = PR-R Moldon Rubber = M-R

Phenolic = PH

Quantity Discounts Available

top sellers

24 hour delivery

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

81

Casters
Extreme Duty Caster - 8,000 lbs. Capacity
FeatUres
Capacity Range up to 8,000 lbs. Kingpinless design with single ball hardened raceway 3/4 diameter axle with locknut 3/8 thick steel top plate 3/8 thick x 3 wide formed fork legs are robotically welded inside and out Grease fittings for swivel raceway and wheel bearing Zinc plated finish Other wheels and capacities available. Contact Bastian for more information Brake option for swivel casters ............................................. $14.25 (add BRK1)
tread Width (in.) 2-1/2 2-1/2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Capacity (lbs.) 2,500 4,000 2,000 2,040 2,500 4,500 2,500 2,500 3,000 4,500 2,900 3,000 3,000 3,500 3,500 Cast Iron = CI Wheel type CI FS PH M-PU CI FS PH M-PU CI FS PH M-PU CI PH M-PU Bearing type ship Weight (lbs.) 20 24 14-1/4 19-1/4 27-3/4 31-1/4 16-1/2 27-3/4 31-1/2 37-1/2 19-1/2 31-1/2 35-3/4 24-3/4 40 Load height (in.) 7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 1/8 10 1/8 10 1/8 10 1/8 11-1/2 11-1/2 11-1/2 11-1/2 13-1/2 13-1/2 13-1/2 swivel radius (in.) 4-3/8 4-3/8 4-3/8 4-3/8 6-3/16 6-3/16 6-3/16 6-3/16 7-3/8 7-3/8 7-3/8 7-3/8 8-7/8 8-7/8 8-7/8 model number (swivel) 8.06689.169 KIT 8.06689.269 KIT 8.06689.379 KIT 8.06689.979.7 KIT 8.08689.179 KIT 8.08689.279 KIT 8.08689.379 KIT 8.08689.979.7 KIT 8.10689.179 KIT 8.10689.269 KIT 8.10689.379 KIT 8.10689.979.7 KIT 8.12689.179 KIT 8.12689.379 KIT 8.12689.979.7 KIT price (swivel) $78.34 $103.58 $69.90 $76.80 $81.60 $129.18 $72.30 $93.32 $91.34 $152.76 $77.22 $96.84 $100.02 $80.56 $101.64 model number (rigid) 8.06688.169 KIT 8.06688.269 KIT 8.06688.379 KIT 8.06688.979.7 KIT 8.08688.179 KIT 8.08688.279 KIT 8.08688.379 KIT 8.08688.979.7 KIT 8.10688.179 KIT 8.10688.269 KIT 8.10688.379 KIT 8.10688.979.7 KIT 8.12688.179 KIT 8.12688.379 KIT 8.12688.979.7 KIT price (rigid) $52.34 $77.58 $43.90 $50.80 $55.60 $103.18 $46.30 $67.32 $65.34 $126.76 $51.22 $70.84 $74.02 $54.56 $75.64

Wheel diameter 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 10 10 10 10 12 12 12

Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller

Forged Steel = FS

** Wheel Types: Phenolic = PH Quantity Discounts Available

Moldon Polyurethane = M-PU

Medium Duty Stainless Steel Casters


FeatUres
Capacity up to 325 lbs. per caster Standard polished stainless steel finish Spanner, axle, lock nut and washers - stainless steel construction Delrin bearing: easy rolling, non-corrosive and almost maintenance free Top Plate Size: 2-1/2 x 3 5/8 Slotted Bolt Hole Pattern: 1-3/4 x 2-13/16 to 1-3/4 x 3-1/16 Fork Leg Spacing: 1-5/8 Mounting Bolt: 5/16 Tech-Lock Brake .......................................................................... $7.51 (add BRK2)
tread Width (in) 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 Capacity (lbs) 275 275 300 300 300 325 Wheel type PO PU-HT PR-F PO PU-HT PR-F Bearing type Delrin Delrin Delrin Delrin Delrin Delrin ship Weight (lbs) 2-1/8 2-1/8 2-1/4 2-5/8 2-5/8 2-3/4 Load height (in) 5-1/8 5-1/8 5-1/8 6-3/16 6-3/16 6-3/16 swivel radius (in) 3-5/16 3-5/16 3-5/16 4-1/16 4-1/16 4-1/16 model number (swivel) 2.04456.544 KIT 2.04456.944 KIT 2.04456.444 KIT 2.05456.544 KIT 2.05456.944 KIT 2.05456.444 KIT price (swivel) $34.52 $36.78 $36.32 $35.70 $40.04 $38.88 model number (rigid) 2.04408.544 KIT 2.04408.944 KIT 2.04408.444 KIT 2.05408.544 KIT 2.05408.944 KIT 2.05408.444 KIT price (rigid) $22.40 $25.04 $24.94 $22.92 $27.78 $26.16

Wheel diameter 4 4 4 5 5 5

Polyolefin = PO

** Wheel Types: Performa Flat Tread = PR-F Quantity Discounts Available

Polyurethane Hi-Tech = PU-HT

top sellers

24 hour delivery

82

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Casters
Low Profile Caster
appLiCations
Low profile casters are made to lower the load height in special applications. These casters are ideal for textile, institutional, manufacturing, or business equipment. Used in applications such as stock picking, food service, vending machine delivery, or housekeeping. Ideal for use on warehouse dollies, library or school furniture, laundry hampers, supermarkets, or electronic enclosures.

FeatUres

Capacity up to 325 lbs. per caster Zinc plated finish that is attractive and durable Heat treated full double ball hardened raceways Low profile design offers low load height and quick swivel response Ideal for business machines, stock picking carts, warehouse dollies, and housekeeping carts Thread guards standard on all models, but are not available with 3 brake option Side-Lock Brake for 3 models ................................................ $1.25 (add BRK3)
tread Width (in.) 1-1/8 1-1/8 1-1/8 1-1/8 Capacity (lbs.) 120 175 125 210 Wheel type Bearing type Plain Plain Plain Plain ship Weight (lbs.) 1 1 1-1/2 1-1/2 Load height (in.) 3-5/16 3-5/16 3-13/16 3-13/16 swivel radius (in.) 2-3/8 2-3/8 2-11/16 2-11/16 model number (swivel) 2.02689.44 2.02689.52 2.03689.44 2.03689.52 price (swivel) $5.44 $5.44 $5.92 $5.92 model number (rigid) 2.02688.44 2.02688.52 2.03688.44 2.03688.52 price (rigid) $3.20 $3.20 $3.82 $3.82

Wheel diameter (in.) 2-1/2 2-1/2 3 3

Cushion Rubber Polyolefin Cushion Rubber Polyolefin

Quantity Discounts Available

top sellers

4.5 x 6.25 Steel Plate Caster


High shock, off-center loading Used for floor tow lines, work in progress carts and trash trucks. High alloy steel swivel action Precision machined and heat treated raceways 3/4 axle 3/8 x 2-1/2 legs formed and welded both inside and out Swivel locks and wheel brakes available Bearings rotate on a hardened and ground 1 spanner bushing

5 x 7.25 Steel Plate Caster


High shock, off-center loading Used for medium duty shock load towing applications Precision machined 3-1/4 diameter raceway, hardened for impact resistance Swivel Raceway is sealed as a standard feature. Swivel seal keeps out dirt and moisture 3/8 x 3 legs formed and welded both inside and outside Swivel locks and wheel brakes available are present

Monster Caster - 11,000 lbs. Capacity


FeatUres
Hot forged C-1045 steel swivel section Unique Single Ball Race Design 3/4 diameter load/thrust ball bearings 4 diameter precision machined load/thrust raceway 3/8 x 4 legs formed and welded both inside and outside for strength 1 grade 5 axle

BeneFits

Large 4 single bearing raceways are precision machined out of rough C-1045 steel forgings. The raceways are then heat treated to eliminate brinelling of the surface when the caster is subjected to shock loads. The unique design of this raceway actually puts the bearings in shear while locking the swivel section together. The 3/4 ball bearings are used to distribute the load and thrust forces at the same time. The design gives you a high strength swivel section that will swivel easily under extreme loads. The caster also features a dust and dirt shield in the swivel to keep out debris.

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

83

Casters
Specialty Casters & Wheels

Light dUty indUstriaL Casters

non-sparking, Brass CondUCtive WheeLs

pneUmatiC rUBBer WheeL

moLden nyLon WheeL

roUnd stem

sqUare stem

expanding adapter stem

pipe thread stem

ergonomiC soFt poLyUrethane WheeLs

doUBLe poLyUrethane WheeLs

shoCk aBsorBing

repLaCement WheeLs For paLLet trUCks

Cargo Caster With sWiveL LoCk

dUaL pneUmatiC With Brake & sWiveL LoCk

pLain stem With 2 dia. WheeL

Casters With CondUCtive rUBBer

threaded stem

oFFset top pLate Caster

ChanneL top pLate sWiveL Caster

84

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Totes & Containers


Containers
Versatile Work-in-Progress Containers
Versatile Work-In-Progress conatiners are made of high-density polyethylene. These modular box systems are designed to maximize space. Work-In-Progress containers provide efficient storage and organization when used with existing racks or shelving. Resists most solvents & chemicals Ribbed design gives added strength Colors - Red, Blue & Gray Optional Accessories - Dividers, Label Holders & Lids Recessed stacking ledges. Reinforced lip for carrying Injection molded for uniform wall thickness and resistance to stress and cracks Compatible with most racks and shelving & automated material handling equipmen Numbered slots coupled with intersection dividers allow subdivision down to 1-1/4 square compartment sizes

Model number

inside Dimensions (l x W x H) (in.)

outside Dimensions (l x W x H) (in.)

Capacity (Cu. Ft)

Carton Quantity

Price ea.

33105 33166 33168 33228

9-1/8 x 6-1/2 x 4-5/8 14-3/4 x 9-1/8 x 5-9/16 14-5/8 x 9-1/16 x 7-9/16 19-7/8 x 14-7/8 x 7-7/16

10-7/8 x 8-1/4 x 5 16-1/2 x 10-7/8 x 6 16-1/2 x 10-7/8 x 8 22-3/8 x 17-3/8 x 8

0.16 0.44 0.59 1.3

20 8 6 3

$5.76 $10.41 $12.27 $41.78

** Quantity Discounts Available ** Call Bastian for information on Long & Short Dividers, Dust Covers, and Label Holders 2-3 Day Delivery

nest anD staCk totes

Nest and stack boxes are available in a variety of sizes, made of reinforced thermoset composite material, and include lids and dollies. These containers stack when full and nest when empty at alternating 180 positions. Nest and stack containers are your ideal solution for heavy-duty storage, work-in-process, or distribution applications. They offer a smooth outside surface and radius angles for easy and safe handling, and are resistant to most oils, moisture, chemicals, and solvents as well as irradiation. Maximum load capacity for each container is 500 lbs. Bottom container in stack supports up to 3,000 lbs. Containers are available with or without a wire-reinforced rim. Custom fit lids are available to protect parts from dirt and damage. Dollies are also available to provide easy movement in your facility.
Model number 780208 780308 780408 780508 780608 780108 780708 780008 inside Dimensions (l x W x H) (in.) 16-1/2 x 9-1/2 x 4-7/8 18-3/8 x 11-3/8 x 5-7/8 16-3/8 x 11 x 7-7/8 19-3/4 x 12-3/4 x 7-7/8 21 x 16 x 9-7/8 35-3/4 x 17 x 7-1/4 24-7/8 x 17-3/8 x 13-1/8 35-7/8 x 17-3/8 x 14-1/8 outside Dimensions (l x W x H) (in.) 17-7/8 x 10-5/8 x 5 19-3/4 x 12-1/2 x 6 20-1/2 x 12-7/8 x 8 24-1/2 x 14-3/4 x 8 25-1/4 x 18 x 10 42-1/2 x 20 x 7-1/2 27-1/2 x 20 x 14-1/8 42-1/2 x 20 x 14-1/4
Quantity Discounts Available 3-4 Week Delivery

Carton Quantity 10 10 10 10 5 5 5 3

Price ea. $17.69 $20.28 $23.59 $28.31 $36.48 $61.33 $49.53 $73.75

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

65

Totes & Containers


Durable sHelF bins
Built-in hanglock lets bin tilt out for complete access Front handle area contains molded-in label holder Wide hopper front allows easy access Edges are reinforced for additional strength. Bin cups & dividers, & rack sold separately Made from durable polypropylene Three Colors: Red, Yellow & Blue 13 sizes to choose from One piece molded construction. Bins nest when empty to save space Seamless, waterproof, unaffected by grease or oil Use on 12, 18 and 24 deep shelving or vertical storage units.
Model number 30110 30120 30124 30128 30130 30138 30150 30158 30164 30170 30174 30178 30184 inside Dimensions (l x W x H) (in.) 10-1/4 x 1-5/8 x 4 10-1/4 x 3 x 4 22-1/8 x 3 x 4 16-1/2 x 3 x 4 10-1/4 x 5-1/2 x 4 16-1/2 x 7-1/8 x 4 10-1/4 x 5-1/2 x 4 16-1/2 x 7-1/8 x 4 22-1/8 x 5-1/2 x 4 10-1/4 x 10 x 4 22-1/8 x 10 x 4 16-1/2 x 10 x 4 22-1/8 x 7-1/8 x 4 outside Dimensions (l x W x H) (in.) 11-5/8 x 2-3/4 x 4 11-5/8 x 4-1/8 x 4 23-5/8 x 4-1/8 x 4 17-7/8 x 4-1/8 x 4 11-5/8 x 6-5/8 x 4 17-7/8 x 6-5/8 x 4 11-5/8 x 8-3/8 x 4 17-7/8 x 8-3/8 x 4 23-5/8 x 6-5/8 x 4 11-5/8 x 11-1/8 x 4 23-5/8 x 11-1/8 x 4 17-7/8 x 11-1/8 x 4 23-5/8 x 83/8 x 4
** Quantity Discounts Available

Carton Quantity 24 24 12 12 12 12 12 12 6 12 6 12 6

Case Weight (lbs.) 5 9 11 7 7 9 8 12 8 11 11 15 9

Price ea. $1.40 $1.55 $4.13 $2.09 $2.42 $2.97 $2.61 $4.09 $5.94 $3.93 $8.86 $6.49 $7.24

sturDy Hanging sMall Parts bins


Large label slot & finger grips for easier handling Anti-slide stop prevents stacked bins from shifting forward Extra wide stacking ledge assures stability for high stacking Full width hanger lip supports bin when suspended from panel or rack Reinforced ribs add strength and prevent bins from spreading Dividers fit securely in slots for partitioning Autoclavable (steam sterilization) up to 250F Unaffected by weak acids and alkalis. Water, rust, and corrosion proof Hang from racks, panels, rails, & carts; stack or sit on shelving Reduce & control inventories while shortening assembly times & minimizing parts handling
Model number 30210 30220 30230 30235 30239 30240 30250 30265 30270 inside Dimensions (l x W x H) (in.) 5-3/8 x 4-1/8 x 3 7-3/8 x 4-1/8 x 3 10-7/8 x 5-1/2 x 5 10-7/8 x 11 x 5 10-3/4 x 8-1/4 x 7 14-3/4 x 8-1/4 x 7 14-3/4 x 16-1/2 x 7 18 x 8-1/4 x 9 18 x 16-1/2 x 11 outside Dimensions (l x W x H) (in.) 4-3/4 x 3-7/16 x 21-3/16 6-3/4 x 3-7/16 x 21-3/16 10-1/4 x 4-3/8 x 4-3/4 10-1/4 x 10 x 4-3/4 10 x 6-9/16 x 6-3/4 14 x 6-9/16 x 6-3/4 14 x 14-3/4 x 6-3/4 17-1/8 x 6-3/4 x 8-1/4 17-1/8 x 14-3/4 x 10-1/4
** Quantity Discounts Available 2-3 Day Delivery

Capacity (Cu. Ft) 10 10 30 50 50 60 75 N/A N/A

Carton Quantity 24 24 12 6 6 12 6 6 3

Price ea. $1.07 $1.92 $4.81 $7.43 $7.99 $9.48 $13.31 $15.86 $24.00

66

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Totes & Containers


sMall Parts storage & orDer PiCking
rail Hanging systeMs Rail Hanging systems optimize storage in minimal space. Rail-Racks are available with either 12 or 16 rails. Two-Sided racks can be mobilized with the Mobile Kit (sold separately). One-sided racks are ideal space-saving, flush-to-wall storage systems. 16-gauge cold-rolled steel and powder coat finish for lasting strength and durability. Single and double rail units provide more flexibility in bin placement and hold multiple sizes of shelf bins. Mobile kit available to mobilize two-sided racks. Steel rail is ideal for work stations.
Model number 30006 30008 30012 30016 30812 Description Rack, 1-Sided, 12 Rail Rack, 1-Sided, 16 Rail Rack, 2-Sided, 12 Rail Rack, 2-Sided, 16 Rail Bin Cart Dimensions (in.) l xW x H 36 x 14-1/8 x 53 36 x 14-1/8 x 53 36 x 20 x 53 36 x 20 x 53 38-1/2 x 24 x 36-1/2 Price $162.43 $217.51 $166.82 $222.66 $492.41

rail system Model number 30006 30008 30012 30016 30812

akro-bins Model number 30210 96 192 96 30220 96 192 96 30224 48 96 64 30230 48 96 48 30234 48 96 48 30235 24 48 24 30239 24 48 24 30240 24 48 24 30250 12 24 12 30255 16 32 16

Mobile kit aDD-on 30424 ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... $94.88

30008 Heavy-duty powder coated steel Rack 1-Sided Rack with 16 rails shown with (48) 30230 shelf bins Price As Shown ........................ $382.60

30012 2-Sided rack with 12 rails Shown with (48) 30230 shelf bins & mobile kit add-on Price As Shown ........................ $444.66
** Quantity Discounts Available 1 Week Delivery

30812 Bin Cart Shown with (48) 30230 shelf bins & mobile kit add-on Price As Shown ........................ $698.45

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

67

Totes & Containers


sMall Parts eleCtro-statiC DisCHarge (esD) Containers
Your guaranteed guard against electrostatic discharge. ESD containers safely dissipate electrostatic charges that can severely damage electronic parts. Surface resistivity of 105 ohms per square max, as tested under ASTM D-257. With the addition of the grounding strap, hanging systems become ESD compliant. Molded from revolutionary new CarmelStat, the line of ESD containers dissipate electrostatic charges, which can severely damage sensitive electronic components. Superior to conductive containers which possess a high risk of damage from uncontrolled discharges, these ESD containers provide the highest degree of protection available. ESD containers are unaffected by weak acids and alkalis. Sturdy one-piece construction is water, rust, corrosion proof, and heat resistant to 300F. Grounding Wire is designed to convert existing racks and hanging systems. The grounding wire conducts static charges away from the storage system.

aDVantages Consistent dissipative ESD protection. 10.6 to 10.9 ohms/sq. Latest technology and best ESD protection available. Permanent ESD protection will not wash off or wear out. Tough and durable impact resistant plastic. Low sloughing, clean room compatible. 1% - 2% carbon black. Competitive with older technology based conductive products.

esD sHelF bins Built-in rear hanglock allows bin to tilt out for complete access Molded-in label holder identifies contents Wide hopper front allows easy access Optional dividers increase versatility Sturdy, one-piece construction ESD Shelf Bins work with existing 12, 18 or 24 shelving
Model number QSB101CO QSB105CO QSB103CO inside Dimensions l x W x H (in.) 10-1/4 x 3 x 4 22-1/8 x 3 x 4 16-1/2 x 3 x 4 outside Dimensions l x W x H (in.) 11-5/8 x 4-1/8 x 4 23-5/8 x 4-1/8 x 4 17-7/8 x 4-1/8 x 4
** Quantity Discounts Available (50+)

Carton Quantity 36 16 20

Price ea. $8.85 $18.39 $12.27

esD bins Consistent dissipative ESD protection. 10.6 to 10.9 ohms/sq. Latest technology and best ESD protection available Permanent ESD protection will not wash off or wear out Tough and durable impact resistant plastic Low sloughing, clean room compatible. 1% - 2% carbon black Competitive with older technology based conductive products
Model number 30210ESD 30220ESD 30230ESD 30235ESD 30240ESD inside Dimensions l x W x H (in.) 4-3/4 x 3-7/16 x 2-13/16 6-3/4 x 3-7/16 x 2-13/16 10-1/4 x 4-3/8 x 4-3/4 10-1/4 x 10 x 4-3/4 14 x 6-9/16 x 6-3/4 outside Dimensions l x W x H (in.) 5-3/8 x 4-1/8 x 3 7-3/8 x 4-1/8 x 3 10-7/8 x 5-1/2 x 5 10-7/8 x 11 x 5 14-3/4 x 8-1/4 x 7
** Quantity Discounts Available (50+)

bin load Capacity (lbs.) 10 10 30 50 60

Carton Quantity 24 24 12 6 12

Price ea. $3.56 $4.79 $11.07 $17.35 $28.66

2-3 Day Delivery

68

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Totes & Containers


ForkliFt aCCessible Pallet Containers (nestable/staCkable)
P-291 anD P-333 Quite possibly the most versatile reusable container ever offered to packaging and material handling engineers, the rugged P-291 and P-333 series containers maximize shipping, handling and storage efficiencies. These containers cube out tractor trailers stacking 2-3 high and 2 across and safely accommodate up to 600 lbs. of solid, pourable, granular, non-regulated material. For smart returns, the containers nest five to seven high and in storage, they nest or stack even higher. Molded nesting lugs or ribs prevent units from jamming together. All are available in a wide variety of colors, and with optional permanent, molded-in or raised graphics, logos and tracking numbers. Bases for rotating-head dumpers, casters, fork pockets and custom options,are offered. These containers are available with a molded-in recess that helps safeguard RFID tags from damage during handling and transport. Its placement may be set for easy reading by hand-held and automatic readers. P-340 anD P-341 The P-340 and P-341 bulk containers feature molded projections on two sides that help container dumpers establish a firm, non-slip grip and maintain the secure hold while rotating up to 180 degrees and discharging the contents. They suit a wide variety of dumping machines and may be custom designed to suit virtually any type of machine or application. Use them in automated and manual material handling systems where safety and efficiency are paramount. The durable containers withstand repeated filling with sharp, heavy and hard products without cracking, chipping or discoloring, while the smooth-contoured interior promotes complete discharge. These containers are ideal for packaging closures, toy parts, printing trim waste, automotive components, metal & plastic waste chips, powders, and pellets. Two-way lift access Stacks and nests Two different capacities on same footprint

P-291

P-340

P-341

P-360 anD P-390 The P-360 and P-390 bulk containers feature a breakthrough, no-metal design that is impervious to corrosion and rust. It eliminates potential contamination from food products. Its ideal for sanitary storage and secure transport throughout any processing facility loop, and it boasts a rugged, USDA/ FDA-approved construction of linear low density polyethylene (LLDPE), which is immune to attack from cleansers, salts, water and other chemicals. The sanitary has no internal pockets, dimples or other bacteria-harboring reservoirs. Manual cleaning and automated washdowns are easy and drainage is complete, while the potential for buildup of liquid contaminants is eliminated. The smooth, flat interior also minimizes bruising to contents to maintain product quality throughout the supply chain. The container comes with a top cover and long-wearing pallet base, each molded in one piece for strength and durability. The container and forklift-accessible base are joined as a unit by a one-piece, threaded plastic bolt and may be quickly detached by one person for easy cleaning. Its base may be removed and replaced without requiring a whole new container. Four-way lift access Stacks and nests Removable pallet base can be replaced without needing new container USDA/FDA-approved material

P-360

Model P-291 P-333 P-340 P-341 P-360 P-390

Capacity (cu. feet) 32 44 32 40 30 32

outside Dimensions (in.) 44 x 44 44 x 44 48 x 48 48 x 48 50 x 45 50 x 45

overall Height (in.) 33 44 30 46 36 39


2-4 Week Delivery

Weight (lbs.) 98 120 110 116 151 159

Price $286.61 $336.06 $360.52 $420.11 $516.13 $525.84

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

69

Totes & Containers


Wire Containers
Our Folding Wire Mesh Containers offer a combination of economy, flexibility and functionality, making them the most effective and efficient choice for the vast majority of material handling, shipping and storage applications. Wire containers provide visual access to inventory Resist damage and will not accumulate dirt or debris Helps eliminate storage fire hazards Can be stacked several containers high to save valuable floor space Low ratio of weight to cargo capacity means lower freight costs Gates Available - Top-half partial or full drop gate, bottom-half opening gate, full swing door gate, side gate, end gate or custom gate Dollies, casters, safety enclosures, horizontal and vertical dividers Standard or custom-built models, many sizes and styles available Styles Available - Collapsible units that fold for storage, rigid, foot base, and junior sizes. Many in stock All containers are standard with a double-drop gate

PriCing on stanDarD sizes


Model number WM-C2032161/21/2-11DSZ WM-C20321611-8DSZ WM-C324028222DSZ WM-C404830222DSZ WM-C404836222DSZ
2-3 Day Shipment

outside Dimensions l x W x H (in.) 20 x 32 x 16 20 x 32 x 16 32 x 40 x 28 40 x 48 x 30 40 x 48 x 36

Mesh size (in.) 1/2 x 1/2 1x1 2x2 2x2 2x2

Capacity (lbs) 1,100 1,100 4,000 4,000 4,000

Weight (lbs.) 50 50 120 166 183

Price $78.95 $78.95 $135.25 $180.39 $201.07

** Also available in junior size

rigiD bulk Containers

These bulk containers offer a choice of steel containers to meet your storage requirements and are bulked up to take on the toughest, most demanding storage tasks. Impact and fire resistant, theyre forklift friendly. With their solid steel strength, you can stack these containers four high fully loaded. Our General Purpose Bulk Container has a 4,000 lbs. capacity. Its unique design lets you stack plastic (HDPE) containers on top of it. Heavy Duty sizes are available. 4,000 lbs. capacity Common sizes - 40W x 48L x 33H Angle corner posts & nesting caps Solid steel Stacks up to 4 high Fire & impact resistant Corrugated panels for added strength Maintenance free Half-drop access door Ideal for over-the-road & rail transportation Powder coat finish

rigiD bulk Container (For Quantity of 25) .............................................................................................................................. $534.00 ea.


4-6 Week Shipment

CustoM Containers

Custom containers can be manufactured from samples, CAD drawings, and design (concept). As shown to the right, examples include rigid wire mesh containers, folding bulk containers, and parts specific racks. Heavy capacities Ability to produce 120 length sides Stackable, knockdown containers

** Call Bastian for custom container specifications and pricing

70

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Totes & Containers


CollaPsible Containers
Features Engineered for strength & smooth functionality Utilized in manufacturing, food & agriculture, petrochemicals, pharmaceuticals, textiles & clothing, publishing & other industries Containers are structural-foam molded of high density polyethylene Excellent structural properties & easy to clean Requires no surface treatment or maintenance One of the most recyclable forms of plastic Easy Forklift Access through beveled fork openings plus 4-way entry. Provides efficient cubing within truck trailers Quick sidewall replacement to retrofit containers for different height or door configurations Easy to collapse by releasing the autolock clips & folding down the hinged sidewall Containers stack for cost effective return shipping Standard Colors - Gray, Black or Blue. Custom Colors - Minimum order of 100 units. Call Bastian for custom color availability Other Options: Multiple access doors, bulk door, removable panel, lids, banding & security, molded-in card holders, and open grid base

Containers collapse simply...

Without the use of tools...

to just 15 high for space saving return.

Model number KD-3230-25 KD-3230-34 KD-4845-25 KD-4845-34 HD-4845-34

outside Dimensions l x W x H (in.) 32 x 30 x 25 32 x 30 x 34 48 x 45 x 25 48 x 45 x 34 48 x 45 x 34

inside Dimensions l xW x H (in.) 29-1/2 x 27-1/2 x 18 29-1/2 x 27-1/2 x 27 44-1/2 x 41-1/2 x 18 44-1/2 x 41-1/2 x 27 44-1/2 x 41-1/2 x 27

Collapsed Height (in.) 13.1 13.1 14.9 14.9 14.9

Capacity (lbs.) 2,000 2,000 1,500 1,500 2,500

Max. loaded stacked static 6 6 6 6 6 Dynamic 4 3 4 3 3

Weight ea. 68 85 114 127 136

Price ea. $251.60 $264.19 $318.38 $333.88 $333.88

** Quantity Discounts Available ** Call Bastian for custom color availability

oPtions & aCCessories

Card Holders

Lids/Covers
4-6 Week Delivery

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

71

Totes & Containers


attaCHeD liD Containers
Attached lid containers are available in many sizes and styles for shipping, picking, and storage. Attached lid containers are ideal for applications in retail/wholesale distribution, grocery, and general manufacturing. These containers feature: Patented interlocking fingers on lids for tight closure Stack & nest design for maximum space usage in trucks, storerooms, and on pallets. Reinforced design for exceptional strength in demanding applications Handle styles include ergonomic, closed, and open (varies by model) Easy-to-clean interiors Injection-molded HDPE construction resists impact, moisture, and chemicals Tie holes in both ends to further secure lids Identification areas for labels, tags. RFID and other identification systems available
Model AR20120702 AR21150902 AR21151202 AS21151202 AR21151700 AR24201202 AR27170902 AR27171202 AS27171202 AS28211502 AS34242012 Description Closed, Traction Bottom Solid, Textured Bottom Solid, Textured Bottom Solid, Textured Bottom Solid, Smooth Bottom Ergo Handles, Solid Bottom Solid, Textured Bottom Solid, Textured Bottom Solid, Textured Bottom Solid, Textured Bottom Solid, Smooth Bottom outside top Dimensions l x W x H (in.) 20 x 11.69 x 7.5 21.5 x 15.25 x 6.75 21.75 x 15.25 x 12.5 21.75 x 15.25 x 12.81 21.8 x 15.25 x 17 24 x 19.5 x 12.63 27.06 x 16.88 x 9.63 27 x 16.88 x 12.5 27.13 x 16.88 x 12.5 28 x 20.75 x 15.44 34 x 24 x 19.63 inside bottom Dimensions l x W x H (in.) 16.88 x 9.63 x 6.06 18.38 x 13 x 8.5 17.88 x 12.5 x 11.13 17.88 x 12.5 x 11.5 17.93 x 12.45 x 15.94 20.5 x 16.6 x 10.8 23.9 x 14.1 x 8 23.5 x 13.8 x 10.9 23.5 x 13.8 x 11.4 25 x 18 x 14 29.9 x 19.5 x 18.1 Weight (lbs.) 3.78 5.14 6.01 6.04 6.88 8.31 7.52 8.19 8.19 12.6 19 Capacity (lbs.) 40 60 60 60 60 80 80 100 100 100 100 Price $13.40 $15.54 $16.76 $20.12 $21.76 $24.84 $24.70 $22.56 $23.11 $43.69 $108.49

straigHt Wall Containers

These stack-only modular containers are ideal for closed loop shipping, in-process handling, and storage applications where the same containers are used throughout. Containers cube 48 x 45 and 48 x 40 pallets. Reinforced sides and bottoms enhance product protection Straight interior walls ensure an easy fit for protective dunnage Ergonomic design for manual lifting and loading safety and efficiency Interworking sizes allow mixed stacking on pallet Perimeter dust skirt on select sizes for added product protection Cross cube models allow easier interworking of different footprints Compatibility with other brands to expand your existing system Injection molded HDPE construction for impact, moisture, and chemical resistance Options - Lids, ID systems, dunnage, drain holes and cross-stacking bottoms
Model SW12070502 SW15120602 SW151208A2 SW15121002 SW24150602 SW241508A2 SW24151002 SW32150802 SW48150802 SL15120100 (LID) SL24150100 (LID) Description Solid Bottom, Sides Solid Bottom, Sides Solid Bottom, Sides Solid Bottom, Sides Solid Bottom, Sides Solid Bottom, Sides Solid Bottom, Sides Solid Bottom, Sides Solid Bottom, Sides 15 x 12 Lid 24 x 15 Lid outside top Dimensions l x W x H (in.) 12 x 7.5 x 5 15 x 12 x 5.5 15 x 12 x 7.5 15 x 12 x 9.5 24 x 15 x 5.5 24 x 15 x 7.5 24 x 15 x 9.5 32 x 15 x 7.5 48 x 15 x 7.5 15 x 12 24 x 15
** Quantity Discounts Available 1 Week Delivery

inside bottom Dimensions l x W x H (in.) 9.38 x 5.44 x 4.38 13 x 9.38 x 4.88 13 x 9.38 x 6.88 13 x 9.38 x 8.88 21.38 x 13 x 4.88 21.38 x 13 x 6.88 21.38 x 13 x 8.88 29.38 x 13 x 6.88 45.38 x 13 x 6.88 N/A N/A

Weight (lbs.) 1.2 2.3 2.5 3.5 3.7 4.1 5.3 5.6 7.5 N/A N/A

Capacity (lbs.) 60 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 N/A N/A

Price $4.91 $8.40 $10.28 $12.38 $12.92 $13.69 $16.33 $16.60 $21.07 $6.40 $7.53

72

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Totes & Containers


MoDular nesting systeMs
Modular systems meet shipping, work-in-process, and staging demands for heavy duty manufacturing applications. Two systems of containers designed to fit 48 x 45 & 32 x 30 pallets Containers stack, interwork within systems, cube their matching pallets Nesting saves return transport and storage space Attached lids snap tight to protect contents from contaminants Ergonomic handles allow safe lifting to protect workers and contents Automation-friendly for better handling efficiency Injection molded HDPE containers resist impact, moisture, oil, and chemicals Heavy-duty structural foam pallets provide durability for secure shipping. Systems meet AIAG standards for cube utilization
Model MA12110789 MA24110989 MA24111489 MA24191489 MA10090989 MA15080789 PN3230006VD PN48450733 Description System Containers System Containers System Containers System Containers System Containers System Containers System Pallets System Pallets outside top Dimensions (in.) 11.81 x 10.88 x 7.44 23.50 x 10.94 x 9 23.50 x 10.94 x 14 23.50 x 18.94 x 14 9.75 x 8.56 x 9 15 x 8.25 x 7.44 32 x 30 48 x 45 inside bottom Dimensions (in.) 8.13 x 8.38 x 5.50 20.19 x 8.44 x 7.13 20 x 8.25 x 12.13 20 x 16.19 x 12.13 6.81 x 6.19 x 7.16 12.13 x 6.13 x 5.75 30.5 x 28.25 x 5.25 45.63 x 42.5 x 6.75
** Quantity Discounts Available

Weight (lbs.) 3 6.1 7.6 11.1 2.4 3.1 30 56

Capacity (lbs.) 45 120 120 120 45 60 6000 6000

nesting ratio 3.1:1 2.64:1 3.11:1 3.11:1 2.77:1 2.29:1 N/A N/A

Price ea. $12.77 $24.65 $28.98 $36.40 $15.80 $13.61 $111.51 $150.38

Pallets
returnable PlastiC Pallets (CloseD looP)
Medium-Duty structural foam pallets are designed to handle a variety of food, manufacturing, and retail distribution applications. Medium-Duty pallets are available in 48 x 40, 48 x 42, 48 x 45, and 48 x 48 footprints. The pallets can carry evenly distributed dynamic loads up to 4,000 lbs. All models are available with solid and ventilated decks, and offer many options to add versatility to your materials handling. Four-way entry accommodates fork trucks and pallet jacks. Nestable Increase storage of empties by 50% 4-Way entry with 9 reinforced feet Lightweight design for safer handling Superior resistance to moisture, most chemical, and temperatures. Capacity: 4,000 lbs. (evenly distributed dynamic loads) Standard Color: Black
Description Dimensions l xW x H (in) 48 x 40 x 6 48 x 40 x 6.5 48 x 40 x 6 48 x 40 x 6.25 48 x 45 x 6 Price ea. $44.17 $60.03 $56.93 $88.08 $60.31
Meduim Duty Pallet with Three Runners

Nestable, Light Duty Pallet with Feet

Model number

PL4840060026000 PL4840073026001 PM4840060010013 PM4840063310010 PM4845060010002

Open Deck, No Lip 3-Runners, No Lip Closed Deck , No Lip Closed Deck , No Lip Closed Deck , No Lip

** Quantity Discounts Available

1 Week Delivery

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

73

Platforms & Structures


Modular Enclosures & Inplant Offices
(controlled temperature and noise levels) offices
Modular offices can give you unlimited flexibility to respond quickly and cost effectively to your ever changing business needs. These modular office systems are pre-engineered and manufactured to precisely fit your specific application. They can be completely dismantled, relocated, and reassembled.

Wall systems

Modular wall systems can be utilized for a wide variety of applications. From simple office partitions to sophisticated clean room walls, our modular systems provide portability along with structural soundness.

Modular pre-assembled buildings provide fast and affordable solutions for a wide range of applications. Rugged all-weather construction provides the perfect solution for providing employees, tenants, or customers with a protected area to wait, smoke, or work comfortably. other applications Cafeteria Break Room Training Room Administrative Office Shipping And Receiving Office Conference Room Quality Lab

shelters

Clean Room Computer And Engineering Lab First-Aid Room Plant Partitions Exterior Building Plant Formanes Office

Benefits Excellent Sound Attenuation & Thermal Insulation Equipment vs. Construction Depreciation (7 years vs. 33 years) Heaviest Aluminum Extrusions Best Fit and Finish in the Industry Panels are Precut, Premitered, and Labeled at the Factory features & options Quick and Easy Installation Vinyl faced panels with optional panel facings available - including steel or aluminum 100 PSF load-bearing clear spans to 30 feet Windows are full width 1/4 Tempered Safety Glass Window options include: acrylic, tinted, insulated, polycarbonate, wire glass, and sliding Doors with and without windows available in 20 ga. steel or vinyl-clad wood finish U.L. listed, pre-wired Modular electrical system The only True Sound Control panel systems Non-combustible panel systems available Heating & cooling systems and air circulation fans

Budgetary pricing
20 x 20 x 9 tall, 4 Wall system 12 x 12 x 8 tall, 4 Wall system (load Bearing capacity 125 psf) (non-load Bearing) 3 Wall System 3 Wall System 3 x 6-8 x 20 Ga. Bronze Steel Door 3 x 7 x 20 Ga. Steel Door With Glass With Glass 3 Windows Glazed With 1/4 Tempered Glass 8 Windows With 1/4 Tempered Glass Acoustical Ceiling 2 x 4 Grid Acoustical Ceiling 2 x 4 Grid 22 Ga. Painted Roof Deck, 12 Span 22 Ga. Type B Roof Deck 3 Recessed Light Fixtures 5 Recessed Light Fixtures 1 Switch Box Cover 1 Switch Box Cover 6 Outlet Box Cover 8 Outlet Box Cover 1 Circuit Breaker Box 4 Space 100 Amp 1 Circuit Breaker Box 4 Space 125 AMP Champagne, White, Or Gray Color 3/4 T & G OSB Subfloor Khaki, White, Or Gray Color price ........................................................ $4,712 price ...................................................... $14,870

** HVAC System, Finished Flooring, Permits, Taxes, Freight, And Installation Not Included. Modular enclosures are designed and priced per application. Please call Bastian for a detailed quotation and specifications. 10 Day Delivery

60

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Platforms & Structures


Mezzanines
With a mezzanine system, you can fully utilize existing overhead space and gain valuable working, office, storage or manufacturing areas at a lower cost than new construction. Also, you are able to put this space to work fast, with minimal interruption to your working floor area. Custom-designed mezzanines assemble quickly with the simplicity of erector set construction to form rugged, high-load-bearing overhead levels. Special steel components engineered for mezzanines lock together to form a strong, unitized structure. Heavy-duty columns provide rigid support, which eliminates obstructing bracing and provides maximum flexibility of movement and utilization of the lower level.Versatility of mezzanines offers a choice of optional accessories to match your needs, such as railings, stairs, landings, swing gates, sliding gates, types of decking and more. In addition, the structure can be expanded to meet future requirements. Thousands of custom mezzanines are in use today-in warehouses, industrial plants, institutions, retail stores and government facilities. This is an assurance that your Wildeck custom mezzanine will give you extra space at a moderate cost, with superior quality. A custom mezzanine system provides the most cost-effective mezzanine based on load, size, span or height requirements. Rugged steel construction provides all the strength and rigidity needed for more efficient office, production or storage needs.

Second Story Conveyor Operations

applications
Access Catwalk Clean Room Conveyor Support Dust Cover Equipment Garment Rail Lunch/Break Room Locker Room Manufacturing Offices Order Picking Recycling Robotics Security Enclosure Shipping/Receiving Sortation Storage Tool Crib Viewing

Bulk Storage Above Picking Operation

decking options

Roof deck & Resin board (see next page) - 20 gauge painted steel roof deck with specialty wood (straight edge or tongue & groove). Recommended for heavier traffic usage and in-plant offices. Can be painted or coated with moisture-resistant urethane. Bar grating - 1 x 1/8 painted steel bar grating (NAAMM). Open design for ventilation and/or fire regulations. Roof deck and floor plate - 20 gauge painted steel roof deck with 12 gauge unpainted floor plate. (painted or galvanized steel floor plate over roof deck is also available). Recommended where local loads could be abusive or where non-combustibility is required. Roof deck and specialty panel - 20 gauge painted steel roof deck with specialty panel (such as Skidguard or masonite veneer). Use where non-skid or harder surface properties are required. Roof deck and concrete - 20 gauge painted steel roof deck with lightweight concrete. For fire ratings and/or chemical applications. (Note: mezzanine is no longer de-mountable with this option). Specialty grating - Many fiberglass or plastic gratings available. Use where chemical or non-conductivity properties are required. 18 gauge galvanized steel roof deck also available.

accessories

Stairs

Landings

Rail Systems

Crossovers

Ceiling Supported Structures

Gates

mezzanine ordering information What is the clear height? What is the deck height? What material will be used for the decking? Will the mezzanine be up against a wall? What capacity is needed? What span is required? Will the construction of the mezzanine be I-Beam? What is the PSI required for concrete, if needed? What are the lighting requirements? Are sprinklers required? Is white decking under mezzanine neccessary? Will a gate, lift or other accessories be needed? What is the application?

standard mezzanine installed ................................................................................................................................... $22-33 / sq.ft. diamond plate mezzanine installed ........................................................................................................................ $27-38 / sq.ft. 800.937.3760 www.bastiansolutions.com 61

Platforms & Structures


Mezzanine Flooring
Mezzanine flooring panels have been engineered and developed to be the superior choice for distribution centers and material handling experts. Supports foot traffic and pallet jack live and dead loads from 1,500 to 4,500 lbs. Superior stain and scratch resistance Certified static control for electrically sensitive environments (ESD) Finishes for superior clean-ability and showcase appearance Specially designed tongue and groove to promote effective panel to panel wheel load transfers

grades

ld LD is a lighter duty, mezzanine flooring panel offering the durability, showcase appearance and maintainability of the ResinDek line. LD is the ideal warehouse mezzanine flooring solution for supporting live and dead pallet jack loads up to 2,000 lbs. md MD is a medium duty, mezzanine flooring panel that provides a durable, showcase appearance that is easy to maintain for years. With higher density wood fiber and resin content than LD, MD is the right mezzanine deck solution for supporting live and dead pallet jack loads up to 3,000 lbs. hd HD is a heavy-duty mezzanine flooring panel that features the durability, showcase appearance and maintainability of ResinDek. With even higher density wood fiber and resin content than MD, HD is the perfect flooring solution when your warehouse mezzanine floor must support live and dead pallet jack loads up to 4,500 lbs. xspan Xspan offers the look, maintainability and performance of ResinDek in a structural flooring system where a corrugated metal substructure is not required in certain applications. Xspan has been extensively tested and is capable of safely supporting 125 psf dead loads at 32 center supports and 2,300 lbs pallet jack loads without corrugated metal B deck*. Xspan is available in Clear Diamond Seal, Gray Diamond Seal and ESD anti static flooring. Variety of lengths, widths and tongue and groove configurations offered to fit custom aisles and storage rack applications.

ef All ResinDek mezzanine flooring panels can help contribute to LEED Credits in recycled content 4.1-2 MR Credit, regional materials 5.1-2 MR Credit. ResinDek EF can additionally contribute to LEED Credits in low-emitting materials 4.4 EQ Credit.

finishes

esd ESD panels with an Electro-Static Dissipative finish provide an outstanding static control solution for mezzanine floors, shelving systems and workstations. Protect electrically sensitive devices, such as laptops, barcode scanners, servo-drive motors, and pick-to-light systems. Eliminate expensive computer downtime caused by electrical static discharges. Prevent uncomfortable static shocks to employees with a grounded surface.

diamond seal Clear Diamond Seal and Gray Diamond Seal finishes: Outperform other products in withstanding gouge and taber abrasion tests. Have exceptional resistance to common stains and have been tested in accordance with NEMA LD 3.4 with 29 different reagents. Are more skid-resistant than other floor panels (coefficient of friction test data available upon request). Gray Diamond Seal and ESD are stock finishes. Clear Diamond Seal is available in truckload quantities.
panel name live/dead pallet Jack limits gray diamond seal LD MD HD Xspan EF up to 2,000 lbs. up to 3,000 lbs. up to 4,500 lbs. up to 3,000 lbs., 16 O.C* up to 1,500 lbs. finishes clear diamond seal esd unfinished price per sq. ft.

$1.52 $1.76 $2.06 $2.68 $2.09

** Price does not include freight or screws. All material is 4 x 8 (scant) T&G 2LE and includes Gray Diamond Seal * Actual allowable load varies with span, contact Bastian for more details ** Quantity Discounts Available

62

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Platforms & Structures


Conveyor Crossovers
Conveyor crossovers provide efficient and safe access over active conveyors. Custom designs are available. Quickly and safely cross over conveyor line Simple welded steel construction Step style, anchors to floor Also includes cross member to attach to conveyor for stability (not shown) Painted safety yellow Unique construction fit to your application Meets OSHA

Budgetary price ............................................................................ $550.00

Adjustable Platform Step


Platform steps can be used as either a comfortable worker platform or a semi-permanent step. Bring the worker up to the optimum working height with an economical platform. The serrated tread surface provides maximum traction even in wet applications. Lower step is 7 to 11 and upper step is 7 higher than lower step. Capacity is 500 lbs.

model

step size (W x d) (in.) 19 x 24 24 x 36 24 x 36 36 x 36 24 x 48 48 x 36 24 x 60 24 x 72

1st step (height) (in.) 6 to 10-1/2 6 to 10-1/2 6 to 10-1/2 6 to 10-1/2 6 to 10-1/2 6 to 10-1/2 6 to 10-1/2 6 to 10-1/2

2nd step (height) (in.) 13 to 17-1/2 13 to 17-1/2 13 to 17-1/2 13 to 17-1/2 13 to 17-1/2 13 to 17-1/2 13 to 17-1/2 13 to 17-1/2

third step (height) (in.) N/A 20 to 24-1/2 N/A 20 to 24-1/2 N/A 20 to 24-1/2 N/A N/A

Weight (lbs.) 25 40 33 51 38 62 44 47

price

ASP-24 ASP-24-3 ASP-36 ASP-36-3 ASP-48 ASP-48-3 ASP-60 ASP-72

$176.25 $241.88 $190.31 $252.19 $207.19 $263.44 $229.69 $284.06

Adjustable Work Platform


The Adjustable Work-Mate Stands, models AHW-L and AHT-L, are built easy for most anyone to use. Ergonomic matting deck style provides comfort for the operator who stands all day. Each leg screws in and out to easily adjust height of platform and level platform when used on uneven surfaces. Available with serrated steel or ergo matting (shown) surface, powder coat safety yellow finish, quickship program. Choose from 5 to 8 or 9 to 14 adjustments. Capacity is 500 pounds.

model

step size (W x d) (in.) 19 x 24 24 x 24 19 x 48 24 x 48 19 x 24 24 x 24 19 x 48 24 x 48

1st step (height) (in.) 5 5 5 5 9 9 9 9

2nd step (height) (in.) 8 8 8 8 14 14 14 14

third step (height) (in.) 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500

Weight (lbs.) 25 33 47 52 48 54 64 66

price

AHT-L-1924 AHT-L-2424 AHT-L-1948 AHT-L-2448 AHT-H-1924 AHT-H-2424 AHT-H-1948 AHT-H-2448

$159.38 $175.31 $226.88 $249.38 $185.63 $196.88 $234.38 $256.88

* More lengths and widths available. Please call Bastian for pricing.

2 Day Delivery

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

63

Platforms & Structures


Stock Picking Ladders
all direction ladder
Triangular pivot mechanism with three swivel casters creates a perfect plane, allowing this well balanced ladder to move in all directions. It moves laterally to fit in tight corners and close to shelves. Its rigid rear casters provide easy transition between different floor types.
model number PIP-6 PIP-7 PIP-8 PIP-6-30 PIP-7-30 PIP-8-32 PIP-9 PIP-10 PIP-11 PIP-12

Pivots in its own radius Unique five caster design 350 lbs. capacity, 14 deep top step Standard finish gray powder coat Easy to use foot pedal activated lockstep Abrasive mat tread standard or specify alternate tread Ships Knocked Down to reduce freight costs. EASY ASSEMBLY.
steps Width of step (in) 16 16 16 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 Base height (in) 24 x 49 24 x 55 24 x 61 30 x 49 30 x 55 32 x 61 32 x 68 32 x 74 32 x 80 32 x 87 height to top step (in) 60 70 80 60 141 158 175 188 205 220 overall height (in) 93 103 113 93 70 80 90 100 110 120 Weight (lbs) 110 125 140 124 103 113 123 133 143 153 g tread price $444 $474 $563 $483 $518 $595 $638 $695 $755 $806 r tread price $369 $395 $469 $402 $432 $496 $531 $579 $629 $672 p tread price $338 $361 $429 $368 $395 $453 $485 $528 $574 $613 x tread price $369 $395 $469 $402 $432 $496 $531 $579 $629 $672

6 7 8 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

G = Heavy Duty Serrated Grating

R = Abrasive Mat Tread

P = Perforated Tread

X = Expanded Metal Tread

standard stock picking ladder


Combines the benefits of a rolling safety ladder and a stock-picking cart 24 wide steps, choice of 14 top step or 21 deep top step 24 x 24 shelves: 2 shelves on 6 - 7 step models; 3 shelves on 8 - 12 step models Combined 600 lbs. capacity - 300 lbs. for the ladder and 300 lbs. for the storage shelves Standard finish is gray powder coat Expanded metal tread standard or specify alternate tread Optional 7 x 24 folding tray available.
steps Width of step (in) 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 Base height (in) 30 x 49 30 x 55 32 x 61 32 x 68 32 x 74 32 x 80 32 x 87 30 x 55 30 x 61 32 x 68 32 x 74 32 x 80 32 x 87 32 x 93 height to top step (in) 150 166 205 215 225 235 250 160 176 215 225 235 245 260 overall height (in) 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 Weight (lbs) 93 103 113 123 133 143 153 93 103 113 123 133 143 153 g tread price $505 $540 $617 $660 $717 $777 $828 $572 $607 $684 $726 $783 $843 $895 r tread price $421 $450 $514 $550 $598 $647 $690 $477 $506 $570 $606 $653 $703 $746 p tread price $386 $413 $471 $503 $546 $591 $630 $438 $465 $523 $556 $599 $644 $683 x tread price $421 $450 $514 $550 $598 $647 $690 $477 $506 $570 $606 $653 $703 $746

model number SPL-6-14 SPL-7-14 SPL-8-14 SPL-9-14 SPL-10-14 SPL-11-14 SPL-12-14 SPL-6 SPL-7 SPL-8 SPL-9 SPL-10 SPL-11 SPL-12

6 7 8 9 10 11 12 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

G = Heavy Duty Serrated Grating

R = Abrasive Mat Tread

P = Perforated Tread 10 Day Delivery

X = Expanded Metal Tread

64

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Storage
Tilted Shelving
Single Depth On-line Shelving
Pre-assembled frames Heavy-duty, rigid construction Each shelf level supports up to 1,000 lbs. Shelves are welded double box-style construction Available in 5 widths and two depths Height - 78-3/4 Can be used with casters in 60 height Supplied with foot plates for anchoring units to the floor Shelves adjust in 2 increments Frames are available in standard gray galvanized finish Shelves are available in standard gray Type G - Straight Shelves Type S - Tilted Shelves
item Decription Type G Starter Add-On Unit Shelf Kit Type S Starter Add-On Unit Shelf Kit 24 Depth 34 Width $655 $516 $75 $669 $529 $78 36 Width $634 $495 $71 $650 $510 $74 39.2 Width $660 $520 $76 $677 $537 $80 48 Width $707 $567 $86 $727 $587 $90 50.5 Width $729 $590 $90 $750 $611 $94 $791 $639 $98 $808 $656 $101 32 Depth 39.2 Width 50.5 Width $819 $667 $103 $840 $688 $107

DOuble Depth On-line Shelving


Improves Assembly line productivity Tilted shelves allow material to flow toward working area Two Bin Kanban Modular design Easy Installation Shelves adjust in 2 increments Type H - Double-Depth bay with a combination of straight and tilted shelves Type G - Double-Depth bay with double straight shelves Type Z - Double-Depth bay with double tilted shelves accessible from both sides Type S - Double-Depth bay with double tilted shelves
40 Depth 39.2 Width $1,115 $849 $116 $1,099 $832 $113 $1,132 $866 $120 $1,138 $871 $121 50.5 Width $1,216 $949 $137 $1,195 $929 $132 $1,237 $970 $141 $1,238 $972 $141 34 Width $1,200 $921 $128 $1,186 $907 $126 $1,213 $934 $131 $1,222 $943 $133 36 Width $1,153 $874 $119 $1,138 $859 $116 $1,169 $890 $122 $1,175 $897 $124 48 Depth 39.2 Width $1,194 $915 $127 $1,177 $898 $124 $1,211 $932 $131 $1,216 $937 $132 48 Width $1,292 $1,013 $147 $1,272 $993 $143 $1,312 $1,033 $151 $1,314 $1,035 $151 50.5 Width $1,330 $1,051 $154 $1,309 $1,030 $150 $1,351 $1,072 $159 $1,352 $1,073 $159 64 Depth 39.2 Width $1,456 $1,153 $170 $1,439 $1,136 $167 $1,473 $1,169 $173 $1,478 $1,175 $174

item Decription Type H Starter Add-On Unit Extra Shelf Type G Starter Add-On Unit Extra Shelf Type Z Starter Add-On Unit Extra Shelf Type S Starter Add-On Unit Extra Shelf

2 Week Delivery

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

43

Storage
Steel Shelving
Sturdy construction and quick assembly Adding modular drawers guarantees you secure organization of all your small parts Design for intensive use Shelves installed on the posts uses 4 compression clips, in 14 gauge steel 5 Shelves Capacities up to 1100 lbs.
WxD (in) 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 87 87 87 87 87 87 87 87 height (in.) 36 x 18 36 x 24 48 x 18 48 x 24 36 x 18 36 x 24 48 x 18 48 x 24 36 x 18 36 x 24 48 x 18 48 x 24 36 x 18 36 x 24 48 x 18 48 x 24 type open open open open closed closed closed closed open open open open closed closed closed closed Capacity (lbs) 800 625 575 600 800 625 575 600 800 625 575 600 800 625 575 600 Starter price $119.96 $134.24 $142.57 $160.36 $171.46 $194.87 $205.88 $232.80 $124.58 $138.87 $147.19 $164.98 $182.10 $207.68 $219.64 $248.72 Add-on price $95.73 $109.32 $118.35 $135.43 $137.14 $155.29 $171.56 $193.22 $98.05 $111.63 $120.65 $137.75 $144.43 $163.67 $181.96 $204.70 extra Shelf price $12.99 $15.57 $17.41 $20.68 $12.99 $15.57 $17.41 $20.68 $12.99 $15.57 $17.41 $20.68 $12.99 $15.57 $17.41 $20.68

Closed Shelving

Model number SHD1002 SHD1003 SHD1032 SHD1033 SHD2002 SHD2003 SHD2032 SHD2033 SHD1005 SHD1006 SHD1035 SHD1036 SHD2005 SHD2006 SHD2035 SHD2036

Open Shelving

** Heavy Duty Capacities also available.

MODulAr DrAWerS in Shelving


Sturdy construction and distinctive appearance Can be installed in over 35 brands of shelving on the market Several dimensions available Can use the same brackets for different dimensions 10 drawer heights and 7 side heights 400 lb. capacity per drawer

18 Height of Drawers

MODel A

24 Height of Drawers

MODel b

36 Height of Drawers

MODel C
price $593.40 $650.04 $764.11 $834.54

48 Height of Drawers

MODel D

WxD (in.) 36 x 18 36 x 24 48 x 18 48 x 24

Model A EC-1801 EE-1801 HC-1801 HE-1801

price $481.79 $526.89 $621.09 $677.30

Model b EC-2401 EE-2401 HC-2401 HE-2401

Model C EC-3601 EE-3601 HC-3601 HE-3601

price $816.99 $896.70 $1,050.53 $1,149.38

Model D EC-4801 EE-4801 HC-4801 HE-4801

price $914.07 $1,006.37 $1,165.39 $1,279.08

2-3 Week Delivery

44

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Storage
rivet lOCk bOltleSS Shelving
Combine shelving to form rows to maximize your storage area. Rivet lock boltless shelving is easy to assemble and requires no tools for assembly by simply snapping together without nuts and bolts. Roll formed steel frame shelves provide rigidity and strength. Double rivet beams on top and bottom provide a secure, interlocking connection. Shelves adjust 1-1/2 increments for added options. Extra heavy duty models are also available. Please call Bastian for pricing information on these models. Available in gray or tan baked enamel finishes Extra heavy duty models have double rivet beam on all levels
Wood

Laminate

Wire DeCk
Dimensions (W x D) 36 x 12 36 x 18 36 x 24 48 x 12 48 x 18 48 x 24 Deck Supports per level 600 600 600 500 500 500 60 height Model number RLH325W RLH385W RLH345W RLH425W RLH485W RLH445W price $87.83 $105.16 $121.34 $106.89 $126.54 $158.90 84 height Model number RLH327W RLH387W RLH347W RLH427W RLH487W RLH447W price $112.38 $134.34 $154.56 $137.52 $161.21 $201.65 96 height Model number RLH328W RLH388W RLH348W RLH428W RLH488W RLH448W price $115.27 $137.23 $157.51 $139.25 $164.10 $204.54 Addl Shelves Model number RSH312W RSH318W RSH324W RSH412W RSH418W RSH424W price $15.89 $20.51 $24.56 $20.80 $26.00 $34.09

WOOD DeCk
Dimensions (W x D) 36 x 12 36 x 18 36 x 24 48 x 12 48 x 18 48 x 24 Deck Supports per level 600 600 600 500 500 500 60 height Model number RLH325 RLH385 RLH345 RLH425 RLH485 RLH445 price $62.98 $71.65 $78.00 $73.38 $86.09 $93.03 84 height Model number RLH327 RLH387 RLH347 RLH427 RLH487 RLH447 price $80.86 $92.45 $100.39 $94.47 $110.65 $119.32 96 height Model number RLH328 RLH388 RLH348 RLH428 RLH488 RLH448 price $83.49 $95.34 $103.28 $108.92 $114.69 $122.20 Addl Shelves Model number RSH312 RSH318 RSH324 RSH412 RSH418 RSH424 price $9.53 $12.13 $13.72 $12.42 $15.89 $17.62

White MelAMine lAMinAte DeCk


Dimensions (W x D) 36 x 12 36 x 18 36 x 24 48 x 12 48 x 18 48 x 24 Deck Supports per level 600 600 600 500 500 500 60 height Model number RLH325L RLH385L RLH345L RLH425L RLH485L RLH445L price $69.34 $79.74 $88.98 $79.74 $92.45 $104.00 84 height Model number RLH327L RLH387L RLH347L RLH427L RLH487L RLH447L price $89.27 $102.56 $114.12 $102.42 $118.59 $133.18 96 height Model number RLH328L RLH388L RLH348L RLH428L RLH488L RLH448L price $92.16 $105.45 $111.23 $105.30 $121.48 $135.93 Addl Shelves Model number RSH312L RSH318L RSH324L RSH412L RSH418L RSH424L price $11.27 $14.16 $16.47 $14.01 $17.48 $20.37

2-3 Day Delivery

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

45

Storage
WiDe SpAn Shelving
Wire and wood deck bulk storage racks are space efficient to make maximum use of your storage area. Extra high, wide, and deep racks accommodate a variety of sizes and shapes. For use in retail, commercial, and industrial applications. Four side accessibility for convenient hand loading. Wide span shelving is easy to set up with snap-in pre-cut components. No nuts, bolts, clips or tools required. The sturdy roll formed steel framing provides maximum support. Frontto-back supports help prevent beams from rotating when fully loaded. Unique double button stud construction locks perimeter beams into corner posts, forming a secure joint, and eliminating back and side sway. Gray or tan chip resistant finish available 1-1/2 x 2-1/4 x 14 ga. steel uprights punched on 1-1/2 centers

Wire DeCk bulk rACk


Dimensions (W x D) 48 x 24 48 x 36 48 x 48 60 x 24 60 x 36 60 x 48 72 x 24 72 x 36 72 x 48 96 x 24 96 x 36 96 x 48 Shelf Capacity (lbs.) 1500 1350 825 1350 1200 675 930 865 565 900 900 900 Deck Supports per level 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 3 60 height Model number WR4245 WR4385 WR4485 WR5245 WR5365 WR5485 WR6245 WR6365 WR6485 WR8245 WR8365 WR8485 price $126.54 $147.34 $169.87 $159.47 $179.41 $223.61 $166.41 $220.43 $237.48 $250.53 $282.54 $340.04 84 height Model number WR4247 WR4367 WR4487 WR5247 WR5367 WR5487 WR6247 WR6367 WR6487 WR8247 WR8367 WR8487 price $135.21 $156.01 $178.54 $168.14 $188.13 $232.28 $175.07 $217.60 $246.14 $259.14 $291.21 $347.60 96 height Model number WR4248 WR4388 WR4488 WR5248 WR5388 WR5488 WR6248 WR6368 WR6488 WR8248 WR8368 WR8488 price $138.09 $158.90 $181.43 $162.36 $190.96 $235.16 $177.96 $220.43 $249.03 $262.03 $351.88 $350.44 Addl Shelves Model number WRS424 WRS436 WRS448 WRS524 WRS538 WRS548 WRS624 WRS636 WRS648 WRS824 WRS836 WRS848 price $35.82 $42.76 $50.27 $46.80 $53.45 $68.18 $49.11 $63.27 $73.96 $85.80 $99.96 $122.20

WOOD DeCk bulk rACk


Dimensions (W x D) 48 x 24 48 x 36 48 x 48 60 x 24 60 x 36 60 x 48 72 x 24 72 x 36 72 x 48 96 x 24 96 x 36 96 x 48 Shelf Capacity (lbs.) 1200 1200 1200 1400 1400 1400 750 750 1000 1100 1100 1100 Deck Supports per level 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 3 3 3 60 height Model number WD4245 WD4365 WD4485 WD5245 WD5385 WD5485 WD6245 WD6365 WD6485 WD8245 WD8365 WD8485 price $77.14 $167.72 $109.20 $98.80 $117.00 $138.67 $97.94 $118.74 $138.24 $162.36 $191.54 $216.68 84 height Model number WD4247 WD4387 WD4487 WD6247 WD5387 WD5487 WD6247 WD6367 WD6487 WD8247 WD8367 WD8487 price $85.80 $99.24 $117.87 $108.66 $125.67 $147.34 $106.60 $127.40 $146.91 $159.47 $200.21 $225.34 96 height Model number WD4248 WD4368 WD4488 WD5248 WD6388 WD5488 WD6248 WD6368 WD6488 WD8248 WD8368 WD8488 price $88.69 $102.13 $120.76 $110.36 $128.56 $150.23 $109.49 $130.29 $149.22 $162.36 $203.10 $228.23 Addl Shelves Model number WDS424 WDS436 WDS448 WDS524 WDS538 WDS548 WDS624 WDS636 WDS648 WDS824 WDS836 WDS848 price $19.36 $23.83 $30.05 $26.58 $33.80 $39.87 $26.29 $33.28 $39.72 $43.91 $57.49 $65.87

2-3 Day Delivery

46

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Storage
bulk StOrAge rACk
Designed for the hand-loading of intermediate weight bulky items, this versatile rack system can be used in hundreds of storage applications. In addition to storing cartoned merchandise in shipping and receiving departments, it can be used for display racking in furniture and department stores, for storage of medical and dietary supplies in hospitals and more. Heavy-duty 14-gauge steel beams included.

Add-On levels height (in.) Depth (in.) type no Deck Starter Add-on Starter Add-on Starter Add-on Starter Add-on Starter Add-on Starter Add-on Starter Add-on Starter Add-on Starter Add-on Starter Add-on Starter Add-on Starter Add-on 67201S 67201 67203S 67203 67205S 67205 67211S 67211 67213S 67213 67215S 67215 67221S 67221 67223S 67223 67225S 67225 67231S 67231 67233S 67233 67235S 67235 price

Starter 60 Wide racks Solid N/A N/A 67203SD 67203D 67205SD 67205D N/A N/A 67213SD 67213D 67215SD 67215D N/A N/A 67223SD 67223D 67225SD 67225D N/A N/A 67233SD 67233D 67235SD 67235D price N/A N/A $439.04 $391.26 $520.58 $470.33 N/A N/A $464.24 $412.58 $528.35 $474.20 N/A N/A $461.59 $402.54 $542.24 $481.15 N/A N/A $599.64 $530.06 $717.71 $644.78 particle 67201SP 67201P 67203SP 67203P 67205SP 67205P 67211SP 67211P 67213SP 67213P 67215SP 67215P 67221SP 67221P 67223SP 67223P 67225SP 67225P 67231SP 67231P 67233SP 67233P 67235SP 67235P

Starter with Solid Deck 70 Wide racks price $286.73 $243.86 $326.15 $278.38 $357.81 $307.55 $297.31 $249.15 $333.93 $282.25 $365.58 $311.44 $308.86 $254.93 $348.70 $289.65 $379.46 $318.39 $391.46 $329.73 $446.60 $377.03 $488.95 $416.01 no Deck 67301S 67301 67303S 67303 67305S 67305 67311S 67311 67313S 67313 67315S 67315 67321S 67321 67323S 67323 67325S 67325 67331S 67331 67333S 67333 67335S 67335 price $250.33 $207.45 $265.73 $217.94 $280.16 $229.90 $260.91 $212.75 $273.49 $221.83 $287.93 $233.79 $272.46 $218.53 $288.28 $229.21 $301.81 $240.73 $342.93 $281.19 $366.03 $296.45 $385.41 $312.48 Solid N/A N/A 67303SD 67303D 67305SD 67305D 67311SD 67311D 67313SD 67313D 67315SD 67315D 67321D 67321 67323SD 67323D 67325SD 67325D 67331SD 67331D 67333SD 67333D 67335SD 67335D price $402.40 $359.53 $497.61 $449.84 $597.93 $547.66 $412.99 $364.83 $505.39 $453.71 $605.69 $551.55 $424.54 $370.60 $520.16 $461.11 $619.58 $558.49 $548.21 $486.48 $660.55 $590.98 $785.61 $712.66

Starter with Wood Deck

particle 67301SP 67301P 67303SP 67303P 67305SP 67305P 67311SP 67311P 67313SP 67313P 67315SP 67315P 67321SP 67321 67323SP 67323P 67325SP 67325P 67331SP 67331P 67333SP 67333P 67335SP 67335P

price $322.71 $279.85 $366.06 $318.28 $408.86 $358.60 $333.30 $285.14 $373.83 $322.16 $416.63 $362.49 $344.85 $290.91 $388.61 $329.55 $430.51 $369.43 $439.45 $377.71 $499.81 $430.24 $557.01 $484.08

24 24 36 3 60 36 48 48 24 24 36 3 72 36 48 48 24 24 36 3 84 36 48 48 24 24 36 4 96 36 48 48

$223.93 $181.05 $236.54 $188.75 $246.23 $195.98 $234.51 $186.35 $244.30 $192.64 $254.00 $199.86 $246.06 $192.13 $259.09 $200.03 $267.89 $206.80 $307.73 $245.99 $327.11 $257.54 $340.18 $267.24

** All models above are welded units. Also available in 84 and 96 widths and 30 depths.

DiMenSiOnS fOr bulk StOrAge rACk When figuring floor space for these bulk storage racks, first add 4-7/32 to nominal beam length for width of single section, then add 2-15/32 to nominal beam length for each additional section. Then, add 9/16 to nominal depth of upright assembly. Also, Racks must be level and plumb and installed per assembly instructions. frOnt -tO-bACk SuppOrtS requireD
nominal beam Width 60 72 84 96 plywood particle board 2 3 3 4 Solid panels or Storage 1 2 2 2

CApACitieS Upright Capacity - 10,000 lbs. per pair Beam Capacity - 60 = 2,600 lbs.; 72 = 1,900 lbs.; 84 = 1,775 lbs.; 96 = 1,650 lbs. per pair Capacities above are maximum safe evenly distributed static loads per pair of beams with front-to-back support. Upright capacities are based on beam centers no greater than 36
1 Week Delivery

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

47

Storage
ADjuStAble Wire Shelving (With releASe)
Adjustable Wire Shelving is the most advanced and innovative wire storage system available. The unique Corner Release System, which allows shelves to be adjusted quickly and easily without tools, has been re-engineered to provide increased rigidity. Adjustable wire shelving is easy to assemble, easily adjustable, and has a maximum capacity of 2,000 lbs. Vertical space with the Super Adjustable Super Erecta wire shelving can allow an extra shelving tier to be added to the storage unit resulting in a 25% increase in storage capacity! Each kit includes components for one shelf; (4) wedges, (4) sleeves, (4) shelf releases. Many other post and shelf sizes are available. Please call Bastian for more information. AppliCAtiOnS Computer & Electronic Industries Restaurant & Hotel Industries Cleanroom Applications General Parts Storage OptiOnS Ledges Aluminum split sleeves Casters Security S hook Cantilever shelves Shelf Dividers Garment hangers with brackets Hanger rails & hooks Finishes - Chrome, Bright Zinc, and Metroseal II Color Finishes - Black, White, & Smoked Glass COnfigurAtiOnS

4 ShelveS, 63 pOStS, Super ereCtA - brite finiSh


Shelf length (in) 24 36 48 60 72 18 Wide Starter A316BR A336BR A356BR A366BR A376BR price $190.00 $196.25 $221.25 $250.00 $281.25 18 Wide Add-on AA316BR AA336BR AA356BR AA366BR AA376BR price $181.88 $188.13 $213.13 $241.88 $273.13 24 Wide Starter A516BR A536BR A556BR A566BR A576BR price $213.75 $223.75 $255.00 $298.75 $332.50 24 Wide Add-on AA516BR AA536BR AA556BR AA566BR AA576BR price $205.63 $215.63 $246.88 $290.63 $324.38

5 ShelveS, 74 pOStS, Super ereCtA - brite finiSh


Shelf length (in) 24 36 48 60 72 18 Wide Starter 5A317BR 5A337BR 5A357BR 5A367BR 5A377BR price $229.69 $237.50 $268.75 $304.69 $343.75 18 Wide Add-on 5AA317BR 5AA337BR 5AA357BR 5AA367BR 5AA377BR price $223.44 $231.25 $262.50 $298.44 $337.50 24 Wide Starter 5A517BR 5A537BR 5A557BR 5A567BR 5A577BR price $259.38 $271.88 $310.94 $365.63 $407.81 24 Wide Add-on 5AA517BR 5AA537BR 5AA557BR 5AA567BR 5AA577BR price $253.13 $265.63 $304.69 $359.38 $401.56

top Sellers
4-6 Week Delivery

48

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Storage
high DenSity StOrAge
flOOr trACk StOrAge Combine movable aisles and stationary end units to utilize all available space with Floor Track Storage. Mobile unit includes two stationary shelving units, specified number of mobile units, track sets, and connection hardware.

Ergonomic and Accessible - Positioned between stationary end units, mobile units glide easily along a low profile, aluminum and stainless steel track on grooved casters. The sloped sides of the track allow easy access to the Active Aisle.

High-Density Floor Track Storage can increase the storage capacity of a given area by 50%. Floor tracks compensate for rough or choppy floors and provide a smooth, level surface to guide the mobile units in a straight line. Shelving units assemble in minutes. The guiding floor track is easily positioned between two end units, which anchor the system and the guiding track to the floor. Easy to move and store heavy loads. Floor Track Storage units can hold up to 1,200 lbs. Double Deep configurations can be created where two systems are joined together to increase the overall depth of the storage system for even greater storage capacity. Metro shelving systems are offered in a variety of widths and lengths to fit into any size area.

24 x 48 ShelveS, 4 ShelveS per unit


Model number Dimensions (l x W x h) (in.) 136 x 50 x 79 172 x 50 x 79 196 x 50 x 79 220 x 50 x 79 244 x 50 x 79 268 x 50 x 79 Description number of Shelves 16 20 24 28 32 36 Weight (lbs.) 369 466 562 657 753 849 Active Aisle (in.) 31 40 38 35 33 31 track length (in.) 84 120 144 168 192 216 price

2448BR-2 2448BR-3 2448BR-4 2448BR-5 2448BR-6 2448BR-7

2 mobile units 3 mobile units 4 mobile units 5 mobile units 6 mobile units 7 mobile units

$1,869 $2,388 $2,873 $3,448 $3,934 $4,418

24 x 60 ShelveS, 4 ShelveS per unit


Model number Dimensions (l x W x h) (in.) 136 x 62 x 79 172 x 62 x 79 196 x 62 x 79 220 x 62 x 79 244 x 62 x 79 268 x 62 x 79 Description number of Shelves 16 20 24 28 32 36 Weight (lbs.) 441 556 670 783 897 1011 Active Aisle (in.) 31 40 38 35 33 31 track length (in.) 84 120 144 168 192 216 price

2460BR-2 2460BR-3 2460BR-4 2460BR-5 2460BR-6 2460BR-7

2 mobile units 3 mobile units 4 mobile units 5 mobile units 6 mobile units 7 mobile units

$2,055 $2,620 $3,152 $3,773 $4,305 $4,836

2-3 Week Delivery

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

49

Storage
tOp trACk StOrAge Top Track Storage combines movable aisles and stationary end untis to utilize the available space. The track is above the storage system allowing easy maneuvering in and out of the active aisle and easy cleaning of floors around the system.

Top Track Storage can increase the storage capacity of a given area by 30% to 40%. Allows better organization of stored goods and permits improved inventory control with one-stop delivery and pick-up. No floor track allows utility carts to easily roll into & out of the active aisle. The overhead track system guides the mobile units and opens an access aisle between any two units, whenever it is needed. Easy to assemble - Shelving units assemble in minutes. Tracks attach to support rails on each stationary end unit and above the mobile units. Weight capacities on mobile units are limited to 900 lbs. Stationary units hold up to 2,000 lbs. Choose the shelving type based on your application. Double Deep configurations can be created where two systems are joined together to increase the overall depth of the storage system for even greater storage capacity.

24 x 48 ShelveS, 4 ShelveS per unit


Model number Dimensions (l x W x h) (in.) 136 x 50 x 79 172 x 50 x 79 196 x 50 x 79 220 x 50 x 79 244 x 50 x 79 268 x 50 x 79 Description number of Shelves 16 20 24 28 32 36 Weight (lbs.) 369 466 562 657 753 849 Active Aisle (in.) 31 40 38 35 33 31 track length (in.) 84 120 144 168 192 216 price

2448BR-2 2448BR-3 2448BR-4 2448BR-5 2448BR-6 2448BR-7

2 mobile units 3 mobile units 4 mobile units 5 mobile units 6 mobile units 7 mobile units

$1,856 $2,613 $3,125 $3,735 $4,249 $4,760

24 x 60 ShelveS, 4 ShelveS per unit


Model number Dimensions (l x W x h) (in.) 136 x 62 x 79 172 x 62 x 79 196 x 62 x 79 220 x 62 x 79 244 x 62 x 79 268 x 62 x 79 Description number of Shelves 16 20 24 28 32 36 Weight (lbs.) 441 556 670 783 897 1011 Active Aisle (in.) 31 40 38 35 33 31 track length (in.) 84 120 144 168 192 216 price

2460BR-2 2460BR-3 2460BR-4 2460BR-5 2460BR-6 2460BR-7

2 mobile units 3 mobile units 4 mobile units 5 mobile units 6 mobile units 7 mobile units

$2,042 $2,845 $3,404 $4,060 $4,621 $5,177

4-6 Week Delivery

50

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Storage
Storage Cabinets
This one door manual, double wall cabinet is used to contain flammable liquids in protected storage. Available in single and double depth. All welded double wall 18 gauge construction with 1-1/2 insulating air space. 2 leakproof sill to contain leaks Lockable flush mounted handle (gripper pad) with 2 keys Door has 3 point locking system and radius edges Door is double walled, 14 gauge outside & 18 gauge inside 4 heavy duty welded hinges with brass pins Twin 2 flame arrester vents Adjustable leveling feet Powder coated yellow finish and safety signage in large red letters Galvanized steel shelves adjust on 2-1/2 centers Grounding connector. Meets OSHA and NFPA code 30 & UFC 79 standards Manual close door (opens to full 180) Chemical storage maximum - Class I & II - 60 gallons, Class III - 120 gallons Slim line width - 23 Single Depth - 18, Double Depth - 34
Model number BA12 BA18 BA24 BJ12 BJ18 BJ24 Door Closing type Manual Manual Manual Self Self Self Capacity (gal.) 12 18 24 12 18 24 W x D x h (in.) 23 x 18 x 35 23 x 18 x 44 23 x 18 x 65 23 x 18 x 35 23 x 18 x 44 23 x 18 x 65 # of Shelves 1 2 3 1 2 3 Weight (lbs.) 140 170 230 148 178 238 price $347.88 $421.20 $475.80 $402.48 $475.80 $530.40

SAfety flAMMAble CAbinet - MODel bA/bj

SAfety flAMMAble CAbinet - MODel bp/bn

This cabinet is available in manual, bi fold, & self close doors. The BP features double wall construction to contain paint and ink cans in protected storage. All welded double wall 18 gauge construction with 1-1/2 insulating air space. 2 leakproof sill to contain leaks. Lockable flush mounted handle (gripper pad) with 2 keys. Doors have 3 point locking system and radius edges. Doors are double walled, 14 gauge outside & 18 gauge inside. 4 heavy duty welded hinges with brass pins. Twin 2 flame arrester vents. Adjustable leveling feet. Galvanized steel shelves adjust on 2-1/2 centers. Grounding connector. Meets OSHA and NFPA code 30 & UFC 79 standards. Manual close doors (open to full 180). Chemical storage maximum - Class I & II - 60 gallons, Class III - 120 gallons
Model number BP48 BP72 BP96 BP120 BN48 BN72 BN96 BN120 Door Closing type Manual Manual Manual Manual Self Self Self Self Capacity (gal.) 48 72 96 120 48 72 96 120 W x D x h (in) 43 x 18 x 44 43 x 18 x 65 34 x 34 x 65 43 x 34 x 65 43 x 18 x 44 43 x 18 x 65 34 x 34 x 65 43 x 34 x 65
5 Day Delivery

# of Shelves 3 5 5 5 3 5 5 5

Weight (lbs.) 276 392 488 566 290 406 502 584

price $556.92 $692.64 $839.28 $996.84 $650.52 $786.24 $932.88 $1,090.44

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

51

Storage
SAfety flAMMAble CAbinet - MODel bM/bS
This double wall cabinet features manual or self close doors and is used to contain flammable liquids in protected storage. Available in single and double depth. All welded double wall 18 gauge construction with 1-1/2 insulating air space. 2 leakproof sill to contain leaks Lockable flush mounted handle (gripper pad) with 2 keys Doors have 3 point locking system and radius edges Doors are double walled, 14 gauge outside & 18 gauge inside 4 heavy duty welded hinges with brass pins Twin 2 flame arrester vents Adjustable leveling feet Powder coated yellow finish Safety signage in large red letters Galvanized steel shelves adjust on 2-1/2 centers Grounding connector Meets OSHA and NFPA code 30 & UFC 79 standards Manual close doors (open to full 180) Chemical storage maximum - Class I & II - 60 gallons, Class III - 120 gallons

Model number BM22 BM30 BM45 BM60 BM90 BM120 BS30 BS45 BS60 BS90

Door Closing type Manual Manual Manual Manual Manual Manual Self Self Self Self

Capacity (gal.) 22 30 45 60 90 120 30 45 60 90

W x D x h (in.) 34 x 18 x 35 43 x 18 x 44 43 x 18 x 65 34 x 34 x 65 43 x 34 x 65 59 x 34 x 65 43 x 18 x 44 43 x 18 x 65 34 x 34 x 65 43 x 34 x 65
5 Day Delivery

# of Shelves 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2

Weight (lbs.) 170 240 358 430 470 540 260 378 450 490

price $439.92 $485.16 $585.00 $684.84 $814.32 $1,243.32 $578.76 $678.60 $778.44 $907.92

All WelDeD StOrAge CenterS With tilt binS


MODel 1125 - 39W x 27D x 76h 4 full-width shelves adjustable on 3 centers 12 tilt-out bins per door Exclusive, easy access bins are removable MODel 1126 - 39W x 27D x 76h 2 full width shelves adjustable on 3 centers 16 removable plastic totes (8-1/4 w x 14-3/4 d x 7 h) 12 tilt-out bins per door Exclusive, easy access bins are removable

price........................................................................................ $1,172

price........................................................................................ $1,368

Model 1125 2-3 Day Delivery

Model 1126

52

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Storage
inDuStriAl quAlity StOrAge CAbinetS - 36 WiDe
Contemporary styling with flush fronts, backs, and sides Rounded front corners Three point door locking device Double doors swing full 180 to maximize access Pan type reinforcements maintain door alignment Quiet Door operation Durable heavy-gauge steel construction 180 lbs. shelf capacity Shelf adjustments on 2 centers Back corners are slotted for quick, easy adjustment on 2 centers Front corners are supported with clips that slip into slots in the upright member
WxDxh (in.) 36 x 18 x 78 36 x 18 x 78 36 x 18 x 78 36 x 21 x 78 36 x 21 x 78 36 x 21 x 78 36 x 24 x 78 36 x 24 x 78 36 x 24 x 78 36 x 18 x 78 36 x 18 x 78 36 x 24 x 78 36 x 24 x 78 36 x 24 x 78 36 x 24 x 78 # Of Shelves 4 Shelves 4 Shelves Extra Shelf 4 Shelves 4 Shelves Extra Shelf 4 Shelves 4 Shelves Extra Shelf Combinations/4 Half Shelves Combinations/4 Half Shelves Combinations/4 Half Shelves Combinations/4 Half Shelves Combinations/4 Half Shelves Combinations/4 Half Shelves price $445.85 $318.69 $24.67 $474.69 $327.19 $23.94 $491.45 $357.27 $15.72 $481.40 $376.02 $495.53 $387.34 $540.28 $422.26

Model number 1080 1081 1055-1 1000 1001 1050-1 1090 1091 1060 1088 1089 1010 1011 1098 1099

These big, 48 wide, 24 deep cabinets really function as storage closets, offering more capacity and reinforced shelves that easily handle big loads and big packages. The wide cabinet area and wider double doors present easy access to store and retrieve large boxes, bulky and ungainly materials or pieces of equipment. With all the features and construction details of the 36 storage cabinets, these big units are ideally suited for areas where no storage room exists, or space limitations require fewer cabinets to handle more items.

inDuStriAl quAlity StOrAge CAbinetS - 48 WiDe

Model number 1031 1033 1058-1

WxDxh (in.) 48 x 24 x 78 48 x 24 x 78 48 x 24 x 78

# Of Shelves 4 Shelves Combinations/4 Half Shelves Extra Shelf

price $517.79 $539.48 $50.26

AvAilAble COlOrS:

** Add the following prefix to the model numbers

Dove Gray (DD)

Wedgewood Blue (BB)

Putty (PP)

Black (KK)
2-3 Day Delivery

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

53

Storage
heAvy Duty All-WelDeD StOrAge CAbinetS
These heavy-duty 12-gauge steel cabinets provide protection for valuable tools and machine parts. These cabinets are built for rough and tough industrial use and often used for die storage. 12 gauge cabinet and 7 gauge legs 14 gauge shelves with up to 1900 lbs. capacity Shelf heights can be adjusted in 2 increments 3-point locking system includes a padlock hasp on the handle Dark gray finish
Dimensions (in.) OAh (in.) includes height of legs 66 78 78 66 78 66 78 66 78 # of Shelves Shelf Capacity (lbs.) 1900 1600 1900 1200 1200 1650 1650 1525 1525 Weight (lbs.) price

Model number

35-243 36-204 36-244 45-243 46-244 55-243 56-244 65-243 66-244

36 x 24 x 60 36 x 20 x 72 36 x 24 x 72 48 x 24 x 60 48 x 24 x 72 60 x 24 x 60 60 x 24 x 72 72 x 24 x 60 72 x 24 x 72

3 4 4 3 4 3 4 3 4

406 435 475 489 573 595 699 726 856

$629 $686 $714 $800 $865 $898 $962 $979 $1,154

DOuble-Shift CAbinetS

Double-shift cabinets provide two separate sides so two people can easily work out of one cabinet. Both sides are lockable. 12 gauge cabinet and 7 gauge legs 14 gauge shelves with up to 1900 lbs. capacity Shelf heights can be adjusted in 2 increments 3-point locking system includes a padlock hasp on the handle Dark gray finish
Dimensions (in.) OAh (in.) includes height of legs 78 66 78 78 78 # of Shelves Shelf Capacity (lbs.) 950 1275 1275 1600 1950 Weight (lbs.) price

Model number

36-DS-248 45-DS-246 46-DS-248 56-DS-248 66-DS-248

36 x 24 x 72 48 x 24 x 60 48 x 24 x 72 60 x 24 x 72 72 x 24 x 72

4 3 4 4 4

544 547 642 740 838

$823 $905 $970 $1,079 $1,158

CleArvieW CAbinetS

Clearview models feature clear polycarbonate windows for viewing items stored inside. 12 gauge cabinet and 7 gauge legs 14 gauge shelves with up to 1900 lbs. capacity Shelf heights can be adjusted in 2 increments 3-point locking system includes a padlock hasp on the handle Dark gray finish
Dimensions (in.) OAh (in.) includes height of legs 66 78 78 # of Shelves Shelf Capacity (lbs.) 1200 1200 1650 Weight (lbs.) price

Model number

45-LD-243 46-LD-244 56-LD-244

48 x 24 x 60 48 x 24 x 72 60 x 24 x 72

3 4 4

487 571 699

$1,050 $1,100 $1,255

2 Day Delivery

54

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Storage
Modular Drawer Cabinets
Modular drawer cabinets are sturdy and durable. These cabinets feature full width drawers that have a multitude of compatible accessories that allow syou to organize your storage space efficiently. These drawers are distinguished by the vast array of dimensions available, accessories, and its perfect modularity, but most of all, these cabinets are known for their durability.

feAtureS

400 lbs. capacity allows the drawer to be opened thousands of times without showing signs of wear Lasts three times longer than four major competing brands 100% opening for drawers New handle designed down to the smallest detail to make your work easier Lifetime warranty on rolling mechanism Choice of (12) cabinet colors and (3) handle end cap colors Powder coat paint finish

ACCeSSOrieS fOr CAbinetS


Vertical security bar to lock all drawers. Security panel blocks access between drawers. One-Drawer-at-a-time system prevents opening drawers simultaneously. Cabinet lock allows users to lock all drawers at the same time. Hanging side cabinet provides extra storage. Many different cabinet tops available for workspace. Many accessories for drawers available.

r5pDg-5804 Cabinet 30 W x 27 D x 60H, comes with 11 drawers, a central locking mechanism and a forklift base. (2) 3 drawers 20 compartments (4) 4 drawers 20 compartments (4) 6 drawers 16 compartments (1) 8 drawer 12 compartments.

r5Aee-4407 Cabinet 36 W x 24 D x 44H, comes with 11 drawers, a central locking mechanism and a forklift base. (6) 3 drawers 25 compartments (3) 4 drawers 25 compartments (2) 5 drawers 25 compartments

r5Aee-4409 Cabinet 36 W x 24 D x 44H, comes with 7 drawers, a central locking mechanism and a forklift base. (2) 3 drawers 25 compartments (1) 4 drawer 25 compartments (1) 6 drawer 16 compartments (1) 7 drawer 12 compartments (1) 8 drawer 12 compartments (1) 9 drawer 12 compartments

priCe ......................................... $1,368

priCe ......................................... $1,717

priCe .......................................... $1,194

2-3 Week Delivery

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

55

Storage

r5pDg-5806 Cabinet 30 W x 27 D x 60H, comes with 10 drawers, a central locking mechanism and a forklift base. (2) 4 drawers 20 compartments (6) 5 drawers 16 compartments (2) 8 drawers 12 compartments

r5bee-3010 Cabinet 36 W x 24 D x 30H, comes with 6 drawers, a central locking mechanism, 6casters, a laminated wood top and a side handle. (1) 3 drawer (3) 4 drawers (1) 5 drawer (1) 6 drawer

r5xhe-1001 Cabinet 48 W x 24 D x 38H, comes with 7 drawers, a central locking mechanism, 6 casters, a steel top with rubber mat, side handle, and a 14 wide hanging side cabinet. (4) 4 drawers (3) 6 drawers

priCe ......................................... $1,297

priCe .......................................... $1,960

priCe .......................................... $1,287

r5ghe-3801 Cabinet 48 W x 24 D x 38H, comes with 3 banks of drawers, a central locking mechanism, 6 casters, a laminated wood top, and a side handle. 48 wide drawers: (2) 3 drawers 20 compartments 24 wide drawers: (9) 4 drawers 20 compartments (2) 6 drawers 16 compartments (1) 8 drawer 12 compartments priCe ......................................... $2,752

r5jDg-5801 Computer cabinet 30W x 27D x 62H, comes with two adjustable shelves, a keyboard drawer, a keyboard riser, a bottom shelf, a glass door for screen, a single integrated door, and a recessed base priCe ......................................... $1,122

r5eke-5801 Cabinet 60 W x 24 D x 58H, comes with 3 banks of drawers, a central locking mechanism, and a forklift base. 60 wide drawers: (4) 3 drawers 20 compartments (1) 6 drawer 16 compartments 36 wide drawers: (4) 4 drawers 16 compartments (2) 6 drawers 16 compartments (1) 8 drawer 12 compartments 24 wide drawers: (2) 3 drawers 20 compartments (3) 4 drawers 16 compartments (1) 6 drawer 16 compartments (1) 12 drawer 6 compartments priCe ......................................... $3,688

2-3 Week Delivery

56

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Storage
Hazardous Material Storage
enClOSeD hAzMAt StAtiOnS
Enclosed HazMat Stations are complete with lockable hinged lid and doors for storing hazardous materials securely outdoors. Easy access to tops of drums Solidly welded steel construction for extended life Sump welds are 100% inspected with a low-viscous test to ensure leak tightness 66-gallon sump volumes meet EPA & UFC requirements Coated with durable, corrosion and weather resistant finish Removable galvanized steel grating for easy cleanup Four-way forkliftable
K17-35023

Model number

lxDxh (in.) 54 x 34 x 55 56 x 56 x 55

Shipping Weight (lbs.) 425 585

Capacity (lbs.) 1200 2400

Drum Capacity 2 4

price

K17-3502 K17-3503

$1,516 $1,935

Shelving (OptiOnAl)
Model number K17-3701 K17-3702 K17-3711 K17-3712 Description Half Width Shelf Package Half Width Shelf Adder Full Width Shelf Package Full Width Shelf Adder price $147 $87 $166 $103
K17-3502

hAzMAt StAtiOn xt Shelf SySteM


Self-Supporting shelf system rests on grating and provides efficiency and convenience when storing smaller containers. Painted steel frame supports heavy duty galvanized shelves. System designed to fit one, two, and four drum models. Each shelf provides a load capacity of 150 lbs (one drum model) and 200lbs (2 and 4 drum models). Standard system includes shelf stand and one shelf. Additional shelves available. Can be easily removed intact should storage requirements change. Ships knock-down; easily bolts together
lxDxh (in.) 42 x 30 x 79 84 x 30 x 75 36 x 28 Shipping Weight (lbs.) 320 430 6 Capacity (lbs.) 600 1200 120 Drum Capacity 1 2 price

K17-3852

Model number

k17-3810 k17-3820 k17-3829 (extra Shelf)

$929 $1,220 $64

K17-3854

3-4 Week Delivery

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

57

Storage
Steel Spill COntAinMent pAlletS
Spill containment pallets have a very rugged construction and are made of heavy gauge steel that provides the durability and security demanded in industrial applications. Designed for storing, dispensing, and transporting Secure storage - sumps are 100% tested and 100% guaranteed leak-free 66-gallon sump volumes meet EPA & UFC requirements High value storage durability steel provides extended life compared with poly construction Four-way forkliftable

Model number

lxDxh (in.) 34 x 34 x 18 54 x 34 x 14 54 x 50 x 10

Shipping Weight (lbs.) 195 205 270

Capacity (lbs.) 600 1200 2400

Drum Capacity 1 2 4

price

K17-3103

K17-3101 K17-3102 K17-3103

$279 $463 $529

ibC tOte Spill COntAinMent SuMpS


Safely store hazardous chemicals in Intermediate Bulk Containers (IBCs or totes) over a compliant spill sump. One and two unit designs offer you the flexibility to choose the right sump for your application. Sump of heavy gauge steel for extended life 385 gallon sump volume exceeds EPA and UFC requirements Sump welds are 100% inspected with a low-viscous test to ensure leak tightness Removable, galvanized grating for easy clean-up Coated with a durable, chemical resistant finish
K17-3122

Model number

lxDxh (in.) 53 x 72 x 28 60 x 53 x 33 120 x 53 x 20

Shipping Weight (lbs.) 550 585 700

Capacity (lbs.) 5,000 5,000 10,000

ibC Sump Dimensions (in.) 53 x 72 60 x 53 120 x 53

price

K17-3120 K17-3122 K17-3123

$1,136 $1,131 $1,492

Spill CArtS
Spill containment pallets can be equipped with casters (Two locking swivel and two fixed) and a handle for easy manual transportation of materials. A nylon transport belt is included to secure one drum. Solidly welded steel constuction for extended life Sump welds are 100% inspected with a low-viscous test to ensure leak tightness 66-gallon sump volumes meet EPA & UFC requirements Coated with durable, corrosion and weather resistant finish Removable, galvanized steel grating for easy clean-up Casters may be used with most pallets

Model number

lxDxh (in.) 34 x 34 x 40 54 x 34 x 40 34 x 34 x 40 54 x 34 x 40

Shipping Weight (lbs.) 300 340 250 290

Capacity (lbs.) 600 1200 600 1200

Drum Capacity 1 2 1 2

price
K17-3107

K17-3106 K17-3107 K17-3114* K17-3115*


* without grating

$675 $787 $597 $687

3-4 Week Delivery

58

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Storage
COntAinMent Shelving
Containment shelving is designed for storing small containers. Shelving is recessed for collecting drips and spills. These systems are perfect for any location where reactive or corrosive chemicals are stored: Lab, Storeroom, Factory, or Office. Shelving provides physical separation of materials Shelving made of durable galvanized steel Recess Depth 1-1/2 in. Steel uprights are coated with a corrosion resistant coating Tiers are adjustable in 1.5 in. increments Top shelf is affixed and offers no containment Shipped economically in a knock-down form

Model number

lxDxh (in.) 36 x 18 x 84 36 x 18 x 84 36 x 24 x 84 36 x 24 x 84

# of tiers 4 4 4 4

Shipping Weight (lbs.) 251 235 306 251

load Capacity per Shelf 200 200 250 250

price

K17-1103

K17 - 1103 K17 - 1108 K17 - 1105 K17 - 1107

$398 $340 $459 $398

CAgeD COntAinMent Shelving


Caged containment shelving provides security and spill containment for small volume containers plus the advantage of providing an unobstructed view of stored materials. Restrict access to sensitive materials with all-steel caging Doors are padlockable for extra security Shelves are adjustable in 1-1/2 in. increments 36 x 24 in. heavy-duty 11-gauge shelf pans rated for 250 lbs. each Galvanized shelves resist corrosion 1-1/2 in. recess collects small drips and spills and prevents shelf contents from being pushed off the shelf Open caged design allows a quick visual review of all stored products Bottom storage section does not offer spill protection Shipped fully assembled, ready for immediate use

Model number

lxDxh (in.) 36 x 24 x 87 74 x 28 x 87

# of tiers 4 8

Shipping Weight (lbs.) 533 812

load Capacity per Shelf 250 250

price
K17-3517

K17 - 3517 K17 - 3527

$398 $340

K17-3527

3-4 Week Delivery

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

59

Rack & Pick Modules


Carton Flow Rack
Carton Flow Rack sets the industry standard for quality construction, tough performance, valuable versatility and efficiency. Whether its a single-bay or a multi-level pick module spanning an entire warehouse, Carton Flow Rack will prove, in every aspect, why its consistently the industrys choice. Features and BeneFits Drop-in end members allow for quicker installation. Intermediate supports increase strength and safety. Tree section design of the shelf members provide positive connections of all track, guide and support members. Guide design with higher steel content enhances durability. Guide clips resist disengagement. Knock-down design provides significant freight savings, is easier to handle than welded designs and installs much faster. Adjustable impact zone option expands your range of applications. Standard steel-axle wheels provide enhanced abuse resistance, flow, as well as lower cost versus steel rollers. Carton Flow shelves can be ordered with stand-alone Carton Flow uprights, or designed to fit into any Interlake pallet rack system with openings punched in the sides of the uprights.

Wheel track and Guide enhancements Wheel track and guide enhancements ensure outstanding strength, performance and reliability. Each track features a connection to the shelf ensuring positive engagement and additional overall shelf strength and rigidity. Positive shelF connections Positive shelf connections feature a bolted design. The rigid connections of all shelf components and highly efficient knock-down design make for easier handling and significantly reduced freight costs. Installation is simplified with the drop-in feature of the end members. imPact Zone oPtion Impact zone option for applications requiring protection against loading abuse. Specially configured intermediate support device allows adjustment of track density in the impact zone. standard steel-axle Wheels Standard steel-axle wheels are ideal for applications demanding increased impact resistance and/or enhanced flow. Provides more than double the wheel strength and up to four times the abuse resistance of most other brands.

sqaure Frames carton FloW rack orderinG inFormation What is the shelf load? What is the shelf size? How many shelves per bay? What will the shelf tilt be? How many tracks per shelf? How many guides per shelf? What is the box dimension and weight? What is the upright type?

layBack Frames

BudGetary PricinG ............................................................................................................................................................................ $1.300


** Price reflects an 96W x 48D x 96H starter unit with 7 lanes per shelf

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

27

Rack & Pick Modules


carton FloW roller track
Carton Flow Roller Track is gravity driven. Product is loaded from behind onto sloped shelve sand easily flows forward to the picking position. Separation of the loading, restocking and retrieval aisles, allows pickers to operate more effieciently. Carton flow systems can grow into multi-level modules to take full advantage of vertical space and let the user maximize warehouse floorspace. Carton Flow Roller Track installs easily with no hardware and the damage resistant full-width aluminum rollers provide the flow you need in applications that are very active. Fully assembled units simply drop into the racking system with integrated brackets for slope adjustment. Once installed, the tracks rest below the beam level in the front for maximum storage and a useful product stop. The versatile units will fit into all pallet rack manufacturers products and will even install on structural racking with the use of an easy-to-install bracket. The integrated support bracket is pre-assembled on the roller units and will drop beams placed at varying levels to create a slope towards the pick aisle and promote smooth product flow. Split-case or full-case picking can be done by adding RhinoTrac units to any pallet rack application, and full pallets can even be stored above. Utilize the full vertical stocking space and improve efficiency by storing pallets and cases within the same bay. Features Carriage Bolt Tie Rods - 1/4 diameter carriage bolt tie rods allow for rapid roller replacement while holding side channels rigid and sturdy Brushing - Superior brushing design. Roller - 3/4 diameter aluminum diamond embossed damage resistent rollers. Side Channels - 2-1/2 high galvanized steel side channels for increased capacity Track Support - High strength, integrated track supports adjust to assure proper fit Compatibility with all pallet rack brands Easy installation - no hardware required Damage resistant aluminum rollers Galvanized side channels supported by heavy duty end-plates for constant impact loading Standard roller widths - 6, 9, 12, 15 Standard roller centers - 1, 2, and 3 on center oPtions Tilt Trays - Angle the product at the pick point for product visibility, ease, and worker ergonomics Knuckle Shelves - Angles the rollers over beam to place product in proper picking positionfor ease of use Box Stops - Add to the end of the picking position to ensure product stability

carton FloW roller track orderinG inFormation


OTB RECOMMENDED TRACK LENGTH = OTB - 7 FOR 2 1/2 OR 2 3/4 WIDE STEPS TOP WIDTH STEP

CLEAR BOTTOM WIDTH OTB RECOMMENDED TRACK LENGTH = OTB - 4 FOR 3 OR 4 CHANNEL BEAMS CHARGE SIDE

DISCHARGE SIDE

What What What What What What

track width and length is required? roller style is needed? size roller centers is needed? (standard, impact - charge end, impact - discharge end, impact - both ends) is the track capacity? is the bottom width, top width, clear, and step dimensions? is the channel beam dimensions?

28

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Rack & Pick Modules


Selective Pallet Rack
suPerPost
SuperPost is a closed tube option and is available in both Interchangeable and T-Bolt bolted connection pallet storage racks. Because it is a solid tube, it offers a much higher resistance to impact that is common in normal busy warehouse activity. Columns are automatically welded closed during the milling process and bracing is welded against the post for superior torsional resistance. Not only is it more resistant against abuse, but it also carries up to 35% more than an open section upright of the same gauge. For pick modules or warehouses that require a higher capacity upright, SuperPost is a more cost effective solution than heavier open section columns. BeneFits 30% - 40% greater load capacities than same gauge open back design uprights Over 200 times more resistant to torsional forces Cleaner - no areas to trap dust and debris Resists frontal impact five times more than structural columns

uPriGhts interchangeable - non-Bolted connection Interchangeable Pallet Rack is an interlocking design with teardrop-shaped punching on 2 centers along the face of the upright columns. Different locking connections are available including the patented Gravity Lock and various spring lock designs to hold beams in place securely and allow for easy relocation. Interchangeable teardrop upright columns will accept most industry standard interchangeable beams Manufactured with or without side holes Available in open or closed tube sections

t -Bolt - Bolted connection T-Bolt Pallet Rack is a rigid, bolted design that saves time and money as it does not require installers to reach inside the column.The T-Bolt head simply inserts through the beam connector and column and a quarter-turn locks it into place. It is easily tightened at the front of the post. This front-end-only connection offers the structural strength of bolting with the fastest installation in the industry. T-Bolt style uprights are punched on 3 vertical centers. T-bolt upright columns front-end-only connection allows for easy installation because you never need to reach into the column Extra rigid connection Available in open or closed tube sections

standard Beam ProFiles

duraBility add-ons Heavy duty bracing - can be welded on in the factory to help guard against abuse from pallets being placed in the racking. Sloped-leg uprights have a front leg that is set back from the aisle protecting the bottom section of the front post from damage in heavy forklift traffic Double column uprights provide superior abuse resistance and offer added capacity to the frame. Available in front post only or front/rear posts Straddle protectors are designed specifically for reach trucks or applications where damage occurs within the first 6 of the frame height. Wood-filled columns are unarcos own patented system of inserting a specially slotted hardwood insert into the column. Wood absorbs the shock of impact and limits column damage.

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

29

Rack & Pick Modules


Interack-30 of roll formed selective pallet rack products provides efficient use of space and immediate access to every load stored. With the industrys largest selection of sizes, gauges and accessories, Selective Pallet Rack is the right solution for most every storage need. The foundation of the Interlake rack system is its unparalleled beam-to-upright connection and automatic locking device. The stud design and column punching draw tighter together under load to create the industrys most sturdy and secure connection while maximizing system capacity. The proprietary beam-to-upright locking system engages automatically upon beam seating, facilitating installation and re-profiling, while protecting against accidental beam release. The piston lock is damage and tamper resistant, and stays snugly in place during use. Features and BeneFits Immediate access to every load provides efficient use of floor space and minimizes load/unload time. Automatic beam to frame locking device reduces installation time, facilitates re-profiling and protects against accidental disengagement. Patented beam to frame connection combines high capacity with the most rigid and secure rack system in the industry. Designed to exceed the most current RMI (Rack Manufacturers Institute) specifications for maximum safety. A wide variety of sizes, gauges and accessories to custom-fit any application. standard Beam ProFiles

interack-30

accessories Flanged Crossbar Roll-In Crossbar for Slotted Beams Galvanized Row Spacer Column Splice Concrete Anchor Column Protectors 90 Defender Base S-Defender Base

uPriGht sPeciFications Standard color - Vista green Overall Height - Available in 2 vertical increments from 4 to 30 tall. Overall Depth - Available in 2 wide increments from 20 to 72 deep. Construction - Cold roll-formed, high strength steel with 55,000 PSI minimum yield strength. 2 vertical centers - No dead spots. Freedom in beam placement.

selective Pallet rack orderinG inFormation What are the dimensions of the pallets being used? What is the average load wieght? What is the dimensions of the load being stored? What frame type is required? (welded, bolted, or structural) What type of beam is required? (roll formed or structural) What beam length is required? How many pallets per beam is needed? How many beam levels per bay will there be? What is the verticl beam spacing? How many pallets deep is needed?

30

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Rack & Pick Modules


selective Pallet rack PricinG
All items below are available through the quick ship program, which ships within 48 hours. These items are the most commonly used pallet rack components. The quick ship program offers over 50 products to chose from. There is no minimum order size and there are flexible freight options from five strategically located distribution centers. Other sizes available through quick ship that are not listed below. Please call Bastian for more details. roll-Formed Beams, slotted steP, Painted oranGe
section IB32EH04800RCA4000 IB32EH09600RCA4000 IB36EH09600RCA4000 IB40EH09600RCA4000 IB47EH09600RCA4000 IB50EH09600RCA4000 IB50EH10800RCA4000 IB50EH12000RCA4000 IB59EH14400RCA4000 length (in.) 48 96 96 96 96 96 108 120 144 Weight (lbs.) 12.20 21.80 23.70 24.70 27.60 27.60 30.70 33.80 45.80 capacity (lbs.) 6590 3230 4130 5030 3370 7160 6420 5630 5970 Price $13.96 $21.07 $21.82 $22.64 $24.47 $24.95 $27.30 $29.48 $39.99

* Capacity valid when connected to uprights

roll-Formed Welded Frames


Part number IE025F09636G000000 IE025F09642G000000 IE025F09648G000000 IE025F12042G000000 IE025F14442G000000 IE025F14448G000000 IE025F19242G000000 IE075F14442G000000 IE075F19242G000000 IE075F21642G000000 IE075F24042G000000 column dimensions (in.) 3 x 1-5/8 3 x 1-5/8 3 x 1-5/8 3 x 1-5/8 3 x 1-5/8 3 x 1-5/8 3 x 1-5/8 3x3 3x3 3x3 3x3 dimensions (in.) (h x d) 96 x 36 96 x 42 96 x 48 120 x 42 144 x 42 144 x 48 192 x 42 144 x 42 192 x 42 216 x 42 240 x 42 Weight (lbs.) 50 53 55 62 77 80 102 96 126 141 157 capacity (lbs.) 19,300 19,300 19,300 19,300 19,300 19,300 19,300 30,600 30,600 30,600 30,600 Price $60.81 $62.31 $63.92 $69.20 $83.58 $85.74 $111.36 $92.79 $121.77 $134.19 $159.76

* Capacity listed at 48 maximum vertical shelf spacing

Pallet rack accessories


Part number IA501S00600Z000000 IA501S01200Z000000 IA025B03600Z000000 IA025B04200Z000000 IA025B04800Z000000 IA575L02400R000000 IHASB10001DP000000 IHASB10041DP000000 IHAAH10094DP000000 Weight (lbs.) 1 2 4 5 5 3 0.3 0.5 0.3 item type 6 spacer 12 row spacer 36 roll-in crossbar 42 roll-in crossbar 48 roll-in crossbar 24 column sheild 25F shim 75F shim 1/2-13 x 3-3/4 anchor Price $2.67 $3.38 $4.24 $4.86 $5.47 $10.76 $0.22 $0.29 $0.62

* Includes material handling hardware

** Price may vary due to increasing steel surcharges. Please call Bastian for more information. 2 Day Delivery

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

31

Rack & Pick Modules


Rack Decking
Wire mesh rack deckinG
Constructed of cold-drawn steel, wire mesh rack decking goes up fast and lasts and lasts. Whether youre upgrading an existing storage system or creating a new one, its no-nuts/nobolts assembly makes for fast no-nonsense installation. Its steel is protected by an oven-baked, gray enamel paint finish for years of maintenance-free use. Ideally suited for facilities with sprinkler systems, wire mesh rack decking meets all fire and safety regulations. The mesh design keeps items from falling through the rack system and it lets you quickly perform visual inventory checks. The steel mesh provides greater structural strength than other materials without providing a resting place for dust and dirt. Features Economical Virtually maintenance-free Open design for quick visual inventory checks Quickly upgrade existing system or create a new one Meets fire and safety requirements Criss-cross mesh design keeps items from falling through Lightweight Easy installation. No hardware needed, just drop in accessories & sPecial desiGns Accessories are economical options that allow storage separation and can also prevent product from falling off rack when used as a backstop.
Beam Dimensions
A Diagram "A" A C B D C B B C D Diagram "B" A

DECK TYPE "A" Step Beam Application

DECK TYPE "B" Box Beam Application

Wire Mesh Hanging Dividers - These dividers are easy to install. They simply hang from the wire decking on the rack level above. Clip-on Dividers - Clip-on dividers are also easy to install. With the tap of a mallet, the clips slip tightly and securely over the wire.

Wire mesh sPecial deckinG desiGns Heavy-duty channels will give your wire decking greater capacity strength (+6000 lbs. loads) Metal strips can be added to your wire decking for heavy, point-loaded applications A reverse waterfall can be added on the back of your wire deck to create a backstop Deck extensions or additional decking can bridge spaces between rack systems for added storage space Turn U-Channel upside down to eliminate dust standard siZe PricinG
Wire mesh rack decking for Box / structural Beams (2-1/2 x 4 mesh Pattern) deck size (in.) (d x W) 36 x 46 36 x 52 36 x 58 42 x 46 42 x 52 42 x 58 48 x 46 48 x 52 48 x 58 capacity * (lbs.) 2,600 2,600 2,600 2,500 2,500 2,500 2,400 2,400 2,400 Weight/deck (lbs.) 19.2 20.7 21.9 23.5 25.2 26.5 33.2 35.1 36.6 Price $21.90 $23.54 $24.72 $26.48 $28.27 $29.72 $36.36 $38.52 $40.01 Wire mesh rack decking for 1-5/8 step Beams (2-1/2 x 4 mesh Pattern) deck size (in.) (d x W) 36 x 46 36 x 52 36 x 58 42 x 46 42 x 46 42 x 52 42 x 52 42 x 58 44 x 46 44 x 52 48 x 46 48 x 46 48 x 52 capacity (lbs.) 2,500 2,500 2,500 2,000 2,500 2,000 2,500 2,500 2,400 2,400 2,000 2,500 2,000 2,500 2,500 Weight/deck (lbs.) 17.2 18.7 19.9 19.8 21.2 21.5 22.9 24.2 22.4 24.2 22.8 25.9 24.7 27.9 29.4 Price $19.66 $21.25 $22.43 $21.97 $23.15 $23.74 $24.98 $17.74 $24.58 $26.37 $24.87 $28.24 $26.96 $30.33 $31.82

4-5 Day Shipment for quantities of 499 or less * Capacity is based on loads that are static and uniformly distributed over the entire surface of the rack deck and within the allowable load capacity range. ** Quantity discounts available

rack deck orderinG inFormation 32 What is the Rack type? What is the load beam length? What is the maximum capacity per pair? What is the beam type? What is the beam to beam depth? Is a standard or flushfit deck required? Is a waterfall required? If so, would it be inside or outside? What is the length? What is the load per deck? 800.937.3760

48 x 52 48 x 58

2-3 Day Shipment for quantities of 750 or less * Capacity is based on loads that are static and uniformly distributed over the entire surface of the rack deck and within the allowable load capacity range.

www.bastiansolutions.com

Rack & Pick Modules


Pallet Flow Rack
For pallet storage solutions with a first-in/first-out flow, look to Interlakes pallet flow rack systems. Pallets are loaded at one end of the rack and glide effortlessly and safely to the other, making full use of the storage space available and ensuring the faces along the picking aisle are stocked. These heavy-duty systems are designed for years of trouble-free operation with rugged load-bearing wheels and a patented braking system that eliminates the hassles of electrical or pneumatic braking devices. Inventory turnover is quick and efficient, whether youre moving merchandise strictly on pallets or as part of an order picking system. An infinite variety of layouts are possible with pallet flow storage depending on the individual flow rates and order picking requirements. Order picking can be accomplished through inner sections or at the end of the system. Stations can be positioned at different levels. Every phase of your operation is considered to provide you with the most efficient tailor-made system possible. Features and BeneFits No mechanical equipment or manpower is needed to move loaded pallet to the exit end Produces an almost solid volume of usable storage space Provides savings in space, manpower, utilities First-in/first-out is beneficial in the storage of a perishables

Pallet FloW systems A first-in/first-out retrieval system, pallet flow storage can double or triple capacity compared to drive-in or conventional pallet rack. Its ideal for freezer warehouses, food distribution centers, or for storage of highvolume consumer goods. If your operation involves a significant amount of pallet or carton order picking, pallet flow can save you time, warehouse space and money. Pallet flow is designed to satisfy an order quantity mix that requires unit load picking and broken unit load picking of both fast and slow moving items, with less than 100 different items at a high through-put.

2 deeP ............................................................................................................................................................... $165 Per Pallet Position 3+ deeP ............................................................................................................................................................. $300 Per Pallet Position
** Rack priced per pallet position including floor positions, assumption of 4-5 pallet levels high, standard 48 x 40 pallets with maximum load of 2,500 lbs. per pallet, structural or roll formed steel

Pallet FloW rack orderinG inFormation What What What What What is the clear height and clear area in building? are the dimensions and weight of the load? are the dimensions and weight of the pallet? type of frame is required? (welded, bolted, structural) type of beam is required? (Roll Formed, Structural) What is the Beam length? How many pallets will there be per beam? Number of beam levels per bay? Vertical beam spacing? Number of Pallets Deep?

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

33

Rack & Pick Modules


Cantilever Rack
Cantilever rack is a solution for storing long or bulky items like carpet rolls, furniture, lumber, tubing, textiles, piping, and other long items. With no aisle uprights to limit the use of horizontal space, cantilever offers a practical solution for the storage of even the most difficult to store items. Available in roll formed and structural steel designs.

roll Formed

The Lok-Joint features a pin locking system that provides the strongest, safest arm-locking method in the industry. When the arm pins engage in the column slots, the connection gets stronger when the rack is loaded (within allowable limits). Arms are quickly adjustable up or down in 3-inch intervals and can be easily removed or replaced.

structural

This multilevel, high density storage system is designed and engineered to offer superior strength, stability and safety. Bases and arms are bolted directly to the cantilever uprights to provide a simple, yet extremely strong and safe storage rack system. The bracing system is pre-punched and factory welded in proper place. Arms are vertically adjustable every 4 for maximum versatility, and all components are treated with a durable powder coat paint finish for unsurpassed aesthetics and resistance to scratches. Optional pipe stops are available to help keep loose loads securely in place. 8 heiGht sinGle sided (Four sets oF arms) ....................................................................................................................................... $480 - $730 douBle sided (eiGht sets oF arms) ................................................................................................................................... $730 - $960 12 heiGht sinGle sided (six sets oF arms) ........................................................................................................................................... $670 - $900 douBle sided (tWelve sets oF arms) ......................................................................................................................... $1,150 - $1,400 16 heiGht sinGle sided (eiGht sets oF arms) ................................................................................................................................. $1,050 - 1,500 douBle sided (sixteen sets oF arms) ........................................................................................................................ $1,900 - $2,130
** Price is based upon an 8 wide bay.

Stack Rack
Stack racks are durable, portable, collapsible, shippable, low cost stacking racks that reduce costly product damage associated with bulk stacking, offers better space utilization, product identification and easier handling of product. Portable stacking racks combine the unit load capabilities of a pallet and high density stacking without load-on-load contact. Capacities of 2,000 to 4,000 lbs. per rack Available with either 2 sided or 4 sided fork lift entry Selection of 28 different post heights (16 to 48) Selection of 3 rack base styles (open, wood, steel) in 15 different sizes Selection of 4 rack base additions including casters, fork stirrups, skids or beam rests Selection of 6 different deck styles Selection of 6 accessories to improve efficiency, including 4 vertical post options, shelf angles for multi-layering of flat products needing separation and a transport cart matched to any base selected End and side frames also available

Frames For Wood Pallets ....................................................................................................................................................... $60 - $100 With steel Pallet Bases .......................................................................................................................................................... $90 - $160
** Price above is based upon 2,000 lb. capacity per frame, to stack 5 high

34

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Rack & Pick Modules


Push Back Rack
Push Back systems are for high-density, multiple-product storage situations. Its designed to optimize the use of your storage area while still combining excellent selectivity and a maintenance-free design. As each pallet is loaded, its placed on a free-rolling carriage that is literally pushed back into the system by loading additional pallets. When unloading, gravity moves the pallets forward to the aisle on the telescoping carriages, eliminating the need for reaching or driving into the rack. Everything can be accessed from a single aisle in a first-in/last-out arrangement, minimizing space requirements and maximizing the number of picking faces. Push-back systems are available in two-, three-, four-, or five-deep pallet configurations. Designed to streamline the storage and retrieval process in warehouses and distribution centers that experience high throughput turnover, Push Back Rack provides more picking faces and requires fewer aisles.

Features and BeneFits


Uprights provide the ideal frame work for push back systems. Exceptional space utilization allows for efficient storage and facilitates product accessibility. High selectivity of multiple SKU storage results in increased throughput. Structural cart construction maintains cleanliness and is great for food storage applications. Gravity moves loads to the aisle for increased accessibility. A wide variety of options and configurations assures a system that can be optimally designed for your unique application.

sPeciFications

Tracks - 3 structural channel Pallet cart capacity - 3,000 lbs. Per pallet Standard pallet widths - 40 in, 42 and 48, others optional Standard pallet length - 48, others optional Finish - powder coated paint for durability $135.00 $160.00 $180.00 $200.00

2 3 4 5

deeP deeP deeP deeP

........................................................................................................................................................................................ $95.00 ...................................................................................................................................................................................... $130.00 ...................................................................................................................................................................................... $150.00 ...................................................................................................................................................................................... $175.00

** Rack priced per pallet position including floor positions, assumption of 4-5 pallet levels high, standard 48 x 40 pallets with maximum load of 2,500 lbs. per pallet, structural or roll formed steel

Drive-In/Drive-Thru Rack
Drive-In / Drive-Thru rack is a unique storage solution. Loads are densely stored in lanes several positions deep, and lift equipment actually enters the rack structure in order to store and retrieve them. Drive-In/ Drive-Thru rack is ideally suited to operations where a large quantity of relatively few SKUs are stored. Overall square footage needs can be reduced by 35% or more as compared to standard selective rack. This allows for significantly reduced building costs for a new facility or for storage of a greater number of pallet loads in an existing warehouse. Drive-In/Drive-Thru rack may be designed specifically for your needs, in a multitude of heights and depths, and with a wide variety of components. A Drive-In rack structure contains a common entry and exit point for each storage bay. Drive-Thru features access to a storage bay on both the front and back of the bay. Also available in structural steel.

Features and BeneFits


The highest density storage solution available, and the ideal solution for large volume storage of like product. Welded frame construction delivers high rigidity and strength. High storage density reduces space costs and holds more loads. A wide variety of available components allows use of either roll formed or structural components with many arm and rail combinations. Designed with safety as a primary concern, along with functionality, looks and long life.

drive-in (2 deeP) .................................................................................................................................................................. $70.00 - $100.00 drive-in (3 deeP) .................................................................................................................................................................... $60.00 - $90.00 drive-in (4+ deeP) .................................................................................................................................................................. $50.00 - $80.00 drive-thru (2 deeP) ........................................................................................................................................................... $75.00 - $115.00 drive-thru (3 deeP) ........................................................................................................................................................... $65.00 - $105.00 drive-thru (4+ deeP) ........................................................................................................................................................... $55.00 - $95.00
** Rack priced per pallet position including floor positions, assumption of 4-5 pallet levels high, standard 48 x 40 pallets with maximum load of 2,500 lbs. per pallet, structural or roll formed steel

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

35

Rack & Pick Modules


Picking Technologies
Bastian prides itself on being a single source for the integration of picking technologies. Through years of practical experience we have learned how best to deploy specific technologies to meet your business requirements. Learn more about the picking technologies that can best support your requirements.

BeneFits oF PickinG technoloGies over PaPer Based systems


Real-time information on order progress and status Faster, more efficient picking operations with a reduction in the labor required Fewer picking errors leading to greater customer satisfaction

Which technoloGy is Best For your aPPlication?


Consider the investment cost, productivity and pick density (picks per unit of travel). Keep in mind that a single picking technology may not be the best solution for your operation. Many facilities use a combination of several picking technologies to meet their business needs. Below is a chart explaining the different operations of each picking technology. Picking technologies can be integrated with existing ERP/WMS applications or as a part of the Exacta Suite of supply chain software. rules oF thumB

Pick to light (Ptl) setup - One device per locations - Easy to install/reconfigure - Needs a separate link box (communication and power hub for every 100 devices) - Hands Free - Does not require daily maintenance - Simple training involved - Easy reconfiguration and expansion - Normal view angle - Quick replacement of bad devices - Throughput 300 to 450 lines per person hr - Operators do not have to look for a pick location - Scalable implementations - Used in picking and put operations - Adjustable pick quantities

Pick to display (Ptd) - One device every 2 locations (above and below device) - Easy to install - Device itself act as communication hub - Wider view angle - Fewer devices cause less maintenance - Quick replacement of devices - Small Dimensions - Easy reconfiguration and expansion - Voice option with devices - Throughput 300 to 450 lines per person hr - Adjustable pick quantities - Ability to withstand rugged working conditions - Increases picking accuracy and efficiencies - Adjustable display light intensity - Ability to show product images - Self test/diagnosis capability - Display product Image - Display quantities to pick - Arrows pointing to locations - Display background color for locations - Display text - Display product attributes (Lot# etc) - Configurable color scheme for background and text - High speed picking - Put to store - Kitting - Manufacturing - Used with low number of items with high volumes

Pick to voice (Ptv) - One device per operator - Uses 802.11 wireless networks - Device independent

rF handheld - One device per operator - Uses 802.11 wireless networks - Device independent

smartcart - Can utilize Pick to Light or Pick to Display technology - Uses 802.11 wireless networks -Multiple application specific configurations - Portable - Versatile - Option for light and table PC integration

ease of use

- Hands Free - Wearable equipment - Requires daily maintenance (recharge, headset segregation etc) - Multilingual

- Portable - Versatile - Easily expanded to accommodate for changes in volume - Multiple pickers per zone, if required

operations

- Throughput 80 to 200 lines per person hr - Operators have to look for a specific pick location - Single operator can service large number of locations - Scalable number of operators in a processing area.

- Throughput 80 to 160 lines per person hr - Operators have to look for a specific pick location - Single operator can service large number of locations - Scalable number of operators in a processing area. - Voice compatible devices available

- Pick or put operations - Batch or wave picking - Single operator servicing multiple locations - Small cube items

display

- Quantities to Pick/put - Device comes with different color options

- No Display

- Multiple display options - Touch screen operations - Color or Monochrome - Multilingual Options - Configurable screens with full color picture

- Can integrate Pick To Light or Pick To Display to system. - Full system display capabilities through tablet PC

applications Best used

- High speed picking - Put to store - Kitting - Manufacturing - Used with low number of items with high volumes

- Freezer applications - Full case picking - Used with large number of items spread across a large area - Heavy products

Receiving Cycle counting Inventory control Shipping Batch/Wave Picking Stocking Replenishment

- Pick multiple orders at same time -Batch picking operations by reducing walking/travel time - Returns / Stocking

36

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Rack & Pick Modules


The Exacta AcculightTM Pick (Put) to Light systems offered by ASAP Automation are an accurate and efficient method for picking, putting, sorting and assembling products or parts. Pick to Light (PTL) systems produce significant productivity gains in a variety of applications. Picking instructions are displayed immediately and are easy for an operator to read and understand. The WMS or host system is updated in real-time as the operators use the Pick to Light (PTL) system. ASAP Automation also provides the flexibility to use Pick to Light (PTL) as a standalone transactional processor or it can be integrated into ASAP Automations Exacta WMS or other WMS/ERP systems. BeneFits oF Pick to liGht (Ptl) No Equipment to carry or wear, hands free operation Operators can quickly see the location and quantity to pick Easily mounts to virtually any type of shelving or rack Typical pick rates are 290 - 425 line/person hour Can be integrated with exsisting software system

Pick to liGht

tyPes oF Pick to liGht Standard - A big full-lighting switch which can be viewed easily from a distance. Setting lighting mode, the light can blink upward or downward to correctly indicate its location. Comes in red, blue, or green No digit pick to light - Used on locations where quantity does not need to be displayed. Can be used as completion switch after picking or sorting of one order is finished Three-digit pick to light - Easily applicable for picking or sorting tasks Five-digit pick to light - Can display case pick quantity and broken case quantity at the same time. It can also display location number and pick quantity at the same time Triple color pick to light - One device can display three different colors: red, green, and blue Hi intensity full-lighting applicable for color-coded work operations Two-two pick to light - This device can display case pick and broken case pick quantities Pick to light with quantity adjustment keys - Operator can change pick or sort quantity to match the physical quantity. The changed quantity can be sent back to the host computer by pressing the designated switch Pick to light with ten-letter alphanumeric display - Compact and inexpensive, suitable at each Bay or Zone, providing easy reference to operators

Standard

Five-Digit

Alpha-Numeric

Two-Two

Quality Adjustment

Pick to liGht orderinG inFormation What What What What What is the application? is the maximum number of operators? is the total number of locations requiring devices? is the number of bays? What is the number of locations per bay? Length of bay? host system will be integrated to?

** The price includes: Work indicator devices, Pick devices, Bus rail, Bus rail accessories, Power supplies, Ethernet link boxes and mechanical installation. The price listed above does not include the software to run the Pick to Light hardware, ERP/WMS integration software, computer hardware, or project management. Please contact us for a detailed quote for your specific requirements.

BudGetary PricinG For Pick to liGht ................................................................................................$100 - $115 Per location

BudGetary PricinG For Pick to liGht soFtWare ............................................................................................. $14,000 - $25,000


** The price is dependent on the number of pick zones and interface requirements (1-5 zones)

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

37

Rack & Pick Modules


Pick to disPlay
Most light directed picking devices present the operator with only a number for the quantity to pick. Pick to Display (PTD) has the added capabilities to display text, an image of the product, and/or play audio files recorded in any language to remind the operator of the action they are to take. This can be an absolutely essential feature for the U.S. warehouse manager hiring non-English speaking workers or for senior managers contemplating standardizing warehouse operations across their global supply chain. These additional features help the pick operator prevent an order from being fulfilled incorrectly.
Product picture for easy operator recognition Color-coded, bright display screen provides detailed information Bright red light indicator

PTD mounting bus bar for quick installation and easy repositioning Task Complete button instantaneously communicates transactions Speaker for voice-directed picking

Navigation buttons to scroll down to additional screens

Color-coded for special instructions

Big readable pick number

Shelf/cell graphics to easily locate products

BeneFits oF Pick to disPlay A single device can control multiple locations Color coded, providing the flexibility for multiple operators within a single picking zone Ability to display special instructions, packing information, or custom warnings for hazardous goods Use text to display product attributes (lot code, expiration date) No equipment to carry or wear Hands free operation Typical pick rates are 300 - 450 line/person hour 8 times as fast as paper list picking Can be integrated with Pick To Light or Pick To Voice systems. Pick to disPlay orderinG inFormation What is the application? What is the maximum number of operators? What is the total number of locations requiring devices? What is the number of locations to be controlled by a single device? What is the number of bays? What is the number of locations per bay? Length of bay?

BudGetary PricinG For Pick to disPlay ........................ $140 to $150 Per location
** For typical picking operations (standard carton flow rack with approximately 1,000 SKU locations) ** The price includes: Work indicator devices, Pick devices, Bus rail, Bus rail accessories, Power supplies, and Mechanical installation. The price listed above does not include the software to run the Pick to Display devices, ERP/WMS integration software, computer hardware, or project management. Please contact us for a detailed quote for your specific requirements.

BudGetary PricinG For Pick to disPlay soFtWare .......................... $14,000 - $25,000


** The price is dependent on the number of pick zones

38

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Rack & Pick Modules


Pick to voice
ASAP Automation provides a Pick To Voice (PTV) system that employs rugged, beltmounted terminals and lightweight headsets to free up an operators hands and eyes, allowing them to be more focused on the task at hand. More focus leads to safer, more productive workers out on the floor. The flexibility of the Pick To Voice (PTV) systems terminal and headset also allow operators to be more comfortable in coldstorage and other environments that might require special clothing or other peripherals. Companies currently using Pick To Voice (PTV) technology are reporting greater employee satisfaction and productivity over previously used systems. The software ASAP Automation developed for our Pick to Voice (PTV) solution provides seamless integration with existing systems and offers proven scalability. The software is able to deliver and interpret communications in multiple languages and speech patterns, ensuring that each operator is understood and feels comfortable with the system. With no manual data entry, labels to handle or lists to read, our Pick to Voice (PTV) solution can drastically improve operational performance and the bottom line. BeneFits oF Pick to voice (Ptv) Lightweight belt terminal and headset for increased operator comfort Hands free operation Minimal training time Increase Productivity by up to 25% 99.5%+ accuracy levels Reduce Training Time by 50% Proven scalability and seamless integration Can be ran on Symbol devices Payback often in less than 12 months aPPlications Cooler/Freezer Picking Picking And Packing Case Picking Each Picking Batch Picking Wave Picking Put To Store

hoW Pick to voice Works 1. Assignments for selection, replenishment, put-away, etc., are generated by the host system, such as WMS or ERP, and are transmitted via a wireless network to wearable computer or handheld devices. 2. Pick to Voice translates the assignment into speech commands that direct a person to an aisle/section and slot location. Operators confirm the location by speaking a numeric identifier into their headsets 3. Pick to Voice responds Pick 3 or Confirm quantity replenished.When the task is complete, the operator responds with the next assignment. For additional accuracy, the last few digits of the items product code, or other information like the products weight, may be verified. When assignments are complete, operators request their next assignment from the queue. Pick to voice orderinG inFormation What is the application?

BudGetary PricinG For Pick to voice ....................................................................................................................................... $3,900


** Per operator. Price includes wearable computer, belt, high performance battery, and headset. Software user licensing not included

BudGetary PricinG For Pick to voice soFtWare .............................................................................................................. $45,000


** Price includes a 5 user picking system with standard interface to host

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

39

Rack & Pick Modules


rF handheld (rFid reader caPaBle)
RF offers an easily scalable solution to help meet your needs today and as your company grow.s RF is a flexible solution, allowing operators to move with the device to the work to complete. Exacta MobileTM applications from ASAP Automation include receiving, put-away, replenishment, single/batch/wave picking, and cycle counting. Exacta MobilesTM browser based screens are highly configured to deliver the most important information from business processes in real time. With Exactas open architecture, a variety of data collection devices can be used including Symbol, Dolphin, Intermec, LXE, Percon, and Telxon. Exacta MobileTM was developed using the .NET framework and supports WiFi 802.11 standards.
Symbol WT4090

BeneFits oF rF handheld Increased inventory control Increased picking speed and accuracy over paper picking Provides real time updates to the supply chain software Provides scalability to support small, medium, large and multi-site systems Integrated with ASAP Automations Exacta MobileTM software, offers customized user screens displaying only required information to employees Exacta MobileTM screens can incorporate product images and support multi-lingual operations

caPaBilities oF rF handheld Typical pick rates are 120 - 190 lines/person hour. Single order and/or batch picking Immediate discrepancy handling Customizable user information screens exacta BroWser Based screens

rF handheld orderinG inFormation What is the application? What is the number of operators at one time? Will the RF be used for a single shift or multiple shift operation? Would wearable RF or long range scanners be preferred? Would any other picking application be desired, such as Pick To Voice? Will the operators be using any other MH equipment? (forktrucks, lifts, etc.) Is there an existing 802.11 RF network?

Symbol MC9000

BudGetary PricinG For rF handheld ....................................................................................................................................... $2,800


** Price includes handheld and lithium ion battery

BudGetary PricinG For exacta moBile rF system ........................................................................................................... $48,000

40

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Rack & Pick Modules


smartcart
Bastians wireless based SmartCart allows batched order picking for higher pick rates than conventional shelving or case flow rack. Exactas graphical touch screens direct the operator to both the pick and putaway locations. Put lights can be provided on the cart to further speed up the process. Custom cart designs are available to meet specific tote or carton batch requirements. The lithium ion cart battery is specified to provide at least one full shift of operation before having to be recharged. SmartCart can be quickly added to your operation to meet variable peak demand or seasonal picking. BeneFits oF smartcart SmartCarts are good for picking larger batch or groups of orders. You can pick up to 16 orders within a cart with almost 100% accuracy rates. With RF not more than 3 totes on a cart are recommended to have minimal pick errors. SmartCart can also be used for replenishing the locations (putaway process) with a batch of 16 to 20 products at the same time. SmartCart can come with Pick To Light and Pick To Display devices at each location on a cart or a tablet PC on the cart. Tablet PC can give graphical display of route or locations for the convenience of the operators. SmartCarts can also be used for picking in conjunction with RF devices.They use the same wireless infrastructure as RF devices If your picking zone is more spread out and operators have to travel longer distances for picking several orders at the same time, then SmartCart can minimize travel time by efficient routing for multiple orders. Typical pick rates are 90 - 150 lines/person hour. smartcart orderinG inFormation What is the application? Number of light directed devices per cart? Is there an existing 802.11 RF network?

Totes

aPPlications Small parts Kitting/assembly Batch Picking Wave picking Put to Store Replenishment Support Kanban Support

Apparel

BudGetary PricinG For smartcart W/ taBlet Pc .......................................................................................... $6,200 Per cart


(software not included)

BudGetary PricinG For smartcart W/ taBlet Pc and inteGrated Pick to disPlay technoloGy ............................................................................................... $8,400 Per cart
(software not included)

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

41

Rack & Pick Modules


Vertical Storage
vertical liFt modules (tray storaGe systems)
A Vertical Lift Module (VLM) is an automated storage and retrieval unit consisting of an extractor mechanism located between two sections of stationary racking inside a metal enclosure. A series of trays inserted in the front and rear racks are used to store product. When activated, the extractor device brings a requested tray from the rack to a workstation built into the front of the unit. VLMs enable a relatively large inventory to be directed to a picker at one fixed location. By eliminating the climbing, reaching, and bending necessary to pick from multiple levels, VLMs produce a more efficient parts to picker instead of picker to parts workflow, increasing worker safety and productivity. VLMs are used to increase storage density, throughput, and material handling efficiency, while reducing inventory losses and labor costs. They efficiently deliver product to the operator, yielding a low-floorspace way of storing, securing, and retrieving anything from small parts to fixtures and tools. Leading companies use VLMs to increase storage density, throughput, and material handling efficiency while reducing inventory losses and labor costs. They efficiently deliver product to the operator, yielding a low-floor-space way of storing, securing, and retrieving anything from small parts to fixtures and tools. VLMs are often used in the jewelry, pharmaceuticals electronic, and automotive industries.

Features and BeneFits This Vertical Lift Module is an enclosed, automated high-speed, high-density storage unit housing trays of items that are stored and retrieved. Moving up and down its center is an inserter/extractor system. The extractor stores and retrieves trays with loads up to 880 lbs, from vertically positioned slots on the front and rear of the unit, and delivers them to its ergonomically designed pick window or workstation. Controls and Software - From calling trays by number with the keypad to fully automated software solutions that manage an entire warehouse, there is a control package available for any level of automation that is desired. Powerful, Heavy-Duty Vertical Rack-and-Pinion Drive - VLMs eliminate chain drives and uses rack-and-pinion drives for greater speed and reliability. Fast Payback (ROI) - Increased operator efficiencies and higher space utilization allow companies to recover their investments quickly often in less than a year. Patented Ergonomic Tilt-Tray - VLMs offer an optional tilt-tray system. The tray is presented to the operator at an ergonomically correct 45 degree angle which reduces bending and reaching, and increases visibility into the tray cells. Software-Controlled Light Pointer - A software-controlled light pointeridentifies the pick location by focusing a high intensity light beam on the location, increasing accuracy and efficiency. Dual-Tray Delivery System - Automatically retrieves the next tray while the operator is still picking from the current tray so that wait-time is reduced. Cube Utilization/Space Savings - VLMs make full use of available overhead space, saving up to 96% of valuable floor space. Flexibility - Vertical storage systems can accommodate a wide variety of products. Tray heights can be mixed for easy reconfiguring to maximize storage efficiency. Productivity - VLMs increase productivity by eliminating walk and search time. Items are delivered to the operator in an ergonomic pick window. Accuracy - Order and inventory accuracy are greatly enhanced by integrating software, bar code readers and light pointer options. Ergonomics/Safety - Climbing, stretching and bending common to walk and search picking applications are eliminated as the VLM delivers all requested items to the operator at a comfortable, uniform counter height. Ergonomic Adjustable Counter - The VLM has an adjustable counter height, allowing operators of different heights to work at an ergonomically correct picking level. Security - Inventory is kept clean and secure within the VLM. Controls can be password protected and doors are lockable, preventing unauthorized personnel from accessing contents.

BudGetary PricinG .......................................................................................................................................................... $28,000 - $37,000

42

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Lift, Load, & Work Positioners


Lift Tables
Ergonomic Work PositionEr
Ergonomic work positioners are extremely rugged and reliable machines. Available in many basic sizes and capacities to lift and position loads up to 12,000 lbs. at heights to 98 inches. These lift tables offer low pressure hydraulics for an increased seal life. Lift tables provide an ergonomic solution to reduce worker injury and fatigue while improving productivity and safety. The wide range of power options, controls, tabletops, and base configurations that can be specified for each of the many basic sizes provide the user with greater application flexibility. Lift tables can be utilized for a wide variety of tasks including machine feeding, work positioning, assembly, order picking, and pallet loading. standard Lift tabLEs
model number LS2-24 LS2-36 LS2-48 LS3-42 LS4-24 LS4-36 LS4-48 LS5-42 LS6-24 LS6-36 LS6-48 LS8-36 LS8-48 LS12-36 capacity (lbs) 2000 2000 2000 3000 4000 4000 4000 5000 6000 6000 6000 8000 8000 12000 standard Platform (wxl in.) 24 x 36 24 x 48 24 x 66 24 x 56 24 x 36 24 x 48 24 x 66 24 x 56 24 x 36 24 x 48 24 x 66 30 x 60 24 x 66 30 x 60 raised Height (in) 30-3/4 42-3/4 56 48-3/4 30-3/4 42-3/4 56 49 31-3/4 43-1/4 56 45 57 46 Weight (lbs) 500 600 950 725 550 650 1000 775 600 725 1050 1350 1350 1500 standard Platform Price $2,757 $2,184 $3,211 $4,050 $3,216 $3,026 $3,772 $4,758 $3,694 $3,797 $4,451 $7,100 $7,740 $7,979 oversized Platform price $2,943 $2,443 $3,518 $4,314 $3,489 $3,294 $4,085 $5,022 $3,977 $4,060 $4,758 $7,393 $8,032 $8,262 Platform w/ belveled toeguard Price $3,338 $2,774 $3,889 $4,665 $3,797 $3,645 $4,470 $5,373 $4,280 $4,416 $5,148 $7,657 $8,398 $8,633

HigH travEL Lift tabLEs


model number LS2-60 LS2-72 LS2-84 LS4-60 LS4-72 LS4-84 LS5-60 LS6-60 LS6-72 LS6-84 LS8-60 capacity (lbs) 2000 2000 2000 4000 4000 4000 5000 6000 6000 6000 8000 standard Platform (wxl in.) 24 x 86 30 x 102 30 x 120 24 x 86 30 x 102 30 x 120 24 x 86 24 x 86 30 x 102 30 x 120 24 x 86 raised Height (in) 70 82 94 70 82 94 68 70 84 98 70 Weight (lbs) 1300 2000 2200 1375 2100 2300 1450 1450 2200 2500 1700 standard Platform Price $4,768 $7,515 $8,530 $6,271 $8,691 $10,014 $6,988 $7,437 $10,765 $11,907 $9,174 oversized Platform price $5,100 $7,896 $8,852 $6,603 $9,072 $10,443 $7,325 $7,774 $11,141 $12,346 $9,633 Platform w/ belveled toeguard Price $5,500 $8,330 $9,443 $6,993 $9,501 $10,926 $7,715 $8,164 $11,595 $12,825 $10,019

top sellers
2 Week Delivery

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Lift, Load, & Work Positioners


cost EffEctivE, LoW caPacity Lifts
Cost Effective, Low Capacity are available in three basic configurations: Stationary, Portable with DC power and Compacts with extended vertical travel in a small footprint. Capacities are from 500 lbs. to 1,500 lbs. with vertical travel up to 35 depending on model. These rugged, dependable, low capacity lifts are packed with features, including: Low pressure hydraulics Fast raising and lowering Fully adjustable down speed Heavy-duty torque tubes minimize deflection Lubricated for life pins, rollers and bushings Full width straight through axles for increased stability throughout the travel range Heavy-duty hoses for maximum burst strength Tell-tale return hydraulic line prevents fluid spillage Built-in safety chocks Bolt-on power unit is neat, clean and allows for easy access to all components Abvailable in compact models
capacity (lbs.) 500 1,000 1,000 1,500 standard Platform (W x L in.) 12 x 24 16 x 24 20 x 36 24 x 48 raised Height (in.) 36 36 31-1/2 41-1/4
2 Week Delivery

model number LSO5-30 LS1-30 LS1.1-26 LL1.5-35

Weight (lbs.) 175 200 255 450

standard Platform Price $2,115 $2,115 $1,694 $1,855

oversized Platform price N/A $2,266 $1,855 $2,015

LoW ProfiLE HydrauLic Lift

Get the advantage of four sided accessibility without the expense or hassle of digging a pit for your lift table. Low Profile lift tables have a collapsed height as low as 3 inches. A unique low profile ramp allows them to be fed with a hand pallet truck. Recommended for Stacking and unstacking, Pallet loading and unloading, and work positioning. Low profile-may be used with hand pallet truck. Collapsed height is 3 Zero reachover Four side accessibility Can have turntable top Can be relocated Cost effective low profile solution Ramp available in two styles - standard and low clearance. The surface for both styles is diamond tread. Maximum ramp length is 48. Longer than standard 18 ramp may be required to reduce the angle of incline for unstable and low clearance loads Not recommended for manually handled loads over 2,000 lbs.
capacity (lbs.) 500 1000 2000 4000 standard Platform (W x L in.) 24 x 66 24 x 66 24 x 96 24 x 66 raised Height (in.) 35 35 35 35
2 Week Delivery

model number LM-05 LM1 LM2 LM4

Weight (lbs.) 540 560 600 650

standard Platform Price $3,850 $3,904 $4,236 $5,139

oversized Platform price $4,075 $4,133 $4,455 $5,363

oPtions Roller ramp w/ diamond plate ................................................................... $625 Bellow skirting ............................................................................................... $669
(installed, vinyl, black & yellow, 3 pleats. Requires min. top size of 32 x 74)

Without power unit and controls .............................................. Deduct $776 Motor starter/transformer ......................................................................... $190
(for 208, 230, 460 three phase operations)

Additional hydrualic hose ........................................................................... $6 /ft.

One touch auto leveling .............................................................................. $776

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Lift, Load, & Work Positioners


HigH sPEEd Lift tabLE
High Speed Electric Hydraulic Lift Tables are used by all types of manufacturing and warehouse facilities. Safety features include: electric toe guard to protect pinch points during lowering of the table, brass velocity fuse to maintain platform height regardless of hydraulic pressure, 24V AC push-button hand control, maintenance prop, and upper travel limit switch to stop table at maximum height reducing motor wear. 2HP, 460V, 3 phase, 60 Hz totally enclosed motor standard, other voltages available. 3000 psi hydraulic component rating. Adjustable upward travel limit switch Rugged deep section scissor legs for superior strength Hinged Maintenance Prop Pinch Point Guard Standard Brass Safety Velocity Fuse in hydraulic actuator prevents sudden drop State of the Art Bearings for long life - pins and bearings are replaceable Push Button Control is a standard feature on all units Travel Time - rise speed is 8 and and lowered speed is 11.2 seconds

model number

Platform size (W x L) (in.) 40 x 48 40 x 48 30 x 60 30 x 60

capacity (lbs.) 3,000 4,000 3,000 4,000

raised Height (in.) 43 43 43 43

Lowered Height (in.) 7 7 7 7

voltage/ Phase 460/3 460/3 460/3 460/3

Weight (lbs.) 800 850 725 800

Price

EHLT-4048-3-43 EHLT-4048-4-43 EHLT-3060-3-43 EHLT-3060-4-43

$2,411 $3,055 $2,411 $3,055

2 Day Delivery

fLoor HEigHt Lift tabLE


These lift tables lower to floor or near floor height so that they can be fed and offloaded by hand pallet trucks. An elastomeric front edge prevents toe injury. Recommended for Stacking and unstacking, Pallet loading and unloading, Work positioning (ie. operator working from an 8 to 10 platform) Lowers to floor height - may be used with hand pallet truck Higher capacities Can be relocated with a fork truck Elastomeric front edge designed to yield when proper footwear is worn preventing toe injury

model number ZLS2-35 ZLS4-35 ZLS6-34

capacity (lbs.) 2,000 4,000 6,000

standard Platform (in.) 50 x 48 50 x 48 50 x 48

raised Height (in.) 35-3/8 35-3/8 35-3/8

Lowered Height (in.) 3/8 3/8 1/2

rise time (sec.) 45 48 63

Weight (lbs.) 1425 1440 1865

standard Platform Price $4,360 $4,588 $6,726

2 Week Delivery

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Lift, Load, & Work Positioners


fLusH mount turntabLEs
The built-in turntable is essentially flush to the table platform in a clean, uncluttered design. The turntable bearings and support are under the platform and do not substantially increase the lowered height over that of comparable lifts without turntables. The turntable sits only 3/16 higher than the surrounding platform and is rotationally locked when the lift is in the full down position. Flush Mount turntable lifts are available in standard Southworth Backsaver Lift capacities to 4000 lbs. Turntables are available in 2 sizes; 20 and 43 diameter and are fitted into a limited number of platform sizes. The 43 diameter model can even be pit mounted. Price is add-on price, lift table sold separatley. oPtions No Coast, No Drift Package - Fast acting hydraulic valving, which decreases upward coast, for use where more precise positioning is desired Hi Cycle Package - Special bearing packages and regreasable pivot points for moderately high and high duty cycle applications

capacity (lbs.) 2,500 4,000

diameter (in.) 20 43

Low Height (in.) 7/8 7/8

minimum Platform (in.) 24 x 36 48 x 48


2-3 Week Delivery

Weight (lbs.) 300 500

Price $927 $1,122

LoW ProfiLE PoWEr turntabLE


This low profile turntable will allow operators to stack cases on its top. To ease operator ergonomics, the operator can rotate the turntable in 90 degree increments via a foot switch. An operator pushbutton station is also included in the event the operator would like to fine tune the table rotation or place stretch wrap around the load. It also features a momentary pushbutton for clockwise and a momentary pushbutton for counter-clockwise rotation. Turntable base plate consists of 1/4 plate. Around the perimeter of this plate are (8) cam rollers, their mounts welded to the base plate The turntable top will consist of a thick plate that is 78 in diameter. This plate will ride on top of the cam rollers described above The center of this plate has a flange bearing bolted to it to keep the plate centered on the turntable Plate also features a roller chain sprocket to control the turntable rotation. The drive for this turntable will be an SEW-Eurodrive gear motor, 460/3/60, that resides outside the 78 turntable underneath the operator platform. Includes a proximity switch to sense one of four flags around the perimeter of the turntable. When the footswitch is engaged, turntable will rotate until a prox sees the next flag. Includes lifting lugs for installing/rigging turntable

WaLkWay ramP This ramp will wrap around approximately 60 degrees of the turntable Consists of welded structural steel design, treadplate top.

baE-Ptt20 .................................................................................................................................................................................................. $6,600


4-6 Week Delivery

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Lift, Load, & Work Positioners


PaLLEt PositionErs
PoWErEd-HydrauLic When loads, weights, pallet sizes or product dimensions vary greatly, a powered pallet positioner with total operator control is the solution. A foot control allows the operator to adjust the load to an infinite number of positions up to 32-3/4 (plus pallet height), so its always at the most comfortable working height. The manual turntable top allows easy rotation of the load so that the operator is always working on the near side. Available in 2,000 and 4,000 lbs. capacities.
model number PPH2-24 PPH4-24 capacity (lbs) 2,000 4,000 voltage 115/1/60 115/1/60 Weight (lbs.) 700 760 Price $3,245 $3,670

PoWErEd-PnEuamtic The powered-pneumatic option has all the features of the hydraulic unit but operates on shop air. A heavy duty airbag positions loads up to 4,000 pounds with as little as 80 psi. A foot valve allows the operator to adjust the load to any position up to 33-1/2 (plus pallet height), so its always at the most comfortable working height. The manual turntable top allows easy rotation of the load so that the operator is always working on the near side. Available in 2,000 and 4,000 lbs. capacities. Works great with PDI truck on page 105.
model number PPA2-24 PPA4-24 capacity (lbs) 2,000 4,000 Psi 80 PSI 80 PSI Weight (lbs.) 640 660 Price $3,245 $3,670

fuLLy automatic PnEumatic-actuatEd (in stock!) The pneumatic option provides all the performance of the spring unit, but uses an airbag that operates on shop air. Designed for use where pallet loads vary widely and are changed frequently. The airbag spring combination provides virtually linear response, and the spring provides a measure of safety by supporting the unloaded turntable in the event of accidental air loss from the airbag. Fittings and tubing are simple with only two connections. The unit is equipped with fork pockets for easy relocation and to provide a stable base that does not require lagging.
capacity (lbs) 400-4,500 Lowered Height (in.) 9-1/2 raised Height (in.) 28 Weight (lbs.) 615 Price $1,950

PnEumatic LitE The Pneumatic Lite has a load range that satisfies extremely light loads . It constantly adjusts the top of the load to the proper elevation to eliminate the repetitive motion of bending, reaching and twisting. Fork pockets are standard to easily position the lift where ever it is needed. The Pneumatic Lite comes with triple convolution air bag with dual spring assist. (Springs do not have to be changed to handle varying load weights.) The unit is filled with air to a pressure corresponding to a desired capacity. It has a full range by regulating the pneumatic charge. One model is available for loads ranging from 100 lbs. to 1,500 lbs.
capacity (lbs) 1,500 base frame (W x L) (in.) 32-1/2 x 40 turntable (in.) 43 5/8 compressed Height (in.) 10-7/8 raised Height (in.) 27-7/8 Weight (lbs.) 500 Price

$2,595

** Demo Units Available

sPring-actuatEd The Spring-Actuated Pallet Positioner is ideal for most applications. With inherent stability and no power sources or connections, the fully automated mechanical Pallet Positioner is virtually maintenance free. The turntable is easily rotated even when fully loaded and allows for near-side loading and unloading without walking around the unit.
capacity (lbs) 4,500 Lowered Height (in.) 9-1/2 raised Height (in.) 28 Weight (lbs.) 420
1 Week Delivery

Price $1,950

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Lift, Load, & Work Positioners


fLoor LEvEL PaLLEt Lift
With internal hydraulic power, floor level pallet truck lifts lower to floor height so pallets can be rolled on and off with a hand pallet truck. The lift is then easily adjusted by pushbutton or foot switch control to maintain an ideal height for manual loading and unloading. The narrow side and back panels allow for easy reach over for 4 side access. Photo-eye provides toe protection Platform locks in partially up position to allow relocation Availabe One-Touch Auto Leveling provides up or down adjustment by a preset increment at the touch of a button

model number ROLLC2.5-28 ROLLC4-28

capacity (lbs) 2,500 4,000

Platform size (in) 52 x 48 52 x 48

Lowered Height (in) 3/8 3/8


2 Week Delivery

raised Height (in) 28-3/8 28-3/8

Weight (lbs) 1,250 1,500

standard Platform Price $4,290 $6,198

fLoor LEvEL PaLLEt Lift WitH turntabLE


For even greater convenience, floor level pallet truck lifts are now available with a built-in, hand pallet truck accessible 360 turntable. The phot-eyes are on three open sides for optimal protection. Portability transport feature requires a fork truck or hand pallet jack with a minimum of 72 long forks Hinged ramp is 24 long on one 44 end. Folds up onto turntable platform when portability feature is used Platform must be raised approximately 5 before turn table can be rotated Turntable is 44 wide x 48 deep with 3 high guides with D shaped handles on 48 sides

model number ROLLC3-28

capacity (lbs) 2,500

Platform size (in) 44 x 48

Lowered Height (in) 2


2 Week Delivery

raised Height (in) 30

Weight (lbs) 2,400

standard Platform Price $9,687

oPtions One touch auto leveling ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ $795

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Lift, Load, & Work Positioners


Mobile Lift Tables
These inexpensive lifter transporters make any job easier. Mobile Lift Tables are essential anywhere that lifting, positioning, assembling, stacking, unstacking, transporting or the need for an adjustable height work surface is part of the job. Mobile Lift Tables are available in several different types: Low profile for use with skids, containers, or pallets The Dandy Levelerwhich raises and lowers automatically as loads change The Dandy Tilter, which reduces reaching and stretching when working with small parts in totes or junior containers

L-150 & L-250 (330 & 550 Lb. caPacity)


Ideal for light industrial handling Attractively finished in enamel paint and chrome Parking lock Steerable caster-type wheels Infinite height adjustment within range

a-500 & a-800 (1100 & 1760 Lb. caPacity)


Lifts to over 3 20:1 mechanical advantage hydraulic system Parking lock Steerable caster-type wheels Attractively finished in enamel paint and chrome Infinite height adjustment within range

a-350W (770 Lb. caPacity)


Over 4 of lifting height Parking lock Rapid rise Steerable caster-type wheels Attractively finished in enamel paint and chrome Infinite height adjustment within range

m-500L & f-500L (1100 Lb. caPacity)


Two types for use with skids or containers, and plastic pallets Infinite height adjustment within range Parking lock Steerable caster-type wheels Attractively finished in enamel paint and chrome

dt -350 (750 Lb. caPacity)


Combines lifting, tilting, and transporting in a single unit Ideal for use with junior wire containers, pans or tote boxes Attractively finished in enamel paint and chrome Infinite height and tilt adjustment within range

dLv-150 & dLv-500 (150 & 500 Lb. caPacity)


Automatically adjust loads to ideal height for feeding or off-loading Minimizes bending and reaching Simple structure is virtually maintenance free Supports diverse loading needs Caster lock for parking A simple turn of the adjusting knob adjusts for varying load weights

model number L-150 L-250 A-500 A-800 A-350W M-500L F-500L DT-350W DLV-150 DLV-500

capacity (lbs.) 330 550 1100 1760 770 1100 1100 770 330 1100

Platform dimensions (in.) 17.7 x 28 19.7 x 31.5 23.6 x 35.8 23.6 x 39.4 23.6 x 35.8 19.7 x 37.1 19.7 x 37.1 23.6 x 35.4 17.7 x 28 23.6 x 35.8

raised Height (in.) 29.0 31.7 36.6 40.2 49.8 29.5 29.5 55.3 26.1 31.5
2 Day Delivery

Lowered Height (in.) 8.3 9.5 11.8 13 13.6 3.2 3.2 13.8 15 3/10 16 1/2

Weight (lbs.) 81.4 114.4 193.6 275 228.8 173.8 167.2 228.8 100 210

Price $660 $750 $995 $1,240 $1,335 $1,640 $1,640 $1,370 $850 $1,260

10

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Lift, Load, & Work Positioners


foot PumP HydrauLic Lift tabLEs
Ideal for positioning dies and fixtures, lifting and transporting machine parts, and feeding presses. Solid steel top raises and lowers on one central lifting cylinder. Moves between jobsites on smooth-rolling casters. 500lbs. to 6000 lbs. capacity models include floor lock. standard duty 500 lbs. capacity Solid steel top and base construction with two support posts Feature 2 rigid and 2 swivel 4 phenolic resin roller bearing casters with floor locks Table size - 18 x 18 Lowered height - 30-1/2. Raised Height - 47-1/2 3/8 lift per stroke Shipping weight - 122 lbs. Lt -05-1818 ............................................................................................................................ $521 HEavy duty 6,000 lbs. capacity 2 rigid and 2 swivel 6 phenolic resin roller bearing casters with foot operated floor lock Solid steel top and base construction with four support posts and push handle Table size - 24 x 36 Lowered height - 37. Raised Height - 59 3/8 lift per stroke Shipping weight - 330 lbs.
LT-05-1818

Lt -60-2436 .......................................................................................................................... $1,175


LT-60-2436

PoWErEd Lift tabLEs

Powered lift tables comes with a remote control for raising/ lowering. Magnets on back of remote allow for storage anywhere on table. With a minimally charged battery, unit can be used while recharging. 2,000 lbs. capacity Charge typically lasts throughout a whole shift Standard floor lock holds table steady for loading and unloading Easy to read illuminated battery status voltmeter Three light LED battery charge status indicator Table size - 24 x 36 Lowered height - 37. Raised Height - 59. Remote control for raising/lowering. Magnets on back of remote allow for storage anywhere on table Shipping weight - 432 lbs.

LT-60-2436

PLt -20-2436 ....................................................................................................................... $2,016

vaLuE Lift tabLEs


Capacity - 500 lbs. 4 Polyurethane casters, 2 rigid, 2 swivel with floor lock Foot operated pump and release Table size - 18 x 18 Lowered height - 30. Raised Height - 48 Shipping weight - 153 lbs. Ships knocked down

vLt500 .................................................................................................................................. $381

VLT500 ** Other models in different capacities available. Please Call Bastian for more information.

4-7 Day Delivery

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

11

Lift, Load, & Work Positioners


Work Positioners
PaLLEt rotator/invErtEr
With the ability to handle pallet loads measuring up to 48 x 48 x 60 high, the Pallet Inverter is a simple, rugged machine designed to invert entire pallet loads. This model can handle pallets from 36 wide x 30 deep x 32 high up to 48 x 48 x 60. Other clamp openings available. Standard voltage is 460/3/60.The pressure adjustable clamping mechanism easily secures loads up to 4,400 pounds and rotates them 180 degrees on a massive anti-friction turret bearing. Dual clamping (both platens move equally toward center, resulting in the load center being near the center of rotation, this means lower stress on the rotating mechanism as opposed to a single clamp). Use of cylinders and chains equalizes movement and clamp force. Some of its uses are: Replace broken pallets Switch loads to/from in-house or shipping pallets Transfer from pallets to slip sheets Replace damaged goods at the bottom of the load
capacity (lbs.) 4,400 base dimensions (W x d x H) (in.) 52 x 85 x 83 max. opening (in.) 60 min. opening (in.) 30
2 Day Delivery

model number SR-44-60

clamp speed (per sec) 2

overall dimensions (W x d x H) (in.) 96 x 85 x 89

Weight (lbs.) 4,000

Price

$23,263

ZEro Lift & tiLt tabLEs

The ZLTT is designed to lift materials to an ergonomic working height, and then tilt them to an ergonomic working position. It is pallet truck loadable. Top may be tilted separately from the base. Unit is constructed of steel and painted blue. 45 Maximum Tilt NEMA-4, 24 Volt, Push Button Hand Control with four buttons, provides maximum adjustability with separate lift and tilt controls Industrial quality, 56 frame, 2 HP motor delivers best torque with minimal amperage draw and maximum life Electric pinch point guards on front and sides of platform protect personnel Electronic toeguard on load / unload edge of platform Upper travel limit switches Brass Velocity Fuse in cylinder prevents drop of table in event of hydraulic failure Optional Features - Foot control with guard, warning beeper, electric toeguard on load/unload side of platform
Platform size (W x L) (in.) 44 x 52 44 x 52 52 x 52 52 x 52 44 x 72 44 x 72 52 x 72 52 x 72 capacity (lbs.) 2,000 4,000 2,000 4,000 2,000 4,000 2,000 4,000 Lowered Height (in.) 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 raised Height (in.) 36 36 36 36 48 48 48 48
1-2 Week Delivery

model number

overall size (W x L x H) (in.) 69 x 54 x 24 69 x 54 x 24 77 x 59 x 24 77 x 59 x 24 69 x 79 x 24 69 x 79 x 24 77 x 79 x 24 77 x 79 x 24

Weight (lbs.) 2121 2173 2205 2257 2950 3013 3045 3129

Price

ZLTT-4452-2-36 ZLTT-4452-4-36 ZLTT-5252-2-36 ZLTT-5252-4-36 ZLTT-4472-2-48 ZLTT-4472-4-48 ZLTT-5272-2-48 ZLTT-5272-4-48

$4,313 5265.00 $4,410 $5,321 $4,663 $5,833 $4,761 $5,931

12

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Lift, Load, & Work Positioners


PortabLE tiLtEr
Portable Tilters have casters that allow them to pick up staged containers and move them to the work cell. Baskets can be tilted up to 85 degrees to allow easy access to parts. Portable Container Tilters are available in 2,000 and 4,000 pound capacities and feature 12 Volt DC power and a built-in charger. Choose Fork-Over design (PTU models) for containers with open bottoms. Or pick Straddle design (SPTU models) for containers with reinforcing bars or closed bottoms. PTU-2 DC - 35 cycles per battery charge PTU-4 DC - 70 cycles per battery charge

model number PTU-2 PTU-4 SPTU-2 SPTU-4

capacity (lbs.) 2,000 4,000 2,000 4,000

maximum tilt () 85 85 85 85

voltage 12 12 12 12

Weight (lbs.) 675 990 900 1,250

Price $2,894 $3,470 $3,597 $4,172

sParE cHargEr ......................................................................................................................................................................................... $142


2 Week Delivery

airbag tiLtEr
The pneumatic tilter presents the unit container to the operator at an ergonomic position. The tilter can be loaded with a forktruck with a flat platform top of 54 x 54. The optional ball table top allows for loading from adjacent roller conveyor. Typical applications allow for loading or unloading containers in a lean manufacturing U shaped workcell arrangement. The tilter includes a hand operated manual pneumatic valve on pedestal. Solenoid valve control is also available. Load capacities are 1,500 lbs. and 3,000 lbs. Other capacities are available, please contact Bastian for pricing information. Overall length is 44 Overall width is 44 Features heavy duty stuctural steel frame Ball transfer tabletop Chain height stop

1,500 Lb. caPacity basE PricE .......................................................................................................................................................... $2,750 3,000 Lb. caPacity basE PricE .......................................................................................................................................................... $3,135
(3 Centers)

baLL transfEr toP ............................................................................................................................................................................... $2,200


4-6 Week Delivery

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

13

Lift, Load, & Work Positioners


PaLLEt stackEr/disPEnsEr
A Pallet Stacker is used to stack empty pallets so they can be delivered to the appropriate area. A Pallet Stacker is a heavy duty, low discharge stacker that will typically be fed by an automated conveyor system. A Pallet Stacker/Dispenser can stack/dispense pallets at the rate of 1 pallet per minute. A Pallet Dispenser is a key component to many automated pallet handling systems. It takes a stack of pallets and dispenses them individually from the bottom of the stack. The stack is typically fed into the dispenser machine with a fork truck, but can also be loaded with a pallet handling conveyor. A pallet stacker is similiar to the dispenser but completes the process in the opposite function. fEaturEs Heavy duty welded steel construction Two piece assembly for ease of installation PLC controlled Standard pallet dispenser to handle 40 x 48 x 5-3/4 wooden pallet. Handles other pallet sizes as well Magazine holds stack of pallets up to 7 tall. (14-15 pallets) Other sizes available upon request Hydraulic lift table to provide the lifting of the stack of pallets Pneumatically actuated dogs (both sides)pivot into the fork pocket openings of the second Dual-strand conveyor 8 long total (3 outside dispenser footprint) Other lengths available SEW-Eurodrive gearmotor, end drive configuration Includes Filter/Regulator and pneumatic lockout valve Turnkey PLC control package available Has low pressure switch to shut down machine if the air pressure is lost bEnEfits Long lasting, rigid, durable Comes in two pieces to minimize field assembly Our extensive experience has resulted in a design that nearly eliminates pallet jams PLc controLs Diagnostics built into the control logic for quick troubleshooting capabilities 3D parametric modeling makes standard design easy to adapt to custom applications budgEtary PricE ................................................................................................... $26,400
** Base price includes controls, engineered approval drawings, and testing prior to shipment 4-6 Week Delivery

HydrauLic box dumPErs

These heavy duty container dumpers are specifically designed to dump gaylord boxes, gondolas, wheeled carts, and many other types of containers. Our dumper units can increase employee productivity and decrease the risk of injury due to bending and lifting. EVI container dumpers are completely self-contained and are virtually maintenance free. Available in (3) standard capacities: 2000, 4000, and 6000 pound lift Stainless and / or washdown construction and components available Easy access to hydraulic and electrical components Rugged, 4-bolt, sealed, flange bearings at main pivot point. Bearing is re-greasable and easy to replace. Easy operation - dumper can be stopped anywhere in the up/down cycle by simply releasing the push-button control Sealed hydraulic system to promote longer cylinder life Optional liquid tight boxes for coolant management Custom dump heights and box sizes Heavy duty mounting stands Gated enclosures - significantly increases safety for automated systems Optional power up / power down feature for all models

budgEtary PricE ..................................................................................................... $6,000


** Price includes dumper only

safEty EncLosurE ................................................................................................. $2,000


** Enclosures are (3) sided including a hinged door with latch 1 Week Delivery

14

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Lift, Load, & Work Positioners


Steel Hoppers
LoW ProfiLE 90 sELf-dumPing stEEL HoPPErs
Units have a full 90 dump angle with a cushioned rubber bumper stop. The low profile design is essential for convenient loading. Dumping with a forklift is quick and simple. A cable is pulled from the seat of the forklift to dump the hopper. The unit returns to an upright and locked position when lowered to the ground. A locking chain is provided to secure the hopper to the forklift. 22 L usable fork pockets measure 7 W x 2 H on 11-5/8 centers. Unit includes robotic welds to offer a leak proof design. Formed base thickness is 1/4. Blue powder coat finish.
model number volume (cu. yards) capacity (lbs.) overall size (W x d x H) (in.) fork Pocket centers (in.) Weight (lbs.) Price

LigHt duty - 12 gaugE stEEL H-25-LD H-50-LD H-100-LD H-150-LD 1/4 1/2 1 1-1/2 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 25 x 46 x 18-1/4 25 x 5- /4 x 28 49 x 51-1/4 x 28 49 x 51-3/4 x 41 11-1/2 11-3/4 21-3/4 21-3/4 219 256 347 486 $428.48 $488.80 $583.44 $666.64

mEdium duty - 10 gaugE stEEL H-25-MD H-50-MD H-100-MD H-150-MD 1/4 1/2 1 1-1/2 4,000 4,000 4,000 4,000 25 x 46 x 18-1/4 25 x 51-1/4 x 28 49 x 51-1/4 x 28 49 x 51-1/4 x 41 11-1/2 11-3/4 21-3/4 21-3/4 219 256 395 463 $448.24 $511.68 $598.00 $739.44

HEavy duty - 8 gaugE stEEL H-25-HD H-50-HD H-100-HD H-150-HD 1/4 1/2 1 1-1/2 6,000 6,000 6,000 6,000 25 x 46 x 18-1/4 25 x 51-1/4 x 28 49 x 51-1/4 x 28 49 x 51-1/4 x 41 11-1/2 11-3/4 21-3/4 21-3/4 219 282 462 540 $471.12 $538.72 $666.64 $841.36

sELf-dumPing stEEL HoPPErs WitH bumPEr rELEasE

Hopper automatically dumps when bumper release contacts side of dumpster. Hopper returns to an upright and locked position automatically after it dumps. Also includes a cable that may be operated from the seat of the fork truck to manually dump the hopper. A locking chain is provided to secure the hopper to the fork truck. Usable fork pockets are 7-12W x 2-12H. Constructed with robotic welds to offer a leak proof design. D-33, D-50, D75 and D-100 are stackable if you stack the top hopper turned 90 from the bottom. Base fork pockets are 3/16 thick. Powder coat blue finish.
model number volume (cu. yards) capacity (lbs.) overall size (W x d x H) (in.) fork Pocket centers (in.) Weight (lbs.) Price

LigHt duty - 12 gaugE stEEL D-100-LD D-200-LD D-300-LD 1 2 3 2,000 2,000 2,000 41-1/2 x 60-1/2 x 43 56-1/2 x 69 x 52 81-3/4 x 69 x 52 18 28 28 524 725 991 $620.88 $746.72 $1,267.76

mEdium duty - 10 gaugE stEEL D-200-MD D-300-MD 2 3 4,000 4,000 56-1/2 x 69 x 52 81-3/4 x 69 x 52 28 28 725 991 $810.16 $1,347.84

HEAVy DUTy - 8 GAUGE STEEL D-33-HD D-50-HD D-75-HD D-100-HD D-150-HD D-200-HD D-250-HD D-300-HD 1/3 1/2 3/4 1 1-1/2 2 2-1/2 3 6,000 6,000 6,000 6,000 6,000 6,000 6,000 6,000 26 x 49-1/4 x 38-1/4 33-1/2 x 49-1/4 x 38-1/4 31-1/2 x 60-1/2 x 43 41-1/2 x 60-1/2 x 43 43-1/2 x 69 x 52 56-1/2 x 69 x 52 69-1/2 x 69 x 52 81-3/4 x 69 x 52 18 18 18 18 28 28 28 28 412 452 560 622 747 777 900 991 $500.24 $537.68 $570.96 $756.08 $875.68 $1,006.72 $1,270.88 $1,406.08
Bumper Release

1-2 Week Delivery

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

15

Lift, Load, & Work Positioners


Workplace Ergonomics - How To Spot Safety Problems
WorkPiEcE fEEding and off Loading
The feeding and off loading of machines is a process which requires continual lifting and positioning of work pieces. Workers in these activities often develop production-robbing fatigue and even more serious cumulative trauma disorders. Worker fatigue can also result in damage to work pieces or equipment. By using lift tables, lifter transporters, or palletizing devices to accomplish level (no lifting) feeding and off loading, many of these injuries and costly downtime can be avoided.

muLti-LEvEL assEmbLy

Many light assembly activities such as those in the electronics industry require workers to bend, stoop, squat, and stretch in order to reach various levels and sides of assemblies. Continuous activities of this type can lead to fatigue, decreased productivity and possible injury. Instead of working from a variety of uncomfortable and inefficient positions, workers should use powered mechanical lifting equipment to raise and lower the workpiece to more comfortable and productive working positions. In many cases, the addition of a turntable allows the worker to have access to all sides of the work without walking.

fEEding and off Loading LargE PiEcEs

This is a job that often requires two people and involves bending, reaching and stretching. By continuously maintaining sheets at a level height, lift tables simplify the feeding and off loading process and allow the job to be handled by one person without the danger of lifting injuries.

Loading and unLoading PaLLEts

This is a common operation in warehousing and distribution. The bending, lifting, and reaching required is not only strenuous and fatiguing, but it can also result in injury to the back or other parts of the body. The use of the spring or pneumatic actuated Pallet Pal Level Loader, which automatically adjusts in height as the load is progressively added or removed, allows the operator to load with little or no lifting. It also allows the operator to rotate the pallet for near side loading and unloading.

Working out of Parts baskEts

Bending, reaching, stretching, and lifting can be serious problems when removing parts from baskets. Since this is usually a repetitive process, the danger of injury increases with time. By using lifting and tilting equipment, baskets can be positioned so that the worker can remove the parts from the top to bottom of the basket with minimal effort. Whenever flatbed trucks or dollies are used, workers frequently are required to lift material or equipment from the truck to a bench or machine. In such cases, the danger of lifting related injuries can be greatly reduced by using lifter transporters which combine the functions of both a wheeled transporter and a lift table. Lifter transporters are inexpensive and are available in both regular and low profile models. It is hazardous to have people up on ladders or climbing up and down from scaffolding or fixed height platforms in order to weld, paint, or work on large assemblies or to access materials in carousels. The danger of the worker falling or dropping a tool on another worker is always present. Powered personnel lifts take the worker, the tools, and any parts required to the necessary height, both safely and efficiently.

transPorting

accEss HigH Work

HandLing Long WorkPiEcEs

Long workpieces are a prime source of accidents in the workplace. The manipulation of even a light workpiece is awkward and a threat to the handler and anyone else in the vicinity. Long workpieces produce a variety of handling problems in transfer, positioning, and storage, making them excellent candidates for mechanical handling equipment. The use of tandem lift tables allows even the longest workpiece to be lifted and handled with ease and safety.

invErting PaLLEt Loads

When damage occurs to packages on a pallet load, it is usually caused by the lift truck forks and is usually at the bottom of the load. Manually unloading the pallet to replace the damaged package is a time consuming task that can be eliminated by using a powered pallet inverter. The pallet inverter is also used to transfer loads from pallets to slip sheets.

Lift tabLE ordEring information What is the load capacity? Is hydraulic or electric needed? What would be the required vertical height and platform size? Is cycle time an important factor? If so, what cycle time is required? (50,000 is the std. for total number of cycles in 1 year) Describe the load and how it will be loaded. Is the load going to be end loaded or side loaded? What is the pallet size? Would the lift table need to be floor mounted? Pit mounted? Is the lift table needed for a washdown application? Are certain safety options required? Tape switch, toe guards, bellows, etc? What is the speed required? Is control functionality needed? Foot Pedal or a hand control? Will the lift table need a turntable or lift option? Is a 3 overhang needed? Is the no-coast/no-drift option required for automatic loading? What is the infeed and discharge height of a full pallet? When is the lift table needed?

16

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Lift, Load, & Work Positioners


Over/Under Conveyor
Over/Under conveyors are popular in a manufacturing environment where floor space is a premium. Over/Under conveyors are used for the loading and unloading of pallets and containers. This system will efficiently store a buffer product and deliver it to the operator as needed. Over/Under conveyors typically handle returnable steel or plastic pallets that contain parts for an assembly operation

PoWErEd ovEr/undEr convEyor


All powered conveyors are Chain Driven Live roller powered by SEW Eurodrive gear motors (460/3/60) in each zone Number of buffer zones can vary (one, two, three positions deep) 4-1/2 roller centers Standard Hydraulic lift table is 48 of lift travel. An external, remote hydraulic power unit will be the standard. Lift tables to have following options: 2,000 lbs. capacity; 4,000 lbs. capacity; No tilt, Tilt toward operator Powered conveyors on top and bottom levels for positive conveyance Hydraulic scissor lift table for lift elevation Heavy duty welded framework for demanding applications Includes turnkey control package with operator pushbutton station

controL PackagE Each conveyor system to have a separate complete control package, wired complete and tested prior to shipment. The primary control voltage for the system will be 460/3/60 and the control voltage to be 24 VDC. budEgtary PricE ................................................................................... $40,000

gravity ovEr/undEr convEyor


Over/Under conveyors are popular in manufacturing where floor space is a premium. This system will efficiently store a buffer product and deliver it to the operator as needed. Weight capacity is 3,000 lbs. Consult Bastian if load requirements are more Gravity flow conveyors to efficiently convey products into and out of work cell Low profile cantilevered lift (shown to the right) allows for improved ergonomic heights for certain applications Pivoting pallet release stop meters product onto lift conveyor Shown with optional tilt at operator station for improved ergonomics (Keeps operators from having to stoop to reach bottom of the container)

budEgtary PricE .................................................................................... $38,500

PoWErEd drag cHain convEyor


Typical application is feeding empty pallets to and taking full pallets away from a palletizing robot. Two systems are shown, side by side. Empty pallets are introduced to the lower level conveyor, typically by an automated transfer car. The empty pallet is delivered to a conveyor on a lift, which presents the empty pallet to the robot for loading. Once loaded, the empty pallet discharges on the upper level conveyor and awaits the transfer car. Dual strand drag chain conveyor, handles up to 3,000 lbs. pallets Chain rides in UHMW wearstrip for low maintenance costs Hydraulic scissor lift table provides vertical travel for lift conveyor

budEgtary PricE .................................................................................... $22,000

4-6 Week Delivery

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

17

Lift, Load, & Work Positioners


Bridge Cranes
Workstation bridgE cranEs
Both the aluminum and steel workstation crane systems utilize enclosed track that is high strength and low in weight. Major advantages are: Enclosed track cranes are up to three times easier to move than traditional bridge cranes The design virtually eliminates dirt and dust from the rolling surface, thus reducing wear on the wheels of the trolley end trucks The smooth running surface means lower rolling resistance The low profile steel track allows the system to be installed where headroom is a problem The low track weight reduces the applied force exerted on the supporting structure Long spans allow systems to be installed where supported assemblies are infrequent (up to 30 with a steel truss design). This reduces the possibility of the support columns interfering with the work cell layout Four distinct sizes of track - 250, 500, 1,000, and 2,000 series - enable you to keep bridge weights and costs to a minimum.

trussEd stEEL track The trussed series uses the plain steel track profile but is enhanced for longer spans via a built-up truss design. This design increases the span, which decreases the need for frequent hangers aLuminum track The patented aluminum enclosed track provides for low weight, unparalleled spanning capability, and effortless movement. The low weight results in easier movement, which makes for safe, productive, ergonomic work cells. Runway spans up to 20 and bridge lengths up to 34 meet a wide range of applications.

frEE standing Workstation bridgE cranE Free Standing Work Station Bridge Cranes can handle even the toughest overhead lifting tasks. These cranes can be installed on any normal 6 reinforced concrete floor, do not put stress on your buildings overhead structure, and feature a pre-engineered modular design that can easily expand as your work centers expand. Available in steel, aluminum, and stainless steel. Capacities from 250 to 4,000 lbs. Bridge lengths from 4 to 34. Multiple bridges can be installed on one runway system to increase productivity and flexibility in a workarea 1,000 lbs. capacity Bridge length - 15 Overall width - 16-1/2 20 runway

gLcs-fs-1000-15-20-10 ......................................................................... $5,468

cEiLing mountEd Workstation bridgE cranEs When a work area must be free from any support structures that may interfere with operations, Ceiling Mounted Bridge Cranes are an excellent solution to keeping floors clear. These systems are pre-engineered and modularly designed for easy installation, expansion and relocation. Customers can install multiple bridges along one set of runways and greatly increase their productivity. Capacities from 250 to 4,000 lbs. Bridge lengths from 4 to 34. Multiple bridges can be installed on one runway system to increase productivity and flexibility in a work area. 1,000 lbs. capacity Bridge length - 15 Overall width - 15 20 runway

gLcs1000-15-20 ..................................................................................... $3,670

2 Week Delivery

18

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Lift, Load, & Work Positioners


tractor drivEs for stEEL or aLuminum track Tractor Drives provide motorized movement on new or existing enclosed track Work Station Bridge Cranes and Monorails. The drives are designed for indoor use and are available for steel track or aluminum track. Applications for tractor drives include work areas where the operator cannot stand next to the load to move it by hand or during operations with high cycle times that require frequent lifting of heavy, awkward-shaped loads. Spring loaded compression adjustment on drive wheel for constant pressure and smooth operation Modular drive design for easy installation 2 year warranty Direct drive for precise positioning and reduced maintenance Bolt-on end truck/trolley connections for quick, easy field installation

tractor drivE W/ ELEctricaL controLs and Wiring for troLLEy onLy .............................................................. $3,343 tractor drivE W/ ELEctricaL controLs and Wiring for bridgE onLy ................................................................. $5,694 tractor drivE W/ ELEctricaL controLs and Wiring for botH ................................................................................ $8,071

tarca bridgE cranEs


These pre-engineered crane systems are built using our unique patented Tarca Track, which continues to be the benchmark of the overhead material handling industry. Its three piece welded construction is a compound section of a mild steel top flange and web and a specially rolled high-carbon steel lower rail. Tarca systems are characterized by consistently straight rail sections and durable, high quality Tarca components. Our Tarca systems offer unmatched versatility, durability and ease of installation. frEE standing tarca systEms Free Standing Tarca Systems are built using our unique patented Tarca Track. Its special raised tread and high carbon track is superior to I-Beams in strength, durability and consistency. Capacities are available from 2 to 5 ton with spans to 60 ft. Tarca systems require the crane support steel to be tied back to another structure. Heights under bridge from 10 to 20 ft. Runway support centers from 20 - 60 ft. increments. 2 tons capacity Bridge span - 15 20 runway Rail size - 4500 Tarca 18 rail centers

ct -fs-20-2-17-20-10 ................................................................................................................................................................................. $17,375

cEiLing mountEd tarca systEms Ceiling Mounted Tarca Systems are built using our unique patented Tarca Track. Its special raised tread and high carbon track is superior to IBeams in strength, durability and consistency. Capacities are available from 2 to 5 ton with spans to 60 ft. Runway support centers from 20 - 60 ft. increments. 2 tons capacity Bridge span - 15 20 runway Rail size - 4500 Tarca 18 rail centers

ct -cm-20-2-17-20 ................................................................................................................................................................................... $11,869

3-4 Week Delivery

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

19

Lift, Load, & Work Positioners


Jib Cranes
Work station Jib cranEs
Work Station Jib Cranes are the ideal substitute for traditional, heavy I-Beam jib cranes. These jibs are designed to service circular areas and support tool balancers, air balancers, vacuum lifters and hoists. When column or wall mounted, they can handle up to a 200 rotation. When floor mounted, they can accommodate up to a 360 rotation. Capacities available from 100 lbs. to 1,000 lbs., spans to 16. Tapered roller pivot bearings and trunnion rollers for ease of rotation Enclosed track boom that virtually eliminates dirt and dust High-strength, lightweight, low-headroom boom assemblies Many of the smaller, lighter capacity jibs can be mounted on any normal 6 reinforced concrete floor (no foundation required; contact Bastian for details) Enclosed track boom provides effortless trolley movement and virtually eliminates dust and dirt

frEE standing Work station Jib cranE Free standing jib cranes are the ideal substitute for traditional, heavy I-Beam Jib Cranes. These jibs are designed to service circular areas and support tool balancers, air balancers, vacuum lifters, and hoists. When floor mounted, they can accommodate up to a 360 rotation. Capacities are available from 100 lbs. to 1000 lbs. with spans up to 16. 1,000 lbs. capacity 10 span Height under boom - 10 Overall Height - 11.53 Other models available. Please call Bastian for more information

WsJ360-1000-10-10 .................................................................................................................. $1,756

WaLL cantiLEvEr Work station Jib cranE Wall cantilever jib cranes are the ideal substitute for traditional, heavy I-Beam Jib Cranes. These jibs are designed to service circular areas and support tool balancers, air balancers, vacuum lifters, and hoists. When column or wall mounted, they can handle up to a 200 rotation. Capacities are available from 100 lbs. to 1000 lbs. with spans up to 16 ft. 1,000 lbs. capacity 10 span End of beam distance - 1 ft. 9 inches Bracket centers - 60 Other models available. Please call Bastian for more information

WsJ200-1000-10 ......................................................................................................................... $753

aLuminum tiE rod Work station Jib cranE Aluminum tie rod jib cranes use patented light-weight, high strength extruded aluminum enclosed track. This revolutionary track reduces the rotational dead weight of the boom by 56% to 68%, making the jib up to 40% easier to rotate than comparable I-beam Jib Cranes. The tie rod design minimizes deflection and is more precise when positioning loads than other Jib Cranes. 1,000 lbs. capacity 10 span End of beam distance - 1 ft. 9 inches Bracket centers - 2 feet 9 inches Other models available. Please call Bastian for more information

aL100-g1-1000-10 ....................................................................................................................... $955

2-3 Week Delivery

20

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Lift, Load, & Work Positioners


articuLating Jib cranEs
Articulating Jib Cranes can position loads in places that cannot be reached with traditional jibs. This versatile crane can move around corners, reach into machines or doorways, and swing under obstructions. This crane is also perfect in applications that require the operator to rotate the jib in close to its pivot point. Capacities from 150 lbs. to 2,000 lbs with spans up to 16.

frEE standing articuLating Jib cranE Free standing articulating jib cranes are perfect for applications that demand an Articulating Jib, but lack the walls or columns needed to mount the crane. These cranes offer effortless rotation and a consistent responsiveness when positioning loads in a work cell, through open doorways, or into machines. Floor mounted for easy installation and relocation Capacities from 150 to 2,000 lbs., spans to 16 360 rotation at both pivot points (optional) Can be used with hook mounted lifting devices (electric, air, or vacuum)

aJ360-f-1000-10-10 ......................................................................................... $9,683

WaLL/coLumn mountEd articuLating Jib cranE Wall/Column Mounted Articulating Jib Cranes can move loads around corners, reach into machines or doorways, and swing under obstructions. This crane is perfect in applications that require an operator to rotate the jib in close to the pivot point. Capacities from 150 lbs to 2,000 lbs., spans up to 16. 200 rotation on primary boom. Suited for applications where maneuvering around obstacles or swinging under obstructions is necessary. 1,000 lbs. capacity 10 span Boom length - 75 Arm length - 45

aJ200-b2-1000-10 ........................................................................................... $4,712

cEiLing mountEd articuLating Jib cranE Celing mounted jib cranes are mounted so workflow in the production area is disrupted. They can be mounted to a platform supported from a Work Station Bridge Crane to allow the jib to swing under an obstruction or outside the normal coverage of a bridge crane . They can also be used with hook mounted lifting devices (electric, air, and vacuum) or stationary mounted or platform supported from a dual girder Work Station Bridge Crane, which allows usage outside the normal coverage of a bridge crane, and allows coverage of multiple work cells. Capacities from 150 to 2,000 lbs., spans to 16 ft. 1,000 lbs. capacity 10 span Boom length - 72 Arm length - 48

aJ360-c-1000-10 ............................................................................................. $8,190

2 Week Delivery

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

21

Lift, Load, & Work Positioners


i-bEam Jib cranEs
frEE standing i-bEam Jib cranE Free standing I-Beam Jib Cranes are the most versatile cranes. They are perfect underneath large bridge cranes, in open areas where they can serve several work stations, in outdoor applications such as loading docks, or in machining and assembly operations where they can be overlapped with other jib cranes to provide staged coverage. Capacities from 500 to 10,000 lbs, with spans to 20 1,000 lbs. capacity 10 span Height under boom - 10 Mast diameter - 8 Other models available. Please call Bastian for more information

fs300-8-6 ......................................................................................................... $1,732

WaLL cantiLEvEr i-bEam Jib cranE Wall Cantilever Jib Cranes provide hoist coverage and 200 rotation for individual use in bays, along walls, or columns of plants, or as a supplement to an overhead crane or monorail system. This jib has the advantage of providing maximum lift for the hoist, since it can be installed very close to the underside of the lowest ceiling obstruction. It is composed of a vertical mast mounted to 2 brackets on a wall or vertical building beam with a boom that cantilevers out, perpendicular from the wall at top. Capacities from 1/4 ton to 5 tons and spans to 20. 1,000 lbs. capacity 10 span Flange width - 5-1/4 Bracket centers - 3 Other models available. Please call Bastian for more information

Wc200-b1-10-8 .................................................................................................. $982

WaLL brackEt i-bEam Jib cranE These cranes are the most economical means of providing hoist coverage for individual use in bays, along walls or columns of plants, or as a supplement to an overhead crane or monorail system. This jib has 2 brackets that mount to a wall or building beam. The bottom bracket has a boom that is perpendicular to the wall with a bracket toward the end that a tie rod is attached to. This is the least expensive jib, but it takes up the most head room and it exerts the most force on whatever its mounted to. Capacities from 1/2 ton to 5 ton and spans to 30 1,000 lbs. capacity 10 span End of beam distance - 1 foot 6 inches Other models available. Please call Bastian for more information

Wb100-g1-10-s6 ............................................................................................... $649

mast tyPE i-bEam Jib cranE Mast type jib cranes are floor supported, top stabilized, and capable of 360 rotation via a top and bottom bearing assembly. MT Series Cranes are available in two styles. 1,000 lbs. capacity 10 span Overall height - 10 Other models available. Please call Bastian for more information

mt400-W10-W8-15 ........................................................................................ $1,512

2 Week Delivery

22

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Lift, Load, & Work Positioners


Gantry Cranes (Mobile)
Fixed and adjustable height steel gantry cranes provide an economical way to lift materials anywhere in the facility. The wheels enable you to move the gantry around your facility. This is a more costeffective lifting solution for areas of infrequent lifts than a more expensive permanent structure. The heavy duty end frame design with square tubing uprights, knee braces, and channel base provides stable lifting and movement. The non-marking, durable polyurethane casters provide low rolling resistance for easy movement. The polyurethane wheels roll smoothly, even over rough floor surfaces, and can withstand water, oil and most other chemicals The bolted beam to upright connection ensures that the beam does not dislodge Pre-engineered for use with powered hoists. A factor of 15% of the crane capacity allowed for the hoist and trolley weight with an additional 25% of the capacity allowed for impact, thus giving maximum capacity use of the crane. For example, if its rated for 1,000 lbs., it can safely lift 1,000 lbs. with out having to worry about hoist weight or impact

fixEd HEigHt

Fixed Height Gantry Cranes provide an economical way to lift materials anywhere in a facility. The wheels enable you to move the gantry around your facility. This is a more cost effective solution for areas of infrequent lifts than a more expensive permanent structure. Available in capacities from 1 - 5 ton and spans up to 30.

adJustabLE HEigHt

Adjustable Height Gantry Cranes provide an economical way to lift materials anywhere in a facility. The wheels enable you to move the gantry around your facility. The crane can be adjusted to provide different lifting heights. This is a more cost effective solution for areas of infrequent lifts than a more expensive permanent structure. Available in capacities from 1 - 5 ton and spans up to 30. Adjustable in 3 ft. increments.
crane type model number FG-0.5-10-10 AG-0.5-9/12-10 capacity span (ft.) 10 10 Height under boom (ft.) 10 9 - 12 flange Width 3.332 3.332 overall Height (ft.) 10.5 12.5 clear span (ft.) 8.7708 8.7187 Price

Fixed Adjustable

1 ton 1 ton

$1,241 $1,899

accEssoriEs
castErs For all series, the 6 diameter, non-marking, molded phenolic casters are standard. Below are the other caster options in 1 ton capacity.
model number GAN-FA732 GAN-FA733 GAN-FA708 GAN-FA710 caster type Urethane Urethane w/ brake Steel V-Groove, Rigid body Steel V-Groove, Rigid body w/ brake Wheel diameter (in.) 6 6 6 6 shipping Weight (lbs.) 10 11 10 11 Price $62 $78 $44 $61

End stoP End stops are used to limit the travel of the trolley on the beam. They are in spans of 8, 10, 12, 15, 20, 25, and 30 for all standard designs. 8 to 15 ............................................................................................................................................................................................................ $29 20 to 30 .......................................................................................................................................................................................................... $34 fixEd LanE v-groovE track With a fixed length v-groove track, your gantry crane will run in a straight line every time. Choose from single pin (one aligning pin at one end and nothing on the other for mounting to another v-groove track) or dual pin (aligning pins at both ends. Tracks are standard in lengths of 10 or 20. 10 track ..................................................................................................................................................................................................... $117 20 track ..................................................................................................................................................................................................... $210
2 Week Delivery

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

23

Lift, Load, & Work Positioners


Intelligent Lifting Devices (G-Force)
The G-Force is a servo-powered lifting device that enables operators to lift loads and manipulate objects like it is an extension of their own arm. It uses exclusive patented technology and an industrial processorcontrolled servo drive system to deliver unmatched lifting precision and speed. Its fusion of advanced technology and basic human guidance maximizes productivity while minimizing the risk of injury to the operator.

g-forcE bxi and bx

The G-Force comes in the BXi and BX, to better match your application and budget. The BXi and BX are both available in standard capacities of 150, 300 and 380 lbs. Both series come with standard safety features, including anti-recoil, capacity overload protection, power loss protection, operator present switch, e-stop button and operator indicator lights. Some applications include: repetitive lifting, precision placement, parts assembly, machining, loading and unloading, and process equipment maintenance. bxi The BXi model comes loaded with standard intelligence features and programmability to customize it to your application. bx The BX model has virtually identical performance characteristics to the BXi model in terms of speed, pinpoint precision, and intuitive control. It is a lower cost alternative for those applications that require the speed and precision of the BXi, but not the added intelligence capabilities.
series BXi BXi BXi BXi BXi BXi BX BX BX BX BX BX capacity (lbs.) 150 150 300 300 380 380 150 150 300 300 380 380 Lifting stroke (ft.) 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 float mode yes No yes No yes No yes No yes No yes No shipping Weight (lbs.) 100 99 107 106 107 106 98 97 105 104 105 104 Price $9,980 $9,480 $11,100 $10,600 $12,200 $11,700 $6,980 $6,280 $8,125 $7,425 $9,325 $8,625

g-forcE iQ and Q

The G-Force iQ and Q are the higher capacity model of the BXi and BX. These models have a capacity of 660 lbs. These model choices offer the right features to fit your application and budget with even more intelligence features and capabilities. iQ The iQ offers enhanced standard intelligence features and flexible customization through programmable inputs and outputs. Available in 660 lbs. capacity. Q The Q model offers all the speed, precision, and standard options as the iQ without the added cost of enhanced intelligence features. Available in 660 lbs. capacity.
series iQ iQ Q Q capacity (lbs.) 660 660 660 660 float mode yes No yes No shipping Weight (lbs.) 145 145 145 145 Price $14,489 $13,954 $11,505 $10,970

softWarE uPgradE ................................................................................................................ $1,500


2 Week Delivery

** Adds virtual limits to Q model. Includes programmable upper/lower hard limits, upward/downward points of speed reduction and upward resume speed point.

24

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Lift, Load, & Work Positioners


Easy arm
The Easy Arm is the newest addition to the G-Force family of Intelligent Assist Devices. It takes patented G-Force technology and an industrial processor controlled drive system and integrates them into an ergonomic articulating jib design. 150 lbs. capacity Unparalleled precision at speeds from less than 1 fpm up to 150 fpm Standard spans of 6, 8 and 10 Optional portable base available Available in Free Standing and Under Hung models

aPPLications Reaching into a work cell or around obstructions Reaching under overhead obstructions like conveyors or exhaust hoods Reaching into machines High cycle pick and place Loading/unloading machined parts Moving products around a work cell Palletizing and depalletizing frEE standing This model requires no special foundation. Just bolt it to any 6 reinforced concrete floor. Its simple 4bolt pattern makes it easy for you to move it virtually anywhere you want. Free standing Easy Arms do not put stress on the building overhead structure. Their design makes them easy to install and easy to relocate. cEiLing or PLatform mountEd This configuration frees up valuable floor space. When used with a manipulator platform mounted on a crane system, the ceiling mounted Easy Arm becomes a cost effective way to service multiple work cells. Ceiling mounted Easy Arms require buildings with adequate overhead structures to resist the forces imposed by the system. oPtionaL fEaturEs Float Mode - With a mere 1/2 lb. of up or down force on the load itself, operators can precisely orient loads through the full stroke range by manipulating it with their hands right on the load. By making the load virtually weightless, operators can precisely place even the heaviest loads over and over again without experiencing fatigue. Portable Base - Available for added flexibility. The portable base provides a stable base that can be moved easily. End Effectors - Many different tooling is available per your application. See next page for application examples. Optional Handles - Soft Touch pendant handle available for less fatigue and stress. (see below for details)

capacity (lbs.) 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150

Height under Hook (ft.) 6 6 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 8 8

span 6 8 10 6 8 10 6 8 10 6 8 10

float mode yes yes yes No No No yes yes yes No No No

shipping Weight (lbs.) 631 648 665 631 648 665 676 693 711 676 693 711

model number EA-F-150-6-6-BX-y EA-F-150-6-8-BX-y EA-F-150-6-10-BX-y EA-F-150-6-6-BX-N EA-F-150-6-8-BX-N EA-F-150-6-10-BX-N EA-F-150-8-6-BX-y EA-F-150-8-8-BX-y EA-F-150-8-10-BX-y EA-F-150-8-6-BX-N EA-F-150-8-8-BX-N EA-F-150-8-10-BX-N

Price $9,774 $9,999 $10,224 $8,988 $9,213 $9,437 $10,056 $10,281 $10,505 $9,269 $9,494 $9,719

** Jib boom, jib arm, pivot assemblies, friction brakes on both pivots, leveling adjustment assembly for boom, G-Force lifting device assembly, handle, and Free Standing mast assembly (anchor bolts available, but not included) in an enclosed shipping container. 2 Week Delivery

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

25

Lift, Load, & Work Positioners


Lift Assist Devices

vacuum tooLing

PnEumatic od griP

magnEtic tooLing vacuum tooLing

griP & rotatE

PoWEr id casting griP PnEumatic id griP

26

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Table Of Contents
Company profile Table of ConTenTs lifT, load, & Work posiTioners
Lift Tables ............................................................................................................................................................... 4 Turntables .............................................................................................................................................................. 7 Pallet Positioners ................................................................................................................................................. 8 Pallet Lifts .............................................................................................................................................................. 9 Mobile Lift Tables ............................................................................................................................................... 10 Work Positioners ............................................................................................................................................... 12 Tilters .................................................................................................................................................................... 13 Pallet Stackers .................................................................................................................................................... 14 Steel Hoppers .................................................................................................................................................... 15 Workplace Ergonomics ..................................................................................................................................... 16 Over/Under Conveyor ..................................................................................................................................... 17 Bridge Cranes .................................................................................................................................................... 18 Jib Cranes ............................................................................................................................................................ 20 Gantry Cranes ................................................................................................................................................... 23 Intelligent Lifting Devices ................................................................................................................................ 24 Lift Assist Devices ............................................................................................................................................. 26

raCk & piCk modules


Carton Flow Rack ............................................................................................................................................. Selective Pallet Rack ......................................................................................................................................... Rack Decking ...................................................................................................................................................... Pallet Flow Rack ................................................................................................................................................ Cantilever Rack .................................................................................................................................................. Stack Rack ........................................................................................................................................................... Push Back Rack .................................................................................................................................................. Drive-In/Drive-Thru Rack ............................................................................................................................... Picking Technologies .......................................................................................................................................... Vertical Storage .................................................................................................................................................. 27 29 32 33 34 34 35 35 36 42

sTorage
Shelving ................................................................................................................................................................ High Density Storage ....................................................................................................................................... Storage Cabinets ............................................................................................................................................... Modular Drawer Cabinets .............................................................................................................................. Hazardous Material Storage ........................................................................................................................... 43 49 51 55 57

plaTforms & sTruCTures


Modular Enclosures & Inplant Offices .......................................................................................................... Mezzanines .......................................................................................................................................................... Mezzanine Flooring ........................................................................................................................................... Conveyor Crossovers ...................................................................................................................................... Work Platforms ................................................................................................................................................. Stock Picking Ladders ....................................................................................................................................... 60 61 62 63 63 64

ToTes and ConTainers


Plastic Containers ............................................................................................................................................. 65 Bins ........................................................................................................................................................................ 66 Small Parts Storage & Order Picking ............................................................................................................ 67 ESD Containers ................................................................................................................................................. 68 Forklift Accessible Pallet Containers ............................................................................................................ 69 Wire & Rigid Bulk Containers ....................................................................................................................... 70 Collapsible Containers ..................................................................................................................................... 71 Attached Lid Containers ................................................................................................................................. 72 Straight Wall Containers .................................................................................................................................. 72 Modular Nesting Systems ................................................................................................................................ 73 Plastic Pallets ...................................................................................................................................................... 73

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Table Of Contents
CasTers
Caster Guidelines ............................................................................................................................................. Bearing Descriptions ....................................................................................................................................... Wheel Selection Guide ................................................................................................................................... Wheel Descriptions ......................................................................................................................................... Caster Brakes .................................................................................................................................................... Caster Accessories ........................................................................................................................................... Casters ................................................................................................................................................................ Specialty Casters & Wheels ........................................................................................................................... 74 75 75 76 77 77 78 84

WorksTaTion & aCCessories


Ergonomic Workstations ................................................................................................................................ Workstation Accessories ................................................................................................................................ Anti-Fatigue Floor Mats .................................................................................................................................. Ergonomic Seating ............................................................................................................................................ 85 88 89 92

safeTy equipmenT
Protective Guard Rail & Columns ................................................................................................................ 94 Hand Rail ............................................................................................................................................................ 95 Overhead & Track Protector ......................................................................................................................... 95 Overhead Door Rail Guards ......................................................................................................................... 96 Rack Armour Rack Protectors ...................................................................................................................... 96 Pallet Rack End Protectors ............................................................................................................................ 97 Conveyor Aisle Guards ................................................................................................................................... 97 Bollards ............................................................................................................................................................... 98 Column Protectors .......................................................................................................................................... 98 Sprinkler Guards .............................................................................................................................................. 98 Overhead Safety Gate ..................................................................................................................................... 99 Floor Tape ........................................................................................................................................................... 99 Safety Mirrors ................................................................................................................................................... 100 Safety Netting .................................................................................................................................................. 101 Wire Partitions & Work Enclosures .......................................................................................................... 102

TruCks
Electric Power Pallet Truck .......................................................................................................................... In Between Handling Lift Truck ................................................................................................................... Power Drive Straddle Truck ........................................................................................................................ Truck Accessories ........................................................................................................................................... 103 104 105 107

CarTs & moving equipmenT


Manual Pallet Trucks ....................................................................................................................................... 108 Drum Handling Equipment .......................................................................................................................... 110 Hand Trucks ..................................................................................................................................................... 112 Convertible Hand Trucks .............................................................................................................................. 113 Safety Appliance Trucks ................................................................................................................................. 114 Heavy Equipment Rollers ............................................................................................................................. 114 Dollies ................................................................................................................................................................ 115 Industrial Cycles & Accessories .................................................................................................................. 116 Platform Trucks ............................................................................................................................................... 117 Custom Carts & Trailers ............................................................................................................................... 118 Steel Carts ....................................................................................................................................................... 119 Stock Picker Carts ......................................................................................................................................... 129 Wire Carts ........................................................................................................................................................ 130 Poly Trucks ........................................................................................................................................................ 131 Bulk Linen Trucks ............................................................................................................................................ 133 Fabric Carts ..................................................................................................................................................... 133

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Table Of Contents
doCk equipmenT
Flexible Gravity Conveyors ......................................................................................................................... 134 Straight Gravity Conveyors ......................................................................................................................... 135 Custom Turntables ........................................................................................................................................ 136 Dock Boards .....................................................................................................................................................137 Dock Plates ..................................................................................................................................................... 138 Strip Doors ...................................................................................................................................................... 139 Dock Lifts ........................................................................................................................................................ 140 Loading Lights ................................................................................................................................................. 141 Wheel Chocks ............................................................................................................................................... 141 Pallet Pullers ................................................................................................................................................... 141

paCkaging & manifesTing


Case Sealers .................................................................................................................................................... Packaging Machines ........................................................................................................................................ Stretch Wrappers ........................................................................................................................................... Label Printer Applicators .............................................................................................................................. Label Printers .................................................................................................................................................. Exacta Manifest Software ........................................................................................................................... 142 143 145 146 149 150

indusTry experienCe
Renderings ....................................................................................................................................................... 151

inTegraTed sysTems
Benefits & Advantages ................................................................................................................................... 156 Material Handling Solutions ......................................................................................................................... 157 Warehouse Control Systems (WCS) ........................................................................................................ 157 Engineering Studies ......................................................................................................................................... 158 Simulation .......................................................................................................................................................... 159 Integrated System Process ........................................................................................................................... 160

ConTrol sysTems
Advantages ....................................................................................................................................................... Full Service Controls ..................................................................................................................................... Interface Experience ...................................................................................................................................... Control System Capabilities ........................................................................................................................ Warehouse Control System (WCS) Process Flow ................................................................................ 161 162 162 163 165

produCT guide
Conveyors and Sortation Systems ............................................................................................................ 166 Automated Storage, Sortation, and Picking Technologies ..................................................................... 167 Software and Controls ................................................................................................................................... 167

appendix
Terms & Conditions ....................................................................................................................................... Order Placement ............................................................................................................................................ Glossary ............................................................................................................................................................ Abbreviations .................................................................................................................................................. Index .................................................................................................................................................................. Supplier Index ................................................................................................................................................. Supplier Advertising ....................................................................................................................................... 168 168 169 176 177 180 181

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Company Profile
Our Mission
Bastian Material Handling is dedicated to helping customers excel in their markets by providing the best material handling system solutions and technology. To meet this goal, we want a company that our people are proud of and committed to, where all employees have an opportunity to contribute, learn, grow, and advance based on merit. We want our people to feel respected, treated fairly, listened to, and involved. Above all, we want satisfaction from accomplishments and friendships, blended personal and professional lives, and to have fun as we compete in the market place. Bastian is one of the most reputable material handling system integrators in the country. Over 80% of our business is made up of repeat customers. This is a testimony to the value we place on each and every one of our client partnerships. Engineering tomorrows solutions today...

Partial Client List


ALLISON TRANSMISSION AMTRAK ANHEUSER-BUSCH ANN TAYLOR AT&T BLUE RHINO BRISTOL-MYERS SQUIBB CABELAS CARRIER CENTRAL LIGHT ALLOY CLAYTON MARCUS COVANCE COORS CVS/PHARMACY ELI LILLY and CO. ELECTRONIC ARTS EPSON FASTENAL COMPANY FORD FOREST PHARMACEUTICALS GAGE MARKETING GANDER MOUNTAIN GENERAL ELECTRIC GENERAL MOTORS INTERNATIONAL PAPER JACK OF ALL GAMES KERR PLASTICS KROGER LAWSON PRODUCTS MARY KAY MELALEUCA MERCK MSC INDUSTRIAL SUPPLIES MOTOROLA PRIME WHEEL ROCHE DIAGNOSTICS ROLLS-ROYCE S. ABRAHAM and SONS SHAKLEE STARBUCKS THOMAS and BETTS THOMSON LEARNING TIMBERLAND TOYOTA UPS LOGISTICS USPS VISTEON ZIMMER

Broad Industry Experience

With thousands of customers worldwide, Bastian has breadth of system experience across many industries. Through our experience, we bring the best technologies to light for your operational success. Our goal is to help you achieve the world-class performance required in todays business environment.

INDUSTRIES SERvED:
Retail Food, bakery and grocery Beverage Automotive Transportation Entertainment Catalog and e-commerce Computer electronics Pharmaceutical Parcel delivery

OpERATIONS:
Distribution Manufacturing 3rd Party Logistics Kit assembly/value added service Packaging Warehousing Fulfillment Returns processing Cross docking

Bastian Office Locations


INDIANA INDIANAPOLIS 888.575.9992 FORT WAYNE 260.489.0226 EVANSVILLE 812.858.7206 MISSOURI ST. LOUIS 800.569.6762 MICHIGAN DETROIT 800.399.6974 GRAND RAPIDS 616.235.3775 KENTUCKY LOUISVILLE 800.627.2194 LEXINGTON 859.271.3120 CALIFORNIA LOS ANGELES 800.524.3173 CENTRAL CA 800.517.4858 OHIO CINCINNATI 888.398.0382 TOLEDO 419.261.4850 FLORIDA BOCA RATON 561.392.4550 vIRGINIA FAIRFAX 877.254.4695 SOUTH CAROLINA CHARLESTON 843.810.2484 INDIA BANGALORE 0091.80.51152300

You might also like